资源简介

微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·情景交际 100 题（学生版）
1．你想感谢别人对你的帮助，可以这样说：
.
2．你想知道对方的职业，可以这样问：

3．当你欢迎班主任到你家时，可以这样说：
.
4．你看到地上遗落的书包，想物归原主，可以这样问：

5．你想知道你同桌的电话号码，你可以这样问：
.
6．同学想知道你怎么上学，会这么问你：

7．你想表达你的妈妈每天坐地铁去上班，可以这样说：
.
8．你想表达你通常六点半起床，可以这样说：
.
9．你想提醒Mike该吃午饭了，可以这样说：
Mike, .
10．你想知道那件 T恤衫是什么颜色的，可以这样问：

11．你爸爸出差在外，你想知道他那里的天气情况，可以这样问：

12．当你想要参加音乐俱乐部时，可以这样说：
.
13．你想问康康他正在做什么，可以这样问：
, Kangkang
14．David是个运动迷，你想知道他为什么喜欢运动，会这样问：
David,
15．你认为步行对健康有好处，可以这样说：
Walking .
16．你想让同桌 Lily周末陪你去购物，可以这样说：
Lily, .
第 1 页 共 30 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·情景交际 100 题（学生版）
17．你想邀请好朋友 Tom 周六去看电影，可以这样说：
Tom,
18．第一次与人打招呼，向别人问好，可以这样说：

19．你的新朋友想知道你姓什么，你可以这样回答她：
Li.
20．你的邻居帮助你搬箱子，你很感谢对方，你可以这样对他说：
.
21．你同桌告诉你新来的双胞胎姐妹不是来自英国，他会这么说：
.
22．下午上学遇见英语老师，你与她打招呼，可以这么说：
, Miss Chen.
23．你想知道对方是不是 Jack，可以这样问：
Jack
24．你想把你的朋友 Nancy介绍给妈妈，可以这样跟她说：
Mom, , Nany.
25．你想知道 Helen 几岁，你这样问她：
, Helen
26．当你想要知道 Kate在什么班级时，你可这样问她：
Kate,
27．Lily对你说“Nice to meet you”，你可以这样回答：
.
28．你想知道对方的姓名时，你可以这样询问：
, please
29．初次见面，你可以用比较正式的用语这样向对方问好：
How
30．同桌帮了你的忙，你可以这样向他表示感谢：
!
31．早上到校，你可以这样向老师和同学们问好：
!
32．你初次见到 Bruce，你可以这样向他问好：
, Bruce
第 2 页 共 30 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·情景交际 100 题（学生版）
33．你的新同学跟你说 “Nice to meet you!” 时，你可以这么回答：
.
34．你想把 Lingling介绍给Miss Wang, 可以这么说：
, Miss Wang.
35．你想知道 Jim几岁了，可以这么问：
, Jim
36．你想知道康康最喜欢中秋节的什么，你会怎么问？
about the Mid-Autumn Festival, Kangkang
37．你想知道重阳节在什么时候，你会怎么问？
the Double Ninth Festival
38．你想问对方在元宵节通常做什么，你该怎么说？

39．你想知道对方的家人在清明节都做些什么，你会怎么问？
on the Tomb-sweeping Day
40．你想知道对方最喜欢的节日是什么，你该怎么问？

41．你想知道沙漠是什么样子，你会怎么问？

42．你想表达“没有食物和水，人和动物无法生存”，你该怎么说？
With no .
43．你想表达“我们应该好好照顾野生动物”时，你该怎么说？
We should .
44．你想知道沙漠里的动物如何获取食物，你会怎么问？
in the desert
45．你想知道热带雨林的气候，你会怎么问？
in the rainforest
46．你想知道朋友喜欢什么，可以这样问：

47．你想告诉老师，那个穿红色衣服的女人是你的妈妈，你怎么说？
.
48．你想知道今天的天气如何，可以这样问：
第 3 页 共 30 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·情景交际 100 题（学生版）
49．你想知道 Tom的弟弟多大了，可以这样问：

50．你想告诉 Li Ming做运动使他保持健康，可以这样说：
, Li Ming.
51．你想买一些橘子，不知道多少钱，你会这么问：

52．你想建议对方加入篮球俱乐部，可以这样说：

53．你的朋友问你“Which club are you in ”时，你可以这样回答：
.
54．你想了解大山里的气候情况，你可以这样问：
in the mountain
55．你想知道新朋友的年龄，你可以这么问他/她：

根据每小题所提供的图画情景和提示词，写出一个与图画情景相符的句子。
56． cute
57． under
58． now
59． every day
第 4 页 共 30 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·情景交际 100 题（学生版）
60． after
根据每小题所提供的画面情景和提示词，写出一个与画面情景相符的句子。
61． eat tangyuan
62． sweep the tombs
63． get lucky money
64． put up
65． make a card, now
根据每小题所提供的画面情景和提示词，写出一个与画面情景相符的句子。
66． be home to
第 5 页 共 30 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·情景交际 100 题（学生版）
67． live; grassland
68． dry; little rain
69． active; at night
70． warm; wet
根据每小题所提供的画面情景和提示词，写出一个与画面情景相符的句子。
71． My
72． love
73． years old
第 6 页 共 30 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·情景交际 100 题（学生版）
74． I
75． friends
根据每小题所提供的图画情景和提示词，写出一个与图画情景相符的句子。
76． time, home
.
77． Why not, Sunday

78． favorite
.
79． work, farm
.
80． help, homework
.
第 7 页 共 30 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·情景交际 100 题（学生版）
根据每小题所提供的图画情景和提示词，写出一个与图画情景相符的句子。
81． (Zhang Haoxuan, usually)
82． (Tang Fei, often)
83． (my cousins, usually)
84． (my grandparents, always)
85． (Yaming, often)
根据每小题所提供的图画情景和提示词，写出一个与图画情景相符的句子。
86． number, 6378-2646
87． they, from
第 8 页 共 30 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·情景交际 100 题（学生版）
88． these, three
89． fourteen
90．(七年级 9班)
Li Jie
根据每小题所提供的图画情景和提示词，写出一个与图画情景相符的句子。
91． he, in
92． these, your
93． her, 6378-2646
94． that, apple
95． this, school
根据每小题所提供的图画情景和提示词，写出一个与图画情景相符的句子。
96． her 56874129
第 9 页 共 30 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·情景交际 100 题（学生版）
97． start 8:00
98． boy nose
99． Anna Class 2 Grade 1
100． these yellow
第 10 页 共 30 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·情景交际 100 题（解析版）
1．你想感谢别人对你的帮助，可以这样说：
.
【答案】Thank you for your help
【详解】Thank you for + 名词/动名词 是固定搭配，表示“为某事感谢某人”。故填 Thank you for
your help。
2．你想知道对方的职业，可以这样问：

【答案】What do you do 或 What's your job
【详解】What do you do 是询问职业最自然、最常用的口语表达，相当于“你是做什么工作的？”。
What's your job 也非常常用，意思相同。故填What do you do 或 What's your job。
3．当你欢迎班主任到你家时，可以这样说：
.
【答案】Welcome to my home
【详解】Welcome to + 地点 是欢迎别人来到某地的标准表达。结尾也可以加Mr./Ms. [姓氏]!，显
得更礼貌。故填Welcome to my home。
4．你看到地上遗落的书包，想物归原主，可以这样问：

【答案】Excuse me, is this your schoolbag
【详解】is this your ..... 这是询问物品归属最直接、礼貌的方式。开头加上 Excuse me表示打扰对
方，更礼貌。故填 Excuse me, is this your schoolbag。
5．你想知道你同桌的电话号码，你可以这样问：
.
【答案】What's your telephone number或 Could you tell me your telephone number或May I have your
telephone number
【详解】What's your telephone number是直接询问电话号码的常用表达。Could you tell me your
telephone number是更委婉、礼貌的请求方式，使用 Could you...比 Can you...更客气。也可以说May
I have your telephone number，同样非常礼貌。故填What's your telephone number或 Could you tell me
your telephone number或May I have your telephone number。
6．同学想知道你怎么上学，会这么问你：

【答案】How do you get to school
第 11 页 共 30 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·情景交际 100 题（解析版）
【详解】How do you... 用于询问方式。get to school是“去上学”的常用表达。故填 How do you get
to school。
7．你想表达你的妈妈每天坐地铁去上班，可以这样说：
.
【答案】My mother goes to work by subway every day
【详解】go to work是“去上班”。by subway表示“乘坐地铁”。every day是“每天”。故填My
mother goes to work by subway every day。
8．你想表达你通常六点半起床，可以这样说：
.
【答案】I usually get up at half past six
【详解】get up是“起床”。at half past six是“在六点半”。故填 I usually get up at half past six。
9．你想提醒Mike该吃午饭了，可以这样说：
Mike, .
【答案】it’s time to have lunch
【详解】It’s time to do sth.是“该做某事了”。have lunch是“吃午饭”。故填 it’s time to have lunch。
10．你想知道那件 T恤衫是什么颜色的，可以这样问：

【答案】What color is that T-shirt
【详解】What color is... 用于询问颜色。that T-shirt是“那件 T恤衫”。故填What color is that T-shirt。
11．你爸爸出差在外，你想知道他那里的天气情况，可以这样问：

【答案】Dad, what's the weather like there
【详解】What's the weather like... 是询问天气的常用句型。there指代爸爸出差的地方。故填 Dad,
what's the weather like there。
12．当你想要参加音乐俱乐部时，可以这样说：
.
【答案】I want to join the music club
【详解】want to do sth.表示“想要做某事”。join表示“加入”。故填 I want to join the music club。
13．你想问康康他正在做什么，可以这样问：
, Kangkang
【答案】What are you doing
【详解】What are you doing... 是询问正在进行的动作的句型。故填What are you doing。
第 12 页 共 30 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·情景交际 100 题（解析版）
14．David是个运动迷，你想知道他为什么喜欢运动，会这样问：
David,
【答案】why do you like sports
【详解】Why do you... 用于询问原因。like sports表示“喜欢运动”。故填 why do you like sports。
15．你认为步行对健康有好处，可以这样说：
Walking .
【答案】is good for health
【详解】be good for表示“对……有好处”。动名词 Walking作主语。故填 is good for health。
16．你想让同桌 Lily周末陪你去购物，可以这样说：
Lily, .
【答案】could you go to the mall with me this weekend
【详解】Could you... 是一种非常礼貌和委婉的请求方式。go to the mall with me表示“和我一起去
商场”。this weekend表示 “这个周末”。故填 could you go to the mall with me this weekend。
17．你想邀请好朋友 Tom 周六去看电影，可以这样说：
Tom,
【答案】could you go to the movies with me this Saturday
【详解】Could you... 是一种非常礼貌和委婉的请求方式。go to the movies with me表示“和我一起
去看电影”。this Saturday表示“这个周六”。故填：could you go to the movies with me this Saturday。
18．第一次与人打招呼，向别人问好，可以这样说：

【答案】How are you
【详解】第一次与人打招呼一般用 How are you“你好吗？”注意首字母 how要大写。 故填 How are
you。
19．你的新朋友想知道你姓什么，你可以这样回答她：
Li.
【答案】My last name is
【详解】根据题干可知，可表达为“我姓李”，即My last name is Li，故填My last name is。
20．你的邻居帮助你搬箱子，你很感谢对方，你可以这样对他说：
.
【答案】Thank you very much
【详解】可以说：非常感谢你。Thank you very much“非常感谢你”。故填 Thank you very much。
21．你同桌告诉你新来的双胞胎姐妹不是来自英国，他会这么说：
第 13 页 共 30 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·情景交际 100 题（解析版）
.
【答案】The new twins are not from England
【详解】根据题干可知，可表达为“新来的双胞胎不是来自英国”，时态是一般现在时，the new
twins“新来的双胞胎”作主语；be from“来自”；表示“不是”，可以在 be动词后加 not，主语是复数，
所以 be动词用 are；“英国”England。故填 The new twins are not from England。
22．下午上学遇见英语老师，你与她打招呼，可以这么说：
, Miss Chen.
【答案】Good afternoon/Hello/Hi
【详解】下午上学遇见英语老师，可以说“下午好/你好/嗨，吴老师”，英语表达为 Good
afternoon/Hello/Hi，故填 Good afternoon/Hello/Hi。
23．你想知道对方是不是 Jack，可以这样问：
Jack
【答案】Are you
【详解】结合题目，此处表达“你是……吗？”，即 Are you... 故填 Are you。
24．你想把你的朋友 Nancy介绍给妈妈，可以这样跟她说：
Mom, , Nany.
【答案】this is my friend
【详解】你想把你的朋友 Nancy介绍给妈妈，可以这样跟她说：这是我的朋友南希，this is….这是
介绍人的交际用语，friend意为“朋友”，这里用单数。故填 this is my friend。
25．你想知道 Helen 几岁，你这样问她：
, Helen
【答案】How old are you/What’s your age
【详解】询问年龄用 how old“多少岁”提问，也可以用 what提问，该句是一般现在时，主语是海伦，
对她提问，可以用 How old are you/What’s your age。故填 How old are you/What’s your age。
26．当你想要知道 Kate在什么班级时，你可这样问她：
Kate,
【答案】what class are you in
【详解】what class“哪个班级”，在某个班级用介词 in，故填 what class are you in。
27．Lily对你说“Nice to meet you”，你可以这样回答：
.
【答案】Nice to meet you (, too)
第 14 页 共 30 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·情景交际 100 题（解析版）
【详解】根据提示，表达可以为“（也）很高兴见到你”，英文为：Nice to meet you (, too)。故填 Nice
to meet you (, too)。
28．你想知道对方的姓名时，你可以这样询问：
, please
【答案】May I know your name
【详解】根据题干内容可知，此处可以表达为“我可以知道你的名字吗”，用May进行提问；主语
是 I；谓语动词是 know；你的名字：your name，作宾语。故填May I know your name。
29．初次见面，你可以用比较正式的用语这样向对方问好：
How
【答案】 do you do
【详解】根据汉语及符号和“How”提示，此处应填初次见面并且是疑问句式的打招呼用语，“How do
you do ”用于初次见面比较正式的问好方式，故填 do you do。
30．同桌帮了你的忙，你可以这样向他表示感谢：
!
【答案】Thank you
【详解】感谢别人的帮助，应说“Thank you”。故填 Thank you。
31．早上到校，你可以这样向老师和同学们问好：
!
【答案】Good morning
【详解】结合题干可知，本句可表达为“早上好”，good morning“早上好”。故填 Good morning。
32．你初次见到 Bruce，你可以这样向他问好：
, Bruce
【答案】How do you do
【详解】初次见到某人可以说“How do you do”，故填 How do you do。
33．你的新同学跟你说 “Nice to meet you!” 时，你可以这么回答：
.
【答案】Nice to meet you, too
【详解】根据情景可知当你的新同学跟你说 “见到你很高兴！” 时，你应当回答“见到你我也很高
兴”，即 Nice to meet you, too。故填 Nice to meet you, too。
34．你想把 Lingling介绍给Miss Wang, 可以这么说：
, Miss Wang.
【答案】This is Lingling
第 15 页 共 30 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·情景交际 100 题（解析版）
【详解】此处可表达为“这是 Lingling”，即 This is Lingling。故填 This is Lingling。
35．你想知道 Jim几岁了，可以这么问：
, Jim
【答案】How old are you
【详解】根据汉语提示可知，询问岁数用 how old开头，表示“多少岁”，句首首字母大写，主语为
you，谓语动词用 be动词 are。故填 How old are you。
36．你想知道康康最喜欢中秋节的什么，你会怎么问？
about the Mid-Autumn Festival, Kangkang
【答案】What do you like best
【详解】询问对方最喜欢的中秋节的什么，应用由“what”引导的特殊疑问句，“最喜欢”即“like best”；
询问对象是“你”即“you”；时态为一般现在时，谓语动词是实义动词，提问借助助动词 do；句首首
字母大写。故填What do you like best。
37．你想知道重阳节在什么时候，你会怎么问？
the Double Ninth Festival
【答案】When is
【详解】根据汉语提示可知，句子是询问“重阳节在什么时候”，when“什么时候”，主语是 the Double
Ninth Festival，时态是一般现在时，be动词用 is。故填When is。
38．你想问对方在元宵节通常做什么，你该怎么说？

【答案】What do you usually do at the Lantern Festival
【详解】根据情景可知，此处应表达为“你通常在元宵节做什么”，应用特殊疑问句，时态为一般现
在时；what“什么”，为特殊疑问词；you“你”，作主语，将助动词 do放在主语之前；usually“通常”，
副词；do“做”，动词；at the Lantern Festival“在元宵节”，作时间状语。故填What do you usually do
at the Lantern Festival。
39．你想知道对方的家人在清明节都做些什么，你会怎么问？
on the Tomb-sweeping Day
【答案】What do your family do
【详解】根据题干情景可知此处询问“家人在清明节都做什么”，询问一般情况所以用一般现在时，
what什么，特殊疑问词，放在句子开头；“your family”你的家人，作主语，family意思为“家人”时
本身就是复数，所以借助助动词 do完成问句；do做，作谓语动词，on the Tomb-sweeping Day在
清明节，题干已经给出，故填What do your family do。
40．你想知道对方最喜欢的节日是什么，你该怎么问？
第 16 页 共 30 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·情景交际 100 题（解析版）

【答案】What is your favorite festival
【详解】根据题干，询问对方最喜欢的节日。what is“是什么”；your意为“你的”；favorite意为“最
喜欢的”；festival是“节日”的意思；本句是一个 what引导的特殊疑问句，故填What is your favorite
festival。
41．你想知道沙漠是什么样子，你会怎么问？

【答案】What is a desert like
【详解】根据题干可知，可以问“沙漠是什么样子的”；应用句型 what is…like提问“是什么样子”，
what位于句首首字母大写；a desert“沙漠”。故填What is a desert like。
42．你想表达“没有食物和水，人和动物无法生存”，你该怎么说？
With no .
【答案】food and water, people and animals can’t live
【详解】可以说“没有食物和水，人和动物无法生存”。“没有”用“with no”表示，“食物和水”是“food
and water”，“人和动物”是“people and animals”，“无法生存”用“can’t live”表示。故填 food and water,
people and animals can’t live。
43．你想表达“我们应该好好照顾野生动物”时，你该怎么说？
We should .
【答案】look after the wild animals/take care of the wild animals
【详解】根据题干可知，可以说“我们应该好好照顾野生动物”；用短语 look after 或 take care of表
示“照顾”，位于情态动词后应用动词原形；用 the wild animals表示“野生动物”。故填 look after the
wild animals/take care of the wild animals。
44．你想知道沙漠里的动物如何获取食物，你会怎么问？
in the desert
【答案】How do the animals get food
【详解】根据题干可知，可以问“沙漠里的动物如何获取食物的”；用 how提问如何，位于句首首
字母大写；主语为 the animals“动物”，助动词用 do，位于主语前；get food“获取食物”，位于助动
词后用动词原形。故填 How do the animals get food。
45．你想知道热带雨林的气候，你会怎么问？
in the rainforest
【答案】What’s the climate like
第 17 页 共 30 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·情景交际 100 题（解析版）
【详解】根据题干可知，可以问“热带雨林的气候怎么样”；提问“……怎么样”用句型 what’s…like，
what’s位于句首首字母大写；the climate“气候”。故填What’s the climate like。
46．你想知道朋友喜欢什么，可以这样问：

【答案】What do you like
【详解】可以询问“你喜欢什么”，what“什么”，like“喜欢”，此句是一般现在时，主语是 you，助动
词用 do，故填What do you like。
47．你想告诉老师，那个穿红色衣服的女人是你的妈妈，你怎么说？
.
【答案】The woman in red is my mother
【详解】根据情景可知，可以说“那个穿红衣服的女人是我妈妈”。the woman是特指那个女人，后
面需要被介词短语 in red“穿红色衣服”修饰；is“是”；my mother“我的妈妈”。故填 The woman in red
is my mother。
48．你想知道今天的天气如何，可以这样问：
【答案】What’s the weather like today /How’s the weather today
【详解】询问天气情况时可以使用“What’s the weather like today ”或者“How’s the weather today ”，
这两种问法都常用于了解今天的天气。故填What’s the weather like today /How’s the weather today
49．你想知道 Tom的弟弟多大了，可以这样问：

【答案】How old is your brother, Tom
【详解】你想知道 Tom的弟弟多大了，可问“你弟弟多大了，Tom？”，英语表达为“How old is your
brother, Tom ”。故填 How old is your brother, Tom。
50．你想告诉 Li Ming做运动使他保持健康，可以这样说：
, Li Ming.
【答案】Doing sports can keep you healthy
【详解】此处可表达为“做运动可以使你保持健康”，主语是 doing sports；可以：can，情态动词后
加动词原形；使你保持健康：keep you healthy。故填 Doing sports can keep you healthy。
51．你想买一些橘子，不知道多少钱，你会这么问：

【答案】How much are the oranges
第 18 页 共 30 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·情景交际 100 题（解析版）
【详解】根据情境，此处应该是询问“这些橘子多少钱”。these oranges“这些橘子”；how much“多少
钱”，位于句首。be动词用 are。故填 How much are these oranges。
52．你想建议对方加入篮球俱乐部，可以这样说：

【答案】Why not join the basketball club
【详解】why not“为什么不”，用来提建议，句首首字母大写，后接动词原形 join“加入”，the basketball
club“篮球俱乐部”。故填Why not join the basketball club。
53．你的朋友问你“Which club are you in ”时，你可以这样回答：
.
【答案】I’m in the art/sports/... club
【详解】根据“Which club are you in ”可知，此处回答你所在的俱乐部。故填 I’m in the art/sports/...
club。
54．你想了解大山里的气候情况，你可以这样问：
in the mountain
【答案】What’s the weather like
【详解】询问天气怎么样，应用 what’s the weather like，句首首字母大写。故填What’s the weather
like。
55．你想知道新朋友的年龄，你可以这么问他/她：

【答案】How old are you
【详解】想知道新朋友的年龄，可以问“你多大了”。根据英语的表达方式，问对方年龄的句子是“How
old are you”。故填 How old are you。
根据每小题所提供的图画情景和提示词，写出一个与图画情景相符的句子。
56． cute
57． under
第 19 页 共 30 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·情景交际 100 题（解析版）
58． now
59． every day
60． after
【答案】56．The boy is cute. / He is a cute boy. 57．A chair is under the desk. 58．The children
are swimming now. 59．He exercises every day. 60．He often plays football after class.
【解析】56．根据图片和“cute”可知，此句表示“这个男孩很可爱。/ 他是一个可爱的男孩。”；时
态为一般现在时；The boy/He作主语，is作系动词，cute作表语。故填 The boy is cute. / He is a cute
boy.
57．根据图片和“under”可知，此句表示“一把椅子在桌子下面。”；时态为一般现在时；A chair作
主语，is作系动词，under the desk作表语。故填 A chair is under the desk.
58．根据图片和“now”可知，此句表示“孩子们现在正在游泳。”；时态为现在进行时；The children
作主语，are swimming作谓语。故填 The children are swimming now.
59．根据图片和“every day”可知，此句表示“他每天锻炼。”；时态为一般现在时；He作主语，exercises
作谓语，every day作时间状语。故填 He exercises every day.
60．根据图片和“after”可知，此句表示“他经常课后踢足球。”；时态为一般现在时；He作主语，plays
作谓语，football作宾语，after class作时间状语。故填 He often plays football after class.
根据每小题所提供的画面情景和提示词，写出一个与画面情景相符的句子。
61． eat tangyuan
62． sweep the tombs
第 20 页 共 30 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·情景交际 100 题（解析版）
63． get lucky money
64． put up
65． make a card, now
【答案】61．People usually eat tangyuan at the Lantern Festival. 62．People usually sweep the tombs
on Tomb-sweeping Day./Two girls are sweeping the tombs on Tomb-sweeping Day. 63．Children can
get lucky money at the Spring Festival./The boy gets lucky money from his grandparents at the Spring
Festival. 64．They are putting up Spring Festival couplets now./They are putting Spring Festival
couplets up now. 65．She/The girl is making a card (for her teacher) now.
【解析】61．根据画面情景是元宵节，提示词为“eat tangyuan”，可知句子表达在元宵节人们通常吃
汤圆。People“人们”作主语；usually“通常”表示频率；eat“吃”作谓语；tangyuan“汤圆”作宾语；at the
Lantern Festival“在元宵节”作时间状语。故填 People usually eat tangyuan at the Lantern Festival.
62．由画面情景清福（推测为清明）和提示词“sweep the tombs”可知，句子可以表达人们通常在清
明节扫墓，或者描述画面中两个女孩在清明节扫墓。People“人们”作主语；usually“通常”表示频率；
sweep“清扫”作谓语；the tombs“坟墓”作宾语；on Tomb - sweeping Day“在清明节”作时间状语。也
可以用 Two girls“两个女孩”作主语；are sweeping“正在清扫”作谓语（现在进行时）；the tombs“坟
墓”作宾语；on Tomb - sweeping Day“在清明节”作时间状语。故填 People usually sweep the tombs on
Tomb-sweeping Day./Two girls are sweeping the tombs on Tomb-sweeping Day.
63．根据画面情景和提示词“get lucky money”，句子可以表达孩子们在春节能得到压岁钱，或者描
述画面中的男孩在春节从他祖父母那里得到压岁钱。Children“孩子们”作主语；can“能”为情态动词；
get“得到”作谓语；lucky money“压岁钱”作宾语；at the Spring Festival“在春节”作时间状语。也可以
用 The boy“男孩”作主语；gets“得到”作谓语（第三人称单数形式）；lucky money“压岁钱”作宾语；
第 21 页 共 30 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·情景交际 100 题（解析版）
from his grandparents“从他祖父母那里”作状语；at the Spring Festival“在春节”作时间状语。故填
Children can get lucky money at the Spring Festival./The boy gets lucky money from his grandparents at
the Spring Festival.
64．从画面情景和提示词“put up”（张贴）可知，句子可以表达他们现在正在张贴春联。They“他们”
作主语；are putting up“正在张贴”作谓语（现在进行时）；Spring Festival couplets“春联”作宾语；
now“现在”作时间状语。put up是动词短语，宾语是名词时，可放在 put up中间或后面，故填 They
are putting up Spring Festival couplets now./They are putting Spring Festival couplets up now.
65．依据画面情景和提示词“make a card, now”，句子表达她/这个女孩现在正在制作一张卡片（给
她老师）。She/The girl“她/这个女孩”作主语；is making“正在制作”作谓语（现在进行时）；a card“一
张卡片”作宾语；(for her teacher)“（给她老师）”作目的状语；now“现在”作时间状语。故填 She/The
girl is making a card (for her teacher) now.
根据每小题所提供的画面情景和提示词，写出一个与画面情景相符的句子。
66． be home to
67． live; grassland
68． dry; little rain
69． active; at night
70． warm; wet
第 22 页 共 30 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·情景交际 100 题（解析版）
【答案】66．Trees are home to many birds. 67．Elephants live on the grassland. 68．The desert
is dry because there’s little rain. 69．Bats are active at night. 70．It’s warm and wet in the
rainforest.
【解析】66．根据所给词及图片可知，此处表达为“树木是许多鸟类的家园”；tree“树”，此处用复
数形式，表示概数概念，句首首字母大写；be home to…“是……的家园”，时态为一般现在时，此
处 be动词用 are；many birds“许多鸟”。故填 Trees are home to many birds.
67．根据所给词及图片可知，此处表达为“大象生活在草原上”；elephant“大象”，此处用复数形式，
表示概数概念，句首首字母大写；live on…“生活在……上”，时态为一般现在时，此处用动词原形；
the grassland“草原”。故填 Elephants live on the grassland.
68．根据所给词及图片可知，此处表达为“沙漠是干燥的，因为很少下雨；the desert“沙漠”，句首
首字母大写；be“是”，时态为一般现在时，此处用 is；dry“干燥的”；because“因为”；there be“有”；
rain“雨”，不可数名词，此处用 little“少量的”修饰，be动词用 is。故填 The desert is dry because there’s
little rain.
69．根据所给词及图片可知，此处表达为“蝙蝠在晚上很活跃”；bat“蝙蝠”，此处用复数形式，表示
概数概念，句首首字母大写；be“是”，时态为一般现在时，此处用 are；active“活跃的”；at night“在
晚上”。故填 Bats are active at night.
70．根据所给词及图片可知，此处表达为“雨林里又暖和又潮湿”；it is“它是”，句首首字母大写；
warm and wet“温暖潮湿的”； in the rainforest“雨林里”。故填 It’s warm and wet in the rainforest.
根据每小题所提供的画面情景和提示词，写出一个与画面情景相符的句子。
71． My
72． love
第 23 页 共 30 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·情景交际 100 题（解析版）
73． years old
74． I
75． friends
【答案】71．My name is Xiao Ya. 72．They love playing football. 73．The boy/He is 14 years
old. 74．I am in Class 6, Grade 7. 75．This is a picture of my good friends.
【解析】71．根据图片及所给单词可知，本句应表达“我的名字叫小雅”。My name“我的名字”作主
语；is为系动词；Xiao Ya为表语。故填 My name is Xiao Ya.
72．根据图片及所给单词可知，本句应表达“他们爱踢足球”。They“他们”作主语，love“爱”为谓语
动词；playing football“踢足球”。故填 They love playing football.
73．根据图片及所给单词可知，本句应表达“这个男孩/他 14岁了”。The boy“这个男孩”，He“他”，
均可作主语，is为系动词；14 years old “14岁”。故填 The boy/He is 14 years old.
74．根据图片及所给单词可知，本句应表达“我在七年级六班”。I“我”作主语；am是；in Class 6, Grade
7.“在七年级六班”。故填 I am in Class 6, Grade 7.
75．根据图片及所给单词可知，本句应表达“这是我好朋友的照片。/他们是好朋友”。This“这个”
作主语；is“是”；a picture of my good friends“我好朋友的一张照片”。故填 This is a picture of my good
friends.
根据每小题所提供的图画情景和提示词，写出一个与图画情景相符的句子。
76． time, home
第 24 页 共 30 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·情景交际 100 题（解析版）
.
77． Why not, Sunday

78． favorite
.
79． work, farm
.
80． help, homework
.
【答案】76．It’s time to go home 77．Why not fly kites this Sunday 78．Bamboo is the panda’s
favorite food 79．He is working on the farm 80．Mother is helping Tom with his homework
【解析】76．根据图片及词汇提示可知，句子表达的是“该回家了”，用一般现在时，此处用句型“It’s
time to do sth”，go home“回家”，故填 It’s time to go home。
77．根据图片及词汇提示可知，句子表达的是“这个星期天为什么不放风筝呢”，此处是 why not do
sth的句型，fly kites“放风筝”，this Sunday“这个周日”，故填Why not fly kites this Sunday。
78．根据图片及词汇提示可知，句子表达的是“竹子是熊猫最喜欢的食物”，用一般现在时，主语是
bamboo，be动词用 is，表语是 the panda’s favorite food，故填 Bamboo is the panda’s favorite food。
79．根据图片及词汇提示可知，句子表达的是“他正在农场里干活”，用现在进行时，主语是 he，
谓语是 is working，on the farm是地点状语，故填 He is working on the farm。
80．根据图片及词汇提示可知，句子表达的是“妈妈正在帮汤姆做作业”，用现在进行时，主语是
mother，谓语是 is helping，宾语是 Tom，此处是 help sb with sth的结构，故填Mother is helping Tom
with his homework。
根据每小题所提供的图画情景和提示词，写出一个与图画情景相符的句子。
第 25 页 共 30 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·情景交际 100 题（解析版）
81． (Zhang Haoxuan, usually)
82． (Tang Fei, often)
83． (my cousins, usually)
84． (my grandparents, always)
85． (Yaming, often)
【答案】81．Zhang Haoxuan usually gets up at seven five. 82．Tang Fei often takes a shower at
twenty to seven/six forty. 83．My cousins usually brush their teeth at seven o’clock. 84．My
grandparents always have breakfast at eight o’clock. 85．Yaming often goes/walks to school at seven
fifty-five/five to eight.
【解析】81．根据图片和“Zhang Haoxuan, usually”可知，此句表示“Zhang Haoxuan通常在七点五分
起床”；时态为一般现在时，Zhang Haoxuan作主语，谓语动词用三单形式；usually放在实义动词
前；起床“get up”；“七点五分”的表达为 seven five，时刻前用介词 at。故填 Zhang Haoxuan usually gets
up at seven five.
第 26 页 共 30 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·情景交际 100 题（解析版）
82．根据图片和“Tang Fei, often”可知，此句表示“Tang Fei经常在六点四十洗澡”；时态为一般现在
时，Tang Fei作主语，谓语动词用三单形式；洗澡“take a shower”；often放在实义动词前；“在六点
四十”的表达为 at twenty to seven/six forty。故填 Tang Fei often takes a shower at twenty to seven/six
forty.
83．根据图片和“my cousins, usually”可知，此句表示“我的表兄妹们通常在七点钟刷牙”；时态为一
般现在时，my cousins作主语，谓语动词用原形；usually放在实义动词前；刷牙“brush their teeth”；
“在七点钟”的表达为 at seven o’clock。故填My cousins usually brush their teeth at seven o’clock.
84．根据图片和“my grandparents, always”可知，此句表示“我的祖父母总是在八点钟吃早餐”；时态
为一般现在时，my grandparents作主语，谓语动词用原形；always 放在实义动词前；吃早餐“have
breakfast”；“在八点钟”的表达为 at eight o’clock。故填My grandparents always have breakfast at eight
o’clock.
85．根据图片和“Yaming, often”可知，此句表示“Yaming经常在 7点 55分（步行）去学校”；时态
为一般现在时，Yaming作主语，谓语动词用三单形式；often放在实义动词前；（步行）上学“go/walk
to school”；“在 7点 55分”的表达为 at seven fifty-five/five to eight。故填 Yaming often goes/walks to
school at seven fifty-five/five to eight.
根据每小题所提供的图画情景和提示词，写出一个与图画情景相符的句子。
86． number, 6378-2646
87． they, from
88． these, three
89． fourteen
90．(七年级 9班)
Li Jie
第 27 页 共 30 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·情景交际 100 题（解析版）
【答案】86．My telephone number is 6378-2646. 87．They are from China. 88．These are three
boxes. 89．She is fourteen (years old). 90．Li Jie is in Class Nine/9, Grade Seven/7.
【解析】86．根据图片和所给单词可知，此处可表达为“我的电话号码是 6378-2646”。My telephone
number“我的手机号码”作主语，此时 be动词用 is； 6378-2646作表语。故填My telephone number is
6378-2646.
87．根据图片和所给单词可知，此处可表达为“他们来自中国”。They作主语，此时 be动词用 are；
from China“来自中国”作表语。故填 They are from China.
88．根据图片和所给单词可知，此处可表达为“这是三个盒子”。These作主语，此时 be动词用 are；
three boxes“三个盒子”作表语。故填 These are three boxes.
89．根据图片和所给单词可知，此处可表达为“她十四岁了”。She作主语，此时 be动词用 is；fourteen
(years old)作表语。故填 She is fourteen (years old).
90．根据图片和所给单词可知，此处可表达为“李杰在七年级九班”。Li Jie作主语，此时 be动词用
is；in Class Nine/9, Grade Seven/7.“七年级九班”作表语。故填 Li Jie is in Class Nine/9, Grade Seven/7.
根据每小题所提供的图画情景和提示词，写出一个与图画情景相符的句子。
91． he, in
92． these, your
93． her, 6378-2646
94． that, apple
95． this, school
【答案】91．He is in Class Eight, Grade Seven. 92．These are your boxes. 93．Her telephone
number is 6378-2646. 94．That is an apple. 95．This is our school.
第 28 页 共 30 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·情景交际 100 题（解析版）
【解析】91．根据“he, in”和图片可知，本句表达为“他在七年级八班。”时态为一般现在时，主语
He；系动词 is；表语 in Class Eight, Grade Seven。故填 He is in Class Eight, Grade Seven.
92．根据“these, your”和图片可知，本句表达为“这些是你的箱子。”时态为一般现在时，主语 These，
系动词 are；表语 your boxes。故填 These are your boxes.
93．根据“her, 6378-2646”和图片可知，本句表达为“她的电话是 6378-2646。”时态为一般现在时。
主语 Her telephone number；系动词 is；表语 6378-2646。故填 Her telephone number is 6378-2646.
94．根据“that, apple”和图片可知，本句表达为“那是一个苹果。”时态为一般现在时。主语 That；系
动词 is；表语 an apple。故填 That is an apple.
95．根据“this, school”和图片可知，本句表达为“这是我们的学校。”时态为一般现在时，主语 This；
系动词 is；表语 our school。故填 This is our school。
根据每小题所提供的图画情景和提示词，写出一个与图画情景相符的句子。
96． her 56874129
97． start 8:00
98． boy nose
99． Anna Class 2 Grade 1
100． these yellow
【答案】96．Her telephone number is 56874129. 97．English class begins at 8 o’clock. 98．The
boy has a long/big nose. 99．Anna is in Class 2 Grade 1. 100．These dresses are yellow.
【解析】96．根据图片和“her 56874129”可知，本句应表达为“她的电话号码是 56874129”，时态为
一般现在时，主语是 her telephone number“她的电话号码”，谓语应用 be动词 is，表语是 56874129，
故填 Her telephone number is 56874129.
第 29 页 共 30 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·情景交际 100 题（解析版）
97．根据图片和“start 8:00”可知，本句应表达为“英语课八点钟开始”，时态为一般现在时。主语是
English class“英语课”，谓语 start“开始”需用三单形式，状语是 at 8 o’clock。故填 English class starts
at 8 o’clock.
98．根据图片和“boy; nose”可知，本句应表达为“这个男孩有一个长/大鼻子”；时态为一般现在时，
主语 the boy“这个男孩”，谓语 have需用三单形式；宾语 nose“鼻子”，用形容词 long或 big来修饰，
只有一个鼻子，应在形容词之前加不定冠词 a。故填 The boy has a long/big nose.
99．根据图片和“Anna; Class 2; Grade 1”可知，本句应表达为“安娜在一年级二班”；时态为一般现
在时，主语 Anna，谓语应用 be动词 is；介词短语 in Class 2, Grade 1作表语。故填 Anna is in Class
2, Grade 1.
100．根据图片和“these; yellow”可知，本句应表达为“这些长裙是黄色的”；时态为一般现在时；主
语 these dresses“这些长裙”，谓语应用 be动词 are；表语是 yellow“黄色的”。故填 These dresses are
yellow.
第 30 页 共 30 页微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·阅读理解 20篇（学生版）
01
Hi, my name is Peter Brown. I’m twelve years old. Look! Here are three of my photos.
In the photo, there are two girls. They are my friends, Li Li and Sun Hong.
They are from China. They like reading very much.
Who are they in the photo Is the woman my mother No, she isn’t. She is
my aunt. The two children are her daughter Jane and her son Jack. Where is my
uncle He is in the office.
My grandparents Sam and Alice are in the photo. My grandfather is 70 years
old. The cat is Lucky. My grandfather likes the cat very much. Those are my
parents. The short boy with brown hair is my brother, Mike. And who is the tall
boy Haha! It’s me!
1．What does Sun Hong like doing
A．Playing football. B．Playing ping-pong. C．Reading. D．Drawing pictures.
2．What’s Peter’s cousin’s name
A．Sun Hong. B．Jane. C．Li Li. D．Sam.
3．What color is Mike’s hair
A．Black. B．Brown. C．Orange. D．Yellow.
第 1 页 共 42 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·阅读理解 20篇（学生版）
02
The Maine School LIBRARY
Reading for the future
OPENING HOURS LIBRARY RULES
MONDAY 09:00—17:00
TUESDAY 09:00—17:00
WEDNESDAY 09:00—20:00
THURSDAY 9:00—17:00
FRIDAY 08:00—15:00
SATURDAY 09:00—I 2:00
SUNDAY CLOSED
Computers are for schoolwork only.
Students can borrow 3 books at one time.
4．We can go to the library at ________ .
A．8 a.m., Tuesday B．6 p.m., Thursday C．8 a.m., Friday D．6 p.m., Saturday
5．In the library, we can’t ________.
①eat snacks ②use phones ③run ④have a library card
A．①② B．①④ C．①③ D．②③
6．Where can we see this picture
A．On TV. B．On a website. C．In a storybook. D．In a magazine.
第 2 页 共 42 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·阅读理解 20篇（学生版）
03
Hello, everyone! Glad to meet you! I’m a yellow dog. My name is Carl. I’m from America. I’m
three years old this year. I’m cute and clever. I’m not tall. But I am good at jumping and running. Now I
live with my master (主人) Andy on a farm.
Look! This is Andy. He is 12. He is a tall and thin students. He’s in Grade Seven. He likes sports.
After school, he often plays football with his classmates, I always run after him. He also loves reading
and singing. Sometimes he reads books about football. He plants some tomato plants and carrot plants on
the farm. He also has ten cows and twenty sheep. The farm is really big and beautiful. We really like it.
Andy is nice to me. We are good friends. We’re very happy every day.
7．What is Carl good at
A．Running B．Singing C．Reading. D．Swimming
8．What does Andy look like
A．Cute and clever. B．Not tall C．Big and beautiful. D．Tall and thin.
9．What can we know from the passage
A．Carl is from China. B．Andy is three years old.
C．Andy likes playing football. D．Andy has twenty cows on the farm.
第 3 页 共 42 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·阅读理解 20篇（学生版）
04
Have fun in Shanghai University!
Activities
9:00 a.m.—10:30 a.m. Learn its history in the museum.
11:00 a.m—12:00 p.m. Learn about Computer Science.
12:00 p.m.—1:00 p.m. Have lunch.
1:30 p.m.—3:00 p.m. Learn Science from Mr Lee and chat with him.
3:30 p.m.—5:00 p.m. Visit the library and the gym.
Things to know
All students in Grade 7 are welcome.
Meet at 8:00 a.m. at our school gate next Monday and get to the university by bus.
Sign up (报名) with Ms Zhou before 5:00 p.m. this Friday.
Join us and enjoy yourself!
10．Which place will students first visit in Shanghai University
A．The lab. B．The library. C．The gym. D．The museum.
11．Mr Lee ________.
A．is a History teacher B．works in a middle school
C．will share something with students D．will take part in an activity after 3:00 p.m.
12．What do we know about the field trip
A．It will take place on Friday. B．Students of all ages can take the trip.
C．Students will meet at the school hall. D．It’s a fun way for students to learn.
第 4 页 共 42 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·阅读理解 20篇（学生版）
05
Now people in England, the U.S. and many other countries celebrate Mother’s Day. Mother’s Day
is on the second Sunday of May. On this day, children give flowers, cards, chocolate and other things to
their mothers, but they don’t give money to them. And they also make presents for their mothers. And
some of them get up early to cook breakfast for their mothers. They also help their mothers do the
housework. They want to show their love to their mothers. They know if they have no mothers, they can’t
live a happy life.
Many people in China celebrate this festival for their mothers because they want to show their love
to their mothers, too. In almost every Chinese family, the mother looks after the children, does the
housework and cooks meals for the family, so she is quite hard-working and she is always busy in the
family. Now more and more people celebrate Mother’s Day in China.
13．What presents do mothers usually get on Mother’s Day
A．Flowers, money and cards. B．Flowers, money and chocolate.
C．Flowers, cards and chocolate. D．Money, cards and chocolate.
14．The underlined word “hard-working” means “________” in Chinese.
A．勤劳的 B．聪明的 C．美丽的 D．困难的
15．Why do many Chinese people celebrate this festival for mothers
A．Because they know Mother’s Day. B．Because their mothers are very busy.
C．Because they have mothers. D．Because they love their mothers very much.
第 5 页 共 42 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·阅读理解 20篇（学生版）
06
Kim is excited. She is going to talk about her favourite season. She stands in front of the class with
a very big black bag.
“Good morning, everyone! Today, I am going to talk about my favourite season. In this season, the
weather is usually sunny and bright. It’s cool outside and the sky is blue. I often wear sweaters. I love
wearing sweaters!
On weekends, my family go to the farm and pick apples. It’s a great season for apple picking.
Often, we pick five full bags of apples! I usually help my mum make apple pies. They’re delicious!
During this season, I can enjoy the different colours of the leaves (树叶 ). They’re red, orange,
yellow, green and brown. I like to play with leaves. How fun it is!”
The class claps for Kim. But what’s in the bag Everyone wants to know. Apples! Kim gives a
delicious red apple to each classmate.
16．What does Kim like to wear in her favourite season
A．Sweaters. B．Jackets. C．Dresses. D．T-shirts.
17．Where does Kim often go with her family on weekends in her favourite season
A．To the zoo. B．To the park. C．To the library. D．To the farm.
18．Who does Kim give the delicious red apples to
A．Her teachers. B．Her classmates. C．Her sisters. D．Her parents.
第 6 页 共 42 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·阅读理解 20篇（学生版）
07
Meeting robot friends. Today, AI robots play an important role in people’s daily lives. These robots
work in many areas to help people.
I’m a teaching robot. My job is to spend time with children and teach them. I look like people
because I want to get close to children. I walk like a human too. Turning around and avoiding obstacles
(避障) are both easy for me. I can sing and dance. I can also know the needs of children by hearing their
words and teach them knowledge (知识) on different subjects.
I’m a medical (医疗的) robot. People often use me in the operating room (手术室). Because of my
stable (稳定的) hands and robot eyes, I can show some angles of view (视角) and can also move to some
hard-to-get-to places in the human body. I can help doctors work better during operations.
We all know that technology make our life easier and more convenient (舒适的 ) than before.
However, we should use it wisely.
19．How many kinds of robot friends are introduced in the passage
A．One. B．Two. C．Three. D．Four.
20．Why does the writer say the robots are people’s friends
A．Because they are interesting to kids. B．Because they are helpful to people.
C．Because they can sing and dance. D．Because all of them are important to doctors.
21．How can the robot know the needs of children
A．By walking like a human. B．By teaching them knowledge.
C．By hearing what they say. D．By turning around and avoiding obstacles.
22．What is the structure (结构) of the article
A． B． C． D．
第 7 页 共 42 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·阅读理解 20篇（学生版）
08
Now lots of people like to keep pets at home. They like to keep dogs best, next is the cats, and the
last is the birds. Because these pets are cute and friendly. Many people have them as their family
members. They are like people’s children. People give these pets nice names, and buy nice food and
beautiful clothes for them.
Children also like to keep pets. They are like their friends, brothers and sisters. Children can play,
sleep and take a walk with them. When children feel blue, pets can make them cheerful! Their bad
feelings will be gone (消失).
Pets are very friendly and loyal. They live with people for a long time and help people to be away
from loneliness (孤独). If you meet dangerous things, they will protect you, too.
Do you think pets are important in our life Would you like to keep a pet in your family
23．What animals do people like best
A．Birds. B．Dogs. C．Cats. D．Fish.
24．Which word is close to the underlined word “cheerful”
A．Happy. B．True. C．Lazy. D．Sick.
25．Which of the following is true
A．Most people like to keep birds.
B．People buy nice food for pets every day.
C．Pets will keep people safe when they are in danger.
D．Pets are always away when the children are unhappy.
26．What is the best title for the passage
A．Small Animals B．Pets and People
C．Pets and Their Friends D．Dogs and Cats
第 8 页 共 42 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·阅读理解 20篇（学生版）
09
There are only two seasons in some countries—the dry season and the rainy season. They are
Vietnam, India and some countries in Africa. It’s never cold and it doesn’t snow. When it is the dry
season, it doesn’t rain at all. It’s very hot. All grass and leaves are yellow. People and animals are very
thirsty. It is a very difficult time for them! When it is the rainy season, the rain doesn’t stop. Some
animals like it, but some don’t.
There is a place where there are no seasons at all. It is the Antarctic (南极). It’s very cold all year
round. The people from lots of countries come there to learn about the coldest place, its animals and birds.
But there are no trees, no flowers there, so people can’t live there long.
27．What’s the weather like in Vietnam
A．It’s very cold all year round. B．It’s never cold and it doesn’t snow.
C．It’s very cold and it snows all year round. D．It’s never cold and it snows all year round.
28．When is a difficult time for people and animals in India
A．The rainy season. B．Spring. C．The dry season. D．Winter.
29．Some people go to the Antarctic because they want to learn about ________.
A．the flowers there B．the trees there C．the countries D．the coldest place
30．Which of the following sentences is NOT true according to the passage
A．All grass and leaves are yellow in the dry season.
B．All countries in Africa have two seasons.
C．Some animals like the rainy season.
D．There are some animals and birds in the Antarctic.
第 9 页 共 42 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·阅读理解 20篇（学生版）
10
Li Xiang, 11 years old, China
The Dragon Boat Festival is my favourite festival. It is in the 5th month of the Chinese lunar
calendar(农历). We can enjoy many interesting activities, such as dragon boat races (赛龙舟). We can eat
delicious food like zongzi.
David, 12 years old, America
My favourite festival is Christmas. It is on December 25. That day is my birthday, too. We always
put a Christmas tree in our house. In the evening, my family usually have a big dinner at home. My
favourite Christmas food is turkey (火鸡肉).
Tom, 14 years old, Japan
My favourite festival is Japanese Children’s Day. It is on May 5. On that day, parents wish (祝福)
their children good health. We always eat a kind of rice cake. It’s a special food for the festival.
31．On Japanese Children’s Day, Tom eats ________ in Japan.
A．turkey B．zongzi C．rice cakes D．dumplings
32．David’s family put a ________ in their house on December 25.
A． B． C． D．
33．On Japanese Children’s Day, parents ________.
A．wish their children good health B．make breakfast for their children
C．play football with their children D．go shopping with their children
34．What can we know from the passage
A．David’s birthday is on May 5.
B．Li Xiang doesn’t like dragon boat races.
C．David usually eats turkey with his family at home on Christmas.
D．Tom’s favourite festival is Christmas.
35．The best title (标题) for this passage is “________”.
A．My Favourite Activity B．My Favourite Festival
C．My Favourite Food D．My Favourite School Day
第 10 页 共 42 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·阅读理解 20篇（学生版）
11
Hi, I’m Tom. My favorite festival is the Spring Festival. It is the most important festival in China. It
usually comes in January or February. Before the festival, people clean their houses and buy a lot of
things. On New Year’s Eve, families get together and have a big dinner. We eat dumplings, which are a
traditional food. We also watch the Spring Festival Gala on TV. At midnight, we set off fireworks to
welcome the new year. During the festival, people visit their relatives and friends and say “Happy New
Year” to each other. Children can get lucky money from their elders. I like the Spring Festival because it
is full of happiness and joy.
36．What is Tom’s favorite festival
A．The Mid-Autumn Festival. B．The Dragon Boat Festival.
C．The Spring Festival. D．The National Day.
37．When does the Spring Festival usually come
A．In January or February. B．In March or April.
C．In May or June. D．In July or August.
38．What do people do before the Spring Festival
A．They clean their houses. B．They buy a lot of things.
C．Both A and B． D．They go traveling.
39．What do people eat on New Year’s Eve
A．Noodles. B．Rice. C．Dumplings. D．Cakes.
40．Why does Tom like the Spring Festival
A．Because he can get lucky money. B．Because he can visit his relatives.
C．Because it is full of happiness and joy. D．Because he can watch the Spring Festival Gala.
第 11 页 共 42 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·阅读理解 20篇（学生版）
12
Online (在线的) shopping is quite popular (受欢迎的) these days. It saves time because people
don’t have to go to the shops or drive through the busy streets. It also saves money because people can
see all the prices (价 格 ) for the same thing and buy the cheapest one. Do you also consider it
money-saving and time-saving to shop online
My mom is busy and she works from 8:00 am to 5:00 pm Monday to Thursday. She visits my
grandparents on Friday. On the weekend she does lots of online shopping. But she is often unhappy when
she gets the parcels (包裹). The color is too dark or too light. The size is too small or too big. The cloth is
too soft or too hard. There’s often something wrong. In the end she has to give back most parcels. She has
to go to the post office to send them back. There are usually many people in the post office. It takes a long
time to send a parcel. What’s more, it takes a lot of money. In my eyes, online shopping doesn’t save time
or money.
41．What does the underlined word “consider” mean in Chinese
A．查明 B．接受 C．认为 D．看出
42．The writer’s mom works __________.
A．eight hours a day B．five days a week
C．from Monday to Thursday D．on weekends sometimes
43．What does the writer’s mom usually do with her parcels
A．She gives back most of them. B．She keeps them at home.
C．She shows them to others. D．She gives them to the writer’s grandparents.
44．The post office is usually __________.
A．busy B．quiet C．small D．clean
45．What does the writer mean in the end
A．He likes online shopping. B．He will never shop online.
C．Online shopping is not good. D．Online shopping helps him a lot.
第 12 页 共 42 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·阅读理解 20篇（学生版）
13
We are at a new school now. Do you want to join the school clubs Why don’t you join one of the
clubs to develop your new interests and hobbies
We Want You!
Cooking Club
Book Club
Do you love Chinese food Can you cook
Do you like reading Join our book club! It’s
Join our cooking club! Let’s learn to cook your
more than reading. We read stories, talk about books,
favourite Chinese food. Mapo tofu, jiaozi,
and make new friends. Books can open your mind and
baozi...You name it! You can soon cook for your
make you e to the library on Thursdays
family. Join us in Room 303 at 4:30 p.m. on
after school and fall in love with books!
Tuesdays.
Nature Club Music Club
Do you love nature Can you take good Do you like music Members can perform at all
photos Come with us every Saturday afternoon the big school concerts and other events ( 活 动 )
from 2 p.m. to 4 p.m. We watch birds, take outside school.
photos, and enjoy plants and flowers. We also Members meet in the music room from 3:30
visit nature parks. p.m. to 5:00 p.m. on Wednesdays and Fridays.
46．The members of the Cooking Club meet on ________.
A．Mondays B．Tuesdays C．Wednesdays D．Thursdays
47．Members in the ________ meet most often.
A．Cooking Club B．Book Club C．Nature Club D．Music Club
48．Where do members of the Book Club meet
A．In Room 303. B．In the nature park. C．In the library. D．In the music room.
49．Jack is good at taking photos. Which club should he go to
A．Cooking Club B．Book Club C．Nature Club D．Music Club
50．We may find the reading in a ________.
A．school poster B．storybook C．newspaper D．science book
第 13 页 共 42 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·阅读理解 20篇（学生版）
14
After-school Activities
1Are you interested in ball games 2Would you like to be a dancer
Teacher: Mr. Brown Teacher: Miss. Miller
Place: On the playground
Time: Monday, 16:00—18:00 Place: In the gym
Ages: Over (超过) 10 years old Time: Friday, 19:00—20:00
Ages: Over 10 years old
3Are you good at painting 4Do you enjoy playing chess
Teacher: Mr. Green Teacher: Mrs. Smith
Place: In the library
Place: In the art room Time: Saturday, 15:30—18:00
Time: Sunday, 8:00—10:00 Ages: Over 6 years old, under 10
Ages: Over 4 years old, under 14
51．Who can Simon go to if he likes painting very much
A．Mr. Brown. B．Miss. Miller. C．Mr. Green. D．Mrs. Smith.
52．Millie is 13 years old. How many places can she go to
A．One. B．Two. C．Three. D．Four.
53．Kitty is free after 18:00 p. m.. Where can she go
A．The playground. B．The gym. C．The art room. D．The library.
54．Which activity has the longest (最长) time in a day
A．Activity 1. B．Activity 2. C．Activity 3. D．Activity 4.
55．Where can you read the passage
A．In a cinema. B．In a school. C．In a supermarket. D．In a sports centre.
第 14 页 共 42 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·阅读理解 20篇（学生版）
15
Do you like English How do you study English Many students want to be good at English. Here
are some ways to help you learn English.
★Learn English like a baby
Babies learn their language slowly. First they learn to listen. Then they learn to speak. Finally, they
can read and write.
★Listen to English every day
Listen to English radio, watch English TV shows, see English movies or use online (在线的 )
lessons.
★Practice the conversations (对话)
Make up conversations and practice the conversations. You’d better use beginner’s textbooks (教
材).
★Read English stories
Begin with children’s storybooks. Try to read stories for ESL (非母语英语教程) readers. Try to
join an English Club for young learners.
★Write down new words
Buy a new word notebook. Write words in alphabetical order (A ...B．..C．..). Make some sentences.
Always use an English-Chinese dictionary first.
★Keep an English diary (日记)
Begin with easy sentences. You can write about your life, like how you feel, how the weather is,
and what you do today.
56．How does the writer begin the text
A．By telling stories. B．By showing facts. C．By showing sayings.D．By asking questions.
57．How do babies learn their language
A．Listen→Speak→Read and write B．Speak→Write→Read and listen
C．Speak→Listen→Read and write D．Listen→Speak and write→Read
58．What kind of books should we begin to read when learning English
A．Children’s storybooks. B．Children’s textbooks.
C．Children’s picture books. D．Children’s music books.
59．What do the underlined words “alphabetical order” mean in Chinese
A．按音标顺序 B．按字母顺序 C．按难度顺序 D．按长短顺序
60．What’s the best title for the text
A．How to Feel Good B．How to Read Books
C．How to Write Stories D．How to Learn English
第 15 页 共 42 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·阅读理解 20篇（学生版）
16
We feel great on holiday because we can get relaxed. A study shows that holidays (度假 ) help
health a lot. There are many things you can do to have a good holiday.
When you’re on your holidays, you want to sleep like a baby. But you still wake up (醒来) early. If
so, you need to change your sleeping habits. You can’t bring problems to bed. Don’t use your phone or
TV. Make sure the room is dark (暗的) and cool. And then, you may sleep well.
It’s important to take a trip. When you take a trip, you walk around the city and you also do a kind
of exercise. Doing exercise is cheap and it’s good for your health.
Having delicious food is always happy. Don’t buy take-up (外卖) meals. Make meals yourself. Sit
down with your family for meals. Family members feel happy when they have meals together.
If you can sleep well and eat well on a trip, you can enjoy a good holiday.
61．What does the underlined word “change” mean
A．Make...happy. B．Make...sad. C．Make...different. D．Make...bad.
62．How can you sleep well
A．Bring problems to bed. B．Make the room very hot.
C．Don’t make the room dark. D．Don’t use the phone or TV in bed.
63．The writer advises (建议) us to _________ in Paragraph 3.
A．study hard B．take a trip C．sleep like a baby D．have good meals
64．What can we do to make our family happy
A．We can buy take-up meals. B．We can change sleeping habits.
C．We can call up each other. D．We can have meals together.
65．What is the best title of the passage
A．Taking a Trip B．Having Meals
C．Having a Good Holiday D．Having a Good Sleep
第 16 页 共 42 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·阅读理解 20篇（学生版）
17
Hello, I’m Mary. I’m a student in a new school. Let me tell you about my school. There is a big gate
at the entrance of the school. When you enter the school, you can see a beautiful garden on your left.
There are many flowers and trees in it. Then you will come to the office building. The teachers work there.
Next to the office building is the classroom building. It has four floors. My classroom is on the second
floor. There is a science lab on the third floor and an art room on the fourth floor. Behind the classroom
building is the playground. We can play sports there. There is also a small library in the school. We can
read books in our free time. I like my school very much.
66．What can you see on the left when you enter the school
A．A big gate. B．A classroom building.
C．A garden. D．An office building.
67．Where is the office building
A．In front of the classroom building. B．Behind the classroom building.
C．Next to the classroom building. D．On the left of the classroom building.
68．How many floors does the classroom building have
A．Two. B．Three. C．Four. D．Five.
69．What is on the third floor of the classroom building
A．An art room. B．A science lab. C．A classroom. D．A library.
70．Which of the following is NOT true
A．Mary likes her school. B．There is a big playground in the school.
C．The library is big. D．The art room is on the fourth floor.
第 17 页 共 42 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·阅读理解 20篇（学生版）
18
Hi! I’m Peter and I’m eleven years old. In my class, there are 25 students: thirteen boys
and twelve girls. I like my school and it’s big and clean. My best subject is science. My
classmates call me “the scientist (科学家)”. They say that I’m an intelligent boy, but I’m not. I
just study hard. I really want to be a scientist.
Hi! I’m Sarah and I go to St Peter’s School. It’s a very big and modem (现代化的) school.
I like my class and my teachers. We are in a nice class. I have many friends at school. We
usually help each other.
Hello! I’m Grace and I’m twelve. I’m in St Peter’s School, too. I’m very good at English. I
like my class because all my friends are there. My best friend is Sarah. She looks very beautiful
and she is popular with everybody.
71．How many girls are there in Peter’s class
A．Eleven. B．Twelve. C．Thirteen. D．Fourteen.
72．St Peter’s School is ________.
A．big and clean B．small but clean C．big and modem D．small but modem
73．Grace does well in ________.
A．English B．science C．music D．Chinese
74．The underlined word “intelligent” means (意思是) “________” in Chinese.
A．懒散的 B．聪明的 C．犹豫的 D．爽快的
75．Which of the following is NOT true
A．Science is Peter’s best subject. B．Sarah and Grace are in the same school.
C．Grace and Sarah are good friends. D．Grace is popular with everybody.
第 18 页 共 42 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·阅读理解 20篇（学生版）
19
The Spring Festival is the most important festival in China. It is celebrated in January or February
every year. People usually prepare for it for a long time. They clean their houses, buy new clothes, and
prepare delicious food.
On the eve of the Spring Festival, families get together and have a big dinner. They usually eat
dumplings, fish, and other traditional dishes. After dinner, they watch TV, play games, or chat with each
other.
On the first day of the new year, people visit their relatives and friends. They give each other gifts
and wish each other good luck. Children usually receive red packets from their parents and grandparents.
The Spring Festival is a time for family unity and happiness. It is a day when people can relax and
enjoy the beauty of the festival and the warmth of family.
76．When is the Spring Festival celebrated
A．In April. B．In July.
C．In January or February. D．In October.
77．What do people do to prepare for the Spring Festival
A．They go swimming. B．They clean their houses and buy new clothes.
C．They have a party. D．They watch TV.
78．What do families usually eat on the eve of the Spring Festival
A．Dumplings and fish. B．Pizza and hamburgers.
C．Noodles and soup. D．Salad and fruit.
79．What do people do on the first day of the new year
A．They visit their relatives and friends. B．They go shopping.
C．They watch movies. D．They play sports.
80．Who usually gives children red packets
A．Their teachers. B．Their parents and grandparents.
C．Their friends. D．Strangers.
第 19 页 共 42 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·阅读理解 20篇（学生版）
20
My name is Lucy. I study in a big school. There are many buildings in our school. The teaching
building is in the middle of the school. It has five floors. My classroom is on the third floor. There is a
library next to the teaching building. It has a lot of books. We can read books there. There is also a
playground. We often play football and basketball there. The gym is near the playground. We have P.E.
classes in it. There is a cafeteria behind the teaching building. We have lunch there. I love my school very
much.
81．How many floors does the teaching building have
A．Three. B．Four. C．Five. D．Six.
82．Where is Lucy’s classroom
A．On the first floor. B．On the second floor. C．On the third floor. D．On the fourth floor.
83．What can students do in the library
A．Read books. B．Play games. C．Have classes. D．Have lunch.
84．Where is the cafeteria
A．Next to the teaching building. B．Near the playground.
C．Behind the teaching building. D．In the middle of the school.
85．Which of the following is TRUE
A．Lucy doesn’t like her school. B．There is only one building in the school.
C．The playground is big. D．The gym is next to the library.
第 20 页 共 42 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·阅读理解 20篇（解析版）
01
Hi, my name is Peter Brown. I’m twelve years old. Look! Here are three of my photos.
In the photo, there are two girls. They are my friends, Li Li and Sun Hong.
They are from China. They like reading very much.
Who are they in the photo Is the woman my mother No, she isn’t. She is
my aunt. The two children are her daughter Jane and her son Jack. Where is my
uncle He is in the office.
My grandparents Sam and Alice are in the photo. My grandfather is 70 years
old. The cat is Lucky. My grandfather likes the cat very much. Those are my
parents. The short boy with brown hair is my brother, Mike. And who is the tall
boy Haha! It’s me!
1．What does Sun Hong like doing
A．Playing football. B．Playing ping-pong. C．Reading. D．Drawing pictures.
2．What’s Peter’s cousin’s name
A．Sun Hong. B．Jane. C．Li Li. D．Sam.
3．What color is Mike’s hair
A．Black. B．Brown. C．Orange. D．Yellow.
【答案】1．C 2．B 3．B
【导语】本文介绍了 Peter Brown的三张照片。
1．细节理解题。根据图表第一栏“They are my friends, Li Li and Sun Hong. They are from China. They
like reading very much.”可知，孙红喜欢读书。故选 C。
2．细节理解题。根据图表第二栏“She is my aunt. The two children are her daughter Jane and her son
Jack.”可知，Peter的表妹叫 Jane。故选 B。
3．细节理解题。根据图表第三栏“The short boy with brown hair is my brother, Mike.”可知，Mike的
头发是棕色的。故选 B。
02
The Maine School LIBRARY
Reading for the future
OPENING HOURS
LIBRARY RULES
MONDAY 09:00—17:00
第 21 页 共 42 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·阅读理解 20篇（解析版）
TUESDAY 09:00—17:00
WEDNESDAY 09:00—20:00
THURSDAY 9:00—17:00
FRIDAY 08:00—15:00
SATURDAY 09:00—I 2:00
SUNDAY CLOSED
Computers are for schoolwork only.
Students can borrow 3 books at one time.
4．We can go to the library at ________ .
A．8 a.m., Tuesday B．6 p.m., Thursday C．8 a.m., Friday D．6 p.m., Saturday
5．In the library, we can’t ________.
①eat snacks ②use phones ③run ④have a library card
A．①② B．①④ C．①③ D．②③
6．Where can we see this picture
A．On TV. B．On a website. C．In a storybook. D．In a magazine.
【答案】4．C 5．C 6．B
【导语】本文是关于学校图书馆的开放时间和规则。
4．细节理解题。根据“Friday 08：00—15：00”可知，周五 8点可以去图书馆。故选 C。
5．细节理解题。根据图片中“LIBRARY RULES”可知，在图书馆不可以吃东西和跑动，故选 C。
6．推理判断题。根据全文内容可以推断，有关“学校图书馆”的“开放时间及规则”信息最有可能的
是在网页上看到的，故选 B。
03
Hello, everyone! Glad to meet you! I’m a yellow dog. My name is Carl. I’m from America. I’m
three years old this year. I’m cute and clever. I’m not tall. But I am good at jumping and running. Now I
live with my master (主人) Andy on a farm.
Look! This is Andy. He is 12. He is a tall and thin students. He’s in Grade Seven. He likes sports.
After school, he often plays football with his classmates, I always run after him. He also loves reading
第 22 页 共 42 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·阅读理解 20篇（解析版）
and singing. Sometimes he reads books about football. He plants some tomato plants and carrot plants on
the farm. He also has ten cows and twenty sheep. The farm is really big and beautiful. We really like it.
Andy is nice to me. We are good friends. We’re very happy every day.
7．What is Carl good at
A．Running B．Singing C．Reading. D．Swimming
8．What does Andy look like
A．Cute and clever. B．Not tall C．Big and beautiful. D．Tall and thin.
9．What can we know from the passage
A．Carl is from China. B．Andy is three years old.
C．Andy likes playing football. D．Andy has twenty cows on the farm.
【答案】7．A 8．D 9．C
【导语】本文是一篇记叙文。文章介绍了小狗 Carl和它主人 Andy的基本信息和爱好。
7．细节理解题。根据第一段倒数第二句“But I am good at jumping and running.”可知，Carl擅长跳和
跑。故选 A。
8．细节理解题。根据“He is a tall and thin students.”可知，Andy长得又高又瘦。故选 D。
9．细节理解题。根据“After school, he often plays football with his classmates, I always run after him.”
可知，Andy喜欢踢足球。故选 C。
04
Have fun in Shanghai University!
Activities
9:00 a.m.—10:30 a.m. Learn its history in the museum.
11:00 a.m—12:00 p.m. Learn about Computer Science.
12:00 p.m.—1:00 p.m. Have lunch.
1:30 p.m.—3:00 p.m. Learn Science from Mr Lee and chat with him.
3:30 p.m.—5:00 p.m. Visit the library and the gym.
Things to know
All students in Grade 7 are welcome.
Meet at 8:00 a.m. at our school gate next Monday and get to the university by bus.
Sign up (报名) with Ms Zhou before 5:00 p.m. this Friday.
Join us and enjoy yourself!
10．Which place will students first visit in Shanghai University
A．The lab. B．The library. C．The gym. D．The museum.
第 23 页 共 42 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·阅读理解 20篇（解析版）
11．Mr Lee ________.
A．is a History teacher B．works in a middle school
C．will share something with students D．will take part in an activity after 3:00 p.m.
12．What do we know about the field trip
A．It will take place on Friday. B．Students of all ages can take the trip.
C．Students will meet at the school hall. D．It’s a fun way for students to learn.
【答案】10．D 11．C 12．D
【导语】本文主要介绍了一次去上海大学的活动安排。
10．细节理解题。根据“9:00 a.m.—10:30 a.m. Learn its history in the museum.”可知，学生们首先参
观的是博物馆。故选 D。
11．细节理解题。根据“1:30 p.m.—3:00 p.m. Learn Science from Mr Lee and chat with him.”可知，下
午 1:30—3:00向李老师学习科学并和他聊天，故李老师会和学生分享一些东西。故选 C。
12．推理判断题。根据“Have fun in Shanghai University!”、“Learn its history in the museum.”和“Learn
about Computer Science”等可知，这对学生来说是一种有趣的学习方式。故选 D。
05
Now people in England, the U.S. and many other countries celebrate Mother’s Day. Mother’s Day
is on the second Sunday of May. On this day, children give flowers, cards, chocolate and other things to
their mothers, but they don’t give money to them. And they also make presents for their mothers. And
some of them get up early to cook breakfast for their mothers. They also help their mothers do the
housework. They want to show their love to their mothers. They know if they have no mothers, they can’t
live a happy life.
Many people in China celebrate this festival for their mothers because they want to show their love
to their mothers, too. In almost every Chinese family, the mother looks after the children, does the
housework and cooks meals for the family, so she is quite hard-working and she is always busy in the
family. Now more and more people celebrate Mother’s Day in China.
13．What presents do mothers usually get on Mother’s Day
A．Flowers, money and cards. B．Flowers, money and chocolate.
C．Flowers, cards and chocolate. D．Money, cards and chocolate.
14．The underlined word “hard-working” means “________” in Chinese.
A．勤劳的 B．聪明的 C．美丽的 D．困难的
15．Why do many Chinese people celebrate this festival for mothers
A．Because they know Mother’s Day. B．Because their mothers are very busy.
第 24 页 共 42 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·阅读理解 20篇（解析版）
C．Because they have mothers. D．Because they love their mothers very much.
【答案】13．C 14．A 15．D
【导语】本文主要讲一些国家庆祝母亲节的方式，许多的中国人也为母亲庆祝这个节日。
13．细节理解题。根据“On this day, children give flowers, cards, chocolate and other things to their
mothers, but they don’t give money to them.”可知孩子们在母亲节送母亲花，卡片和巧克力。故选 C。
14．词义猜测题。根据“In almost every Chinese family, the mother looks after the children, does the
housework and cooks meals for the family”可知，在几乎每个中国家庭中，母亲照看小孩、做家务并
做饭，由此可知母亲是勤劳的，故选 A。
15．细节理解题。根据“Many people in China celebrate this festival for their mothers because they want
to show their love to their mothers, too.”可知，中国人庆祝这个节日是想向妈妈表达爱，故选 D。
06
Kim is excited. She is going to talk about her favourite season. She stands in front of the class with
a very big black bag.
“Good morning, everyone! Today, I am going to talk about my favourite season. In this season, the
weather is usually sunny and bright. It’s cool outside and the sky is blue. I often wear sweaters. I love
wearing sweaters!
On weekends, my family go to the farm and pick apples. It’s a great season for apple picking.
Often, we pick five full bags of apples! I usually help my mum make apple pies. They’re delicious!
During this season, I can enjoy the different colours of the leaves (树叶 ). They’re red, orange,
yellow, green and brown. I like to play with leaves. How fun it is!”
The class claps for Kim. But what’s in the bag Everyone wants to know. Apples! Kim gives a
delicious red apple to each classmate.
16．What does Kim like to wear in her favourite season
A．Sweaters. B．Jackets. C．Dresses. D．T-shirts.
17．Where does Kim often go with her family on weekends in her favourite season
A．To the zoo. B．To the park. C．To the library. D．To the farm.
18．Who does Kim give the delicious red apples to
A．Her teachers. B．Her classmates. C．Her sisters. D．Her parents.
【答案】16．A 17．D 18．B
【导语】本文主要讲述了 Kim在课堂上兴奋地谈论她最喜欢的季节，分享了周末和家人去农场摘
苹果的乐趣，以及用苹果做馅饼的美味。
第 25 页 共 42 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·阅读理解 20篇（解析版）
16．细节理解题。根据第二段“I love wearing sweaters!”可知，Kim在她最喜欢的季节喜欢穿毛衣。
故选 A。
17．细节理解题。根据第三段“On weekends, my family go to the farm and pick apples”可知，Kim在
她最喜欢的季节周末经常和家人去农场摘苹果。故选 D。
18．细节理解题。根据最后一段“Kim gives a delicious red apple to each classmate.”可知，Kim给每
个同学一个美味的红苹果。故选 B。
07
Meeting robot friends. Today, AI robots play an important role in people’s daily lives. These robots
work in many areas to help people.
I’m a teaching robot. My job is to spend time with children and teach them. I look like people
because I want to get close to children. I walk like a human too. Turning around and avoiding obstacles
(避障) are both easy for me. I can sing and dance. I can also know the needs of children by hearing their
words and teach them knowledge (知识) on different subjects.
I’m a medical (医疗的) robot. People often use me in the operating room (手术室). Because of my
stable (稳定的) hands and robot eyes, I can show some angles of view (视角) and can also move to some
hard-to-get-to places in the human body. I can help doctors work better during operations.
We all know that technology make our life easier and more convenient (舒适的 ) than before.
However, we should use it wisely.
19．How many kinds of robot friends are introduced in the passage
A．One. B．Two. C．Three. D．Four.
20．Why does the writer say the robots are people’s friends
A．Because they are interesting to kids. B．Because they are helpful to people.
C．Because they can sing and dance. D．Because all of them are important to doctors.
21．How can the robot know the needs of children
A．By walking like a human. B．By teaching them knowledge.
C．By hearing what they say. D．By turning around and avoiding obstacles.
22．What is the structure (结构) of the article
A． B． C． D．
【答案】19．B 20．B 21．C 22．A
【导语】本文主要介绍了 AI机器人在人们日常生活中扮演的重要角色，包括教学机器人和医疗机
器人的功能与作用。教学机器人通过模仿人类行为亲近儿童，教授知识；医疗机器人则以其稳定的
第 26 页 共 42 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·阅读理解 20篇（解析版）
手部操作和独特的视角辅助医生进行手术。文章强调了科技使生活更便捷，但也提醒我们要明智地
使用技术。
19．细节理解题。根据第 2段“I’m a teaching robot.”和第 3段“I’m a medical robot.”可知，共介绍两
种机器人。故选 B。
20．细节理解题。根据第 1段“Meeting robot friends.Today, AI robots play an important role in people’s
daily lives. These robots work in many areas to help people.”可知，是因为这些机器人在许多领域帮助
人们。故选 B。
21．细节理解题。根据第 2段“I can also know the needs of children by hearing their words and teach
them knowledge on different subjects.”可知，机器人通过听孩子的话来了解他们的需求。故选 C。
22．篇章结构题。根据第 1段“Meeting robot friends.Today, AI robots play an important role in people’s
daily lives. These robots work in many areas to help people.”可知，第 1段引出主题，第 2、3段举例子，
最后 1段总结，所以是总分总结构。故选 A。
08
Now lots of people like to keep pets at home. They like to keep dogs best, next is the cats, and the
last is the birds. Because these pets are cute and friendly. Many people have them as their family
members. They are like people’s children. People give these pets nice names, and buy nice food and
beautiful clothes for them.
Children also like to keep pets. They are like their friends, brothers and sisters. Children can play,
sleep and take a walk with them. When children feel blue, pets can make them cheerful! Their bad
feelings will be gone (消失).
Pets are very friendly and loyal. They live with people for a long time and help people to be away
from loneliness (孤独). If you meet dangerous things, they will protect you, too.
Do you think pets are important in our life Would you like to keep a pet in your family
23．What animals do people like best
A．Birds. B．Dogs. C．Cats. D．Fish.
24．Which word is close to the underlined word “cheerful”
A．Happy. B．True. C．Lazy. D．Sick.
25．Which of the following is true
A．Most people like to keep birds.
B．People buy nice food for pets every day.
C．Pets will keep people safe when they are in danger.
D．Pets are always away when the children are unhappy.
第 27 页 共 42 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·阅读理解 20篇（解析版）
26．What is the best title for the passage
A．Small Animals B．Pets and People
C．Pets and Their Friends D．Dogs and Cats
【答案】23．B 24．A 25．C 26．B
【导语】本文是一篇说明文。文章主要介绍了宠物在人们生活中的重要性和人们对宠物的喜爱。
23．细节理解题。根据第一段“They like to keep dogs best,”可知，人们最喜欢养狗。故选 B。
24．词义猜测题。根据第二段“When children feel blue, pets can make them cheerful! Their bad feelings
will be gone.”可知，当孩子们感到沮丧时，宠物可以让他们的坏情绪消失，从而让他们高兴起来；
据此可以推断，划线单词“cheerful”意为“高兴的，快乐的”，与“happy”意思相近。故选 A。
25．细节理解题。根据第三段“If you meet dangerous things, they will protect you, too.”可知，如果遇
到危险的事情，宠物会保护人们；选项 C“当人们处于危险中时，宠物会保护他们的安全。”符合语
境。故选 C。
26．最佳标题题。综合全文可知，本文主要介绍了宠物在人们生活中的重要性和人们对宠物的喜爱；
选项 B“宠物与人们”适合作为文章的标题。故选 B。
09
There are only two seasons in some countries—the dry season and the rainy season. They are
Vietnam, India and some countries in Africa. It’s never cold and it doesn’t snow. When it is the dry
season, it doesn’t rain at all. It’s very hot. All grass and leaves are yellow. People and animals are very
thirsty. It is a very difficult time for them! When it is the rainy season, the rain doesn’t stop. Some
animals like it, but some don’t.
There is a place where there are no seasons at all. It is the Antarctic (南极). It’s very cold all year
round. The people from lots of countries come there to learn about the coldest place, its animals and birds.
But there are no trees, no flowers there, so people can’t live there long.
27．What’s the weather like in Vietnam
A．It’s very cold all year round. B．It’s never cold and it doesn’t snow.
C．It’s very cold and it snows all year round. D．It’s never cold and it snows all year round.
28．When is a difficult time for people and animals in India
A．The rainy season. B．Spring. C．The dry season. D．Winter.
29．Some people go to the Antarctic because they want to learn about ________.
A．the flowers there B．the trees there C．the countries D．the coldest place
30．Which of the following sentences is NOT true according to the passage
A．All grass and leaves are yellow in the dry season.
第 28 页 共 42 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·阅读理解 20篇（解析版）
B．All countries in Africa have two seasons.
C．Some animals like the rainy season.
D．There are some animals and birds in the Antarctic.
【答案】27．B 28．C 29．D 30．B
【导语】本文是一篇说明文，介绍了一些国家的季节特点，包括越南、印度和非洲一些国家的干季
和雨季，以及南极没有季节变化的气候特点，强调了这些地区气候对人们和动植物的影响。
27．细节理解题。根据“They are Vietnam, India and some countries in Africa. It’s never cold and it
doesn’t snow.”可知，越南的天气从来不冷，也不下雪。故选 B。
28．细节理解题。根据“When it is the dry season, it doesn’t rain at all. It’s very hot. All grass and leaves
are yellow. People and animals are very thirsty. It is a very difficult time for them!”可知，在旱季，印度
的人们和动物会面临非常困难的时期，因为没有雨水，天气非常炎热，所有的草和树叶都是黄色的，
人们和动物都非常口渴。故选 C。
29．细节理解题。根据“The people from lots of countries come there to learn about the coldest place, its
animals and birds.”可知，很多人去南极是为了学习关于这个最冷的地方、它的动物和鸟类的知识。
故选 D。
30．推理判断题。根据“They are Vietnam, India and some countries in Africa.”可知，并不是非洲所有
的国家都有两个季节，而是只有一些国家有。因此，选项 B“非洲所有的国家都有两个季节”是不正
确的，是错误陈述。故选 B。
10
Li Xiang, 11 years old, China
The Dragon Boat Festival is my favourite festival. It is in the 5th month of the Chinese lunar
calendar(农历). We can enjoy many interesting activities, such as dragon boat races (赛龙舟). We can eat
delicious food like zongzi.
David, 12 years old, America
My favourite festival is Christmas. It is on December 25. That day is my birthday, too. We always
put a Christmas tree in our house. In the evening, my family usually have a big dinner at home. My
favourite Christmas food is turkey (火鸡肉).
Tom, 14 years old, Japan
My favourite festival is Japanese Children’s Day. It is on May 5. On that day, parents wish (祝福)
their children good health. We always eat a kind of rice cake. It’s a special food for the festival.
31．On Japanese Children’s Day, Tom eats ________ in Japan.
A．turkey B．zongzi C．rice cakes D．dumplings
第 29 页 共 42 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·阅读理解 20篇（解析版）
32．David’s family put a ________ in their house on December 25.
A． B． C． D．
33．On Japanese Children’s Day, parents ________.
A．wish their children good health B．make breakfast for their children
C．play football with their children D．go shopping with their children
34．What can we know from the passage
A．David’s birthday is on May 5.
B．Li Xiang doesn’t like dragon boat races.
C．David usually eats turkey with his family at home on Christmas.
D．Tom’s favourite festival is Christmas.
35．The best title (标题) for this passage is “________”.
A．My Favourite Activity B．My Favourite Festival
C．My Favourite Food D．My Favourite School Day
【答案】31．C 32．A 33．A 34．C 35．B
【导语】本文主要介绍了李想、戴维和汤姆三人喜欢的节日及节日期间的活动。
31．细节理解题。根据汤姆部分的“We always eat a kind of rice cake.”可知，在日本儿童节这天，汤
姆总会吃一种米糕。故选 C。
32．细节理解题。根据戴维部分的“My favourite festival is Christmas. It is on December 25…We always
put a Christmas tree in our house.”可知，戴维一家会在家里放一棵圣诞树，选项 A符合。故选 A。
33．细节理解题。根据汤姆部分的“On that day, parents wish their children good health.”可知，在日本
儿童节，父母会祝愿他们的孩子身体健康。故选 A。
34．细节理解题。根据戴维部分的“In the evening, my family usually have a big dinner at home. My
favourite Christmas food is turkey.”可知，戴维通常在圣诞节这天和家人们一起吃火鸡肉。C项表述
与此相符。故选 C。
35．最佳标题题。通读全文可知，本文主要介绍了李想、戴维和汤姆三人喜欢的节日及节日期间的
活动。故 B项“我最喜欢的节日”可作为本文的标题。故选 B。
11
Hi, I’m Tom. My favorite festival is the Spring Festival. It is the most important festival in China. It
usually comes in January or February. Before the festival, people clean their houses and buy a lot of
things. On New Year’s Eve, families get together and have a big dinner. We eat dumplings, which are a
第 30 页 共 42 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·阅读理解 20篇（解析版）
traditional food. We also watch the Spring Festival Gala on TV. At midnight, we set off fireworks to
welcome the new year. During the festival, people visit their relatives and friends and say “Happy New
Year” to each other. Children can get lucky money from their elders. I like the Spring Festival because it
is full of happiness and joy.
36．What is Tom’s favorite festival
A．The Mid-Autumn Festival. B．The Dragon Boat Festival.
C．The Spring Festival. D．The National Day.
37．When does the Spring Festival usually come
A．In January or February. B．In March or April.
C．In May or June. D．In July or August.
38．What do people do before the Spring Festival
A．They clean their houses. B．They buy a lot of things.
C．Both A and B． D．They go traveling.
39．What do people eat on New Year’s Eve
A．Noodles. B．Rice. C．Dumplings. D．Cakes.
40．Why does Tom like the Spring Festival
A．Because he can get lucky money. B．Because he can visit his relatives.
C．Because it is full of happiness and joy. D．Because he can watch the Spring Festival Gala.
【答案】36．C 37．A 38．C 39．C 40．C
【导语】本文主要讲述了 Tom对春节的喜爱以及春节期间的传统活动。
36．细节理解题。根据“My favorite festival is the Spring Festival.”可知，汤姆最喜欢的节日是春节，
故选 C。
37．细节理解题。根据“It usually comes in January or February.”可知，春节通常在一月或二月，故选
A。
38．细节理解题。根据“people clean their houses and buy a lot of things.”可知，人们在春节前打扫房
子并购买很多东西，故选 C。
39．细节理解题。根据“We eat dumplings, which are a traditional food.”可知，人们在除夕夜吃饺子，
故选 C。
40．细节理解题。根据“I like the Spring Festival because it is full of happiness and joy.”可知，汤姆喜
欢春节，因为它充满了快乐和喜悦，故选 C。
12
第 31 页 共 42 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·阅读理解 20篇（解析版）
Online (在线的) shopping is quite popular (受欢迎的) these days. It saves time because people
don’t have to go to the shops or drive through the busy streets. It also saves money because people can
see all the prices (价 格 ) for the same thing and buy the cheapest one. Do you also consider it
money-saving and time-saving to shop online
My mom is busy and she works from 8:00 am to 5:00 pm Monday to Thursday. She visits my
grandparents on Friday. On the weekend she does lots of online shopping. But she is often unhappy when
she gets the parcels (包裹). The color is too dark or too light. The size is too small or too big. The cloth is
too soft or too hard. There’s often something wrong. In the end she has to give back most parcels. She has
to go to the post office to send them back. There are usually many people in the post office. It takes a long
time to send a parcel. What’s more, it takes a lot of money. In my eyes, online shopping doesn’t save time
or money.
41．What does the underlined word “consider” mean in Chinese
A．查明 B．接受 C．认为 D．看出
42．The writer’s mom works __________.
A．eight hours a day B．five days a week
C．from Monday to Thursday D．on weekends sometimes
43．What does the writer’s mom usually do with her parcels
A．She gives back most of them. B．She keeps them at home.
C．She shows them to others. D．She gives them to the writer’s grandparents.
44．The post office is usually __________.
A．busy B．quiet C．small D．clean
45．What does the writer mean in the end
A．He likes online shopping. B．He will never shop online.
C．Online shopping is not good. D．Online shopping helps him a lot.
【答案】41．C 42．C 43．A 44．A 45．C
【导语】本文讲述了在线购物的流行原因及作者妈妈在线购物时遇到的各种问题，最后作者认为在
线购物并不省时省钱。
41．词义猜测题。根据“Do you also consider it money-saving and time-saving to shop online ”可知，
此处询问读者是否认为在线购物省时省钱，“consider”应是“认为”的意思。故选 C。
42．细节理解题。根据“My mom is busy and she works from 8:00 am to 5:00 pm Monday to Thursday.”
可知，作者的妈妈一周工作从周一到周四。故选 C。
第 32 页 共 42 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·阅读理解 20篇（解析版）
43．细节理解题。根据“In the end she has to give back most parcels.”可知，作者的妈妈最终退回了大
部分包裹。故选 A。
44．细节理解题。根据“There are usually many people in the post office.”可知，邮局通常有很多人，
很忙碌。故选 A。
45．细节理解题。根据“In my eyes, online shopping doesn’t save time or money.”可知，作者认为在线
购物并不省时省钱，即不好。故选 C。
13
We are at a new school now. Do you want to join the school clubs Why don’t you join one of the
clubs to develop your new interests and hobbies
We Want You!
Cooking Club Book Club
Do you love Chinese food Can you cook Join Do you like reading Join our book club! It’s
our cooking club! Let’s learn to cook your favourite more than reading. We read stories, talk about
Chinese food. Mapo tofu, jiaozi, baozi...You name it! books, and make new friends. Books can open your
You can soon cook for your family. Join us in Room mind and make you e to the library on
303 at 4:30 p.m. on Tuesdays. Thursdays after school and fall in love with books!
Nature Club Music Club
Do you love nature Can you take good Do you like music Members can perform at
photos Come with us every Saturday afternoon from all the big school concerts and other events (活动)
2 p.m. to 4 p.m. We watch birds, take photos, and outside school.
enjoy plants and flowers. We also visit nature parks. Members meet in the music room from 3:30
p.m. to 5:00 p.m. on Wednesdays and Fridays.
46．The members of the Cooking Club meet on ________.
A．Mondays B．Tuesdays C．Wednesdays D．Thursdays
47．Members in the ________ meet most often.
A．Cooking Club B．Book Club C．Nature Club D．Music Club
48．Where do members of the Book Club meet
A．In Room 303. B．In the nature park. C．In the library. D．In the music room.
49．Jack is good at taking photos. Which club should he go to
A．Cooking Club B．Book Club C．Nature Club D．Music Club
50．We may find the reading in a ________.
第 33 页 共 42 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·阅读理解 20篇（解析版）
A．school poster B．storybook C．newspaper D．science book
【答案】46．B 47．D 48．C 49．C 50．A
【导语】本文主要介绍了学校的俱乐部。
46．细节理解题。根据“Join us in Room 303 at 4:30 p.m. on Tuesdays.”可知，烹饪俱乐部可以在星期
二见面。故选 B。
47．细节理解题。根据“Members meet in the music room from 3:30 p.m. to 5:00 p.m. on Wednesdays and
Fridays.”可知，音乐俱乐部里面的会员见面最频繁。故选 D。
48．细节理解题。根据“Come to the library on Thursdays after school and fall in love with books!”可知，
读书俱乐部的会员在图书馆见面。故选 C。
49．细节理解题。根据“Can you take good photos Come with us...”可知，擅长拍照可以去自然俱乐
部。故选 C。
50．主旨大意题。本文主要介绍了学校的俱乐部，因此能在校园海报上读到。故选 A。
14
After-school Activities
1Are you interested in ball games 2Would you like to be a dancer
Teacher: Mr. Brown Teacher: Miss. Miller
Place: On the playground Place: In the gym
Time: Monday, 16:00—18:00 Time: Friday, 19:00—20:00
Ages: Over (超过) 10 years old Ages: Over 10 years old
3Are you good at painting 4Do you enjoy playing chess
Teacher: Mr. Green Teacher: Mrs. Smith
Place: In the art room Place: In the library
Time: Sunday, 8:00—10:00 Time: Saturday, 15:30—18:00
Ages: Over 4 years old, under 14 Ages: Over 6 years old, under 10
51．Who can Simon go to if he likes painting very much
A．Mr. Brown. B．Miss. Miller. C．Mr. Green. D．Mrs. Smith.
第 34 页 共 42 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·阅读理解 20篇（解析版）
52．Millie is 13 years old. How many places can she go to
A．One. B．Two. C．Three. D．Four.
53．Kitty is free after 18:00 p. m.. Where can she go
A．The playground. B．The gym. C．The art room. D．The library.
54．Which activity has the longest (最长) time in a day
A．Activity 1. B．Activity 2. C．Activity 3. D．Activity 4.
55．Where can you read the passage
A．In a cinema. B．In a school. C．In a supermarket. D．In a sports centre.
【答案】51．C 52．C 53．B 54．D 55．B
【导语】本文主要讲述了四种课外活动。
51．细节理解题。根据方框 3中的信息“Are you good at painting ”以及“Teacher: Mr. Green”可知，
他可以去找格林老师。故选 C。
52．细节理解题。根据方框 1中的信息“Place: On the playground Ages: Over (超过) 10 years old”；
方框 2中信息“Place: In the gym Ages: Over 10 years old”以及方框 3中的信息“Place: In the art
room Ages: Over 4 years old, under 14”可知，Millie可以去操场、体育馆和美术教室。故选 C。
53．细节理解题。根据方框 2中的信息“Time: Friday, 19:00—20:00”可知，如果凯蒂晚上 18：00后
有空，她能去体育馆。故选 B。
54．细节理解题。根据方框 1中的信息“Time: Monday, 16:00—18:00”；方框 2中的信息“Time: Friday,
19:00—20:00”；方框 3中的信息“Time: Sunday, 8:00—10:00”以及方框 4中信息“Time: Saturday,
15:30—18:00”可知，活动四下棋时间最长。故选 D。
55．推理判断题。根据“After-school Activities”可知，主要讲述了四种课外活动。由此可知，该篇
文章可以在学校读到。故选 B。
15
Do you like English How do you study English Many students want to be good at English. Here
are some ways to help you learn English.
★Learn English like a baby
Babies learn their language slowly. First they learn to listen. Then they learn to speak. Finally, they
can read and write.
★Listen to English every day
Listen to English radio, watch English TV shows, see English movies or use online (在线的 )
lessons.
★Practice the conversations (对话)
第 35 页 共 42 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·阅读理解 20篇（解析版）
Make up conversations and practice the conversations. You’d better use beginner’s textbooks (教
材).
★Read English stories
Begin with children’s storybooks. Try to read stories for ESL (非母语英语教程) readers. Try to
join an English Club for young learners.
★Write down new words
Buy a new word notebook. Write words in alphabetical order (A ...B．..C．..). Make some sentences.
Always use an English-Chinese dictionary first.
★Keep an English diary (日记)
Begin with easy sentences. You can write about your life, like how you feel, how the weather is,
and what you do today.
56．How does the writer begin the text
A．By telling stories. B．By showing facts. C．By showing sayings.D．By asking questions.
57．How do babies learn their language
A．Listen→Speak→Read and write B．Speak→Write→Read and listen
C．Speak→Listen→Read and write D．Listen→Speak and write→Read
58．What kind of books should we begin to read when learning English
A．Children’s storybooks. B．Children’s textbooks.
C．Children’s picture books. D．Children’s music books.
59．What do the underlined words “alphabetical order” mean in Chinese
A．按音标顺序 B．按字母顺序 C．按难度顺序 D．按长短顺序
60．What’s the best title for the text
A．How to Feel Good B．How to Read Books
C．How to Write Stories D．How to Learn English
【答案】56．D 57．A 58．A 59．B 60．D
【导语】本文介绍了一些帮助学习英语的方法。
56．推理判断题。根据“Do you like English How do you study English ”可知，作者通过问问题来开
始本文的，故选 D。
57．细节理解题。根据“Babies learn their language slowly. First they learn to listen. Then they learn to
speak. Finally, they can read and write.”可知，婴儿学习语言的速度很慢。首先，他们学会倾听。然
后他们学会说话。最后，他们可以读和写。因此婴儿学习语言的顺序为 Listen→Speak→Read and
write，故选 A。
第 36 页 共 42 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·阅读理解 20篇（解析版）
58．细节理解题。根据“Begin with children’s storybooks.”可知，我们在学习英语时应该从读儿童故
事书开始，故选 A。
59．词义猜测题。根据“(A …B…C…).”可知，这是按照字母顺序，故选 B。
60．标题归纳题。根据“Here are some ways to help you learn English.”可知，本文介绍学习英语的方
法，因此 D项“如何学习英语”适合做本文的标题，故选 D。
16
We feel great on holiday because we can get relaxed. A study shows that holidays (度假 ) help
health a lot. There are many things you can do to have a good holiday.
When you’re on your holidays, you want to sleep like a baby. But you still wake up (醒来) early. If
so, you need to change your sleeping habits. You can’t bring problems to bed. Don’t use your phone or
TV. Make sure the room is dark (暗的) and cool. And then, you may sleep well.
It’s important to take a trip. When you take a trip, you walk around the city and you also do a kind
of exercise. Doing exercise is cheap and it’s good for your health.
Having delicious food is always happy. Don’t buy take-up (外卖) meals. Make meals yourself. Sit
down with your family for meals. Family members feel happy when they have meals together.
If you can sleep well and eat well on a trip, you can enjoy a good holiday.
61．What does the underlined word “change” mean
A．Make...happy. B．Make...sad. C．Make...different. D．Make...bad.
62．How can you sleep well
A．Bring problems to bed. B．Make the room very hot.
C．Don’t make the room dark. D．Don’t use the phone or TV in bed.
63．The writer advises (建议) us to _________ in Paragraph 3.
A．study hard B．take a trip C．sleep like a baby D．have good meals
64．What can we do to make our family happy
A．We can buy take-up meals. B．We can change sleeping habits.
C．We can call up each other. D．We can have meals together.
65．What is the best title of the passage
A．Taking a Trip B．Having Meals
C．Having a Good Holiday D．Having a Good Sleep
【答案】61．C 62．D 63．B 64．D 65．C
【导语】本文介绍了如何度过一个愉快的假期。
第 37 页 共 42 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·阅读理解 20篇（解析版）
61．词义猜测题。根据“If so, you need to change your sleeping habits.”可知，需要改变睡眠习惯，划
线词的意思是“改变”，与“Make...different”意思相近。故选 C。
62．细节理解题。根据“Don’t use your phone or TV.”可知，要想睡得好，就不要在睡前使用手机或
电视。故选 D。
63．段落大意题。根据“It’s important to take a trip.”可知，作者在第三段建议人们去旅行。故选 B。
64．细节理解题。根据“Family members feel happy when they have meals together.”可知，与家人一起
吃饭会让他们感到快乐。故选 D。
65．最佳标题题。根据“There are many things you can do to have a good holiday.”可知，本文介绍了
如何度过一个愉快的假期，选项 C“度过一个愉快的假期”适合作为本文的标题。故选 C。
17
Hello, I’m Mary. I’m a student in a new school. Let me tell you about my school. There is a big gate
at the entrance of the school. When you enter the school, you can see a beautiful garden on your left.
There are many flowers and trees in it. Then you will come to the office building. The teachers work there.
Next to the office building is the classroom building. It has four floors. My classroom is on the second
floor. There is a science lab on the third floor and an art room on the fourth floor. Behind the classroom
building is the playground. We can play sports there. There is also a small library in the school. We can
read books in our free time. I like my school very much.
66．What can you see on the left when you enter the school
A．A big gate. B．A classroom building.
C．A garden. D．An office building.
67．Where is the office building
A．In front of the classroom building. B．Behind the classroom building.
C．Next to the classroom building. D．On the left of the classroom building.
68．How many floors does the classroom building have
A．Two. B．Three. C．Four. D．Five.
69．What is on the third floor of the classroom building
A．An art room. B．A science lab. C．A classroom. D．A library.
70．Which of the following is NOT true
A．Mary likes her school. B．There is a big playground in the school.
C．The library is big. D．The art room is on the fourth floor.
【答案】66．C 67．C 68．C 69．B 70．C
【导语】本文主要介绍了作者的新学校。
第 38 页 共 42 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·阅读理解 20篇（解析版）
66．细节理解题。根据“When you enter the school, you can see a beautiful garden on your left.”可知，
左边可以看到花园。故选 C。
67．细节理解题。根据“Next to the office building is the classroom building.”可知，办公楼在教学楼旁
边。故选 C。
68．细节理解题。根据“It has four floors.”可知，教学楼有四层。故选 C。
69．细节理解题。根据“There is a science lab on the third floor and an art room on the fourth floor.”可知，
教学楼三楼有实验室。故选 B。
70．推理判断题。根据“There is also a small library in the school.”可知，图书馆不大。故选 C。
18
Hi! I’m Peter and I’m eleven years old. In my class, there are 25 students: thirteen boys
and twelve girls. I like my school and it’s big and clean. My best su微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·补全对话 20篇（学生版）
01
根据下面的对话情景，在每个空白处填上一个适当的句子，使对话的意思连贯、完整。
A: Hello, Mary.
B: Hi, Wang Mei. Let’s talk about our school life. 1
A: My favourite subject is music. What about you
B: I like PE best. 2
A: Because it’s relaxing.
B: 3
A: My music teacher is Miss Li.
B: Do you like maths
A: 4 . Maths is hard for me.
B: Really I can help you.
A: 5 .
B: You’re welcome.
02
根据下面的对话情景，在每个空白处填上一个适当的句子，使对话的意思连贯、完整。
A: I see a young man standing beside our English teacher. 6
B: He’s Mr. Zhang’s friend.
A: 7
B: He is about 29 years old.
A: He looks tall and handsome. 8
B: He is 1.82 meters tall.
A: 9 , then
B: He is a new doctor in No. 1 Hospital in our city.
A: He looks so strong. 10
B: He likes to play basketball after work.
A: He really has a good hobby.
B: I think so.
第 1 页 共 27 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·补全对话 20篇（学生版）
03
根据下面的对话情景，在每个空白处填上一个适当的句子，使对话的意思连贯、完整。
Jenny: Hello! I am Jenny. 11
Li Ming: My name is Li Ming.
Jenny: 12
Li Ming: His name is Wu Dong.
Jenny: Hi, Wu Dong!
Wu Dong: 13 ! Nice to meet you!
Jenny: 14 !
Wu Dong: 15 , Jenny
Jenny: I’m from Canada.
04
根据下面的对话情景，在每个空白处填上一个适当的句子，使对话的意思连贯、完整。
A: Hello, Betty. Where would you like to go
B: Hello, Danny. 16 . What about you
A: Me, too. Let’s go together.
(At the zoo)
A: Betty, 17
B: I like pandas best.
A: Let’s go to see the pandas first. What are the pandas doing now
B: Look! 18 . It’s their favourite food.
A: Oh! There is a baby panda. It is cute. 19
B: No, you can’t. Cameras may scare the animals.
A: 20 It’s my favourite animal.
B: OK. Let’s go.
第 2 页 共 27 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·补全对话 20篇（学生版）
05
根据下面的对话情景，在每个空白处填上一个适当的句子，使对话的意思连贯、完整。
A: I found a photo in the music room. Is it yours, Janice
B: 21 . I lost it this morning.
A: I see two girls in the photo. The girl in red is you. 22
B: Oh, she is my cousin, Helen. She is from Handan.
A: 23
B: She is 14 years old. And our birthdays are on the same day.
A: Really 24
B: Yes. She likes running best, and she is good at it.
A: I see. 25
B: Yes. Maybe we can play basketball together when she is here next time.
A: Sounds great!
06
根据下面的对话情景，在每个空白处填上一个适当的句子，使对话的意思连贯、完整。
A: Hello, Joan! 26 ？
B: That’s my good friend.
A: 27
B: Her name is Helen.
A: 28
B: She is twelve.
A: What class is she in
B: 29 .
A: Is she from Cuba
B: 30 . She is from America.
第 3 页 共 27 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·补全对话 20篇（学生版）
07
根据下面的对话情景，在每个空白处填上一个适当的句子，使对话的意思连贯、完整。
A: Hello! I’m Alice. What’s your name
B: My name is Jack! 31 .
A: Nice to meet you, too. Do you like our school
B: Yes, I do. 32 . Our teachers are kind to us.
A: 33
B: Mr Miller. His English is very good. I like his classes.
A: Really 34
B: Yes, he is. I like him best.
A: 35
B: I have English from Monday to Friday. Oh, it’s time for class. I have to go. Goodbye!
A: Bye!
08
根据下面的对话情景，在每个空白处填上一个适当的句子，使对话的意思连贯、完整。
A: Hi, Cherry. Come and look at my family photo.
B: Wow! It is a nice photo.
A: 36 .
B: Who’s the man in blue
A: That’s my father.
B: 37 .
A: He is a doctor.
B: 38
A: He works in Children’s Hospital.
B: Who’s the woman in yellow
A: That’s my mother.
B: 39
A: No, she is a teacher.
B: 40
A: She teaches English in a high school.
B: Oh, you have a happy family.
第 4 页 共 27 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·补全对话 20篇（学生版）
09
根据下面的对话情景，在每个空白处填上一个适当的句子，使对话的意思连贯、完整。
A: Good morning, Tom.
B: Good morning, Tina. Look, this is a photo of my family.
A: Let me see. 41
B: Yes. He is my father. He is 40 years old now.
A: Your father is handsome. 42
B: He is a middle school teacher. He is nice to his students.
A: Your mother is beautiful. 43
B: They are my grandparents. They are 80 years old.
A: Is the girl on the left your sister
B: Yes. She is 8 years old. 44 .
A: Really I like to play Chinese chess too. But where are you in the photo
B: Look! I am behind the door.
A: 45
B: I’m playing hide-and-seek with my dog. Haha...
10
根据下面的对话情景，在每个空白处填上一个适当的句子，使对话的意思连贯、完整。
A: Hi! I’m Lily. 46
B: My name is Wang Mei. Nice to meet you!
A: What is your school like, Wang Mei
B: It’s clean and quiet.
A: 47
B: I am in Class Ten.
A: 48
B: Li Ming is my best friend in the class.
A: 49
B: I’m looking for Li Ming. We are going home together.
A: Nice talking with you. See you next time.
B: 50 .
第 5 页 共 27 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·补全对话 20篇（学生版）
11
根据下面的对话情景，在每个空白处填上一个适当的句子，使对话的意思连贯、完整。
A: Hi! What’s your favorite sport
B: 51 . What about you
A: I think running is great. 52
B: No, I only play basketball on weekends. 53
A: I usually run in the morning before school.
B: That’s good. Running can make you healthy.
A: Yes, and playing basketball can make you strong.
B: Right. 54
A: I usually run with my Dad. Who do you usually play basketball with
B: I usually play with my friends.
A: That sounds fun. How often do you play basketball
B: 55 . How often do you run
A: I run three times a week.
12
根据下面的对话情景，在每个空白处填上一个适当的句子，使对话的意思连贯、完整。
Lucy: What do you often do at weekends, Sam
Sam: I often play basketball. 56
Lucy: I often go to my uncle’s farm.
Sam: Wonderful! 57
Lucy: I can water the vegetables and feed the animals.
Sam: Great! Are there any sheep on the farm
Lucy: 58 . They’re so cute.
Sam: 59
Lucy: Yes, there is. There are lots of fish in it.
Sam: 60
Lucy: Yes. I sometimes go fishing with my cousin.
Sam: Sounds great!
第 6 页 共 27 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·补全对话 20篇（学生版）
13
根据下面的对话情景，在每个空白处填上一个适当的句子，使对话的意思连贯、完整。
A: Hello, Jack! The Lantern Festival is coming. Would you like to come to my home for dinner on that
day
B: 61 . It’s so nice of you.
A: Do you know the festival
B: 62 . Can you tell me something about it
A: Sure. We usually eat sweet dumplings on that day. They are very delicious.
B: 63
A: No, I can’t. But my grandma can make delicious sweet dumplings.
B: 64
A: On the fifteenth day of the first lunar month.
B: 65
A: We usually watch the lanterns, eat tangyuan and have a big dinner with our family members.
B: Sounds interesting. I can’t wait!
14
根据下面的对话情景，在每个空白处填上一个适当的句子，使对话的意思连贯、完整。
A: Hello, Tony. Who is that man with a black hat
B: Oh, he is my father and he is a Chinese teacher.
A: Is he very busy every day
B: 66 . He works from 7:00 in the morning to 5:00 in the afternoon on
school days.
A: That’s a long time. 67
B: He usually gets up at about six.
A: 68
B: He usually gets to school by bus.
A: 69
B: He has lunch at school.
A: 70
B: He usually plays sports with other teachers after school.
第 7 页 共 27 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·补全对话 20篇（学生版）
15
根据下面的对话情景，在每个空白处填上一个适当的句子，使对话的意思连贯、完整。
A: Hello. This is Jim. 71
B: Yes, this is Linda. 72
A: I’m in Boston!
B: Wow, sounds great. 73
A: I’m doing my homework. I’m studying in a school of Boston.
B: Really How do you go to school
A: 74 . The school is not far from my house. And the bus ride is exciting.
B: Oh. 75
A: I usually get up at 8:00 a.m. Our classes begin at 9:00 in the morning.
B: Sounds like you are having a good time there. Happy every day!
A: Thanks. Call you next time.
B: OK. Bye.
16
根据下面的对话情景，在每个空白处填上一个适当的句子，使对话的意思连贯、完整。
A: Hi, Mike ! 76
B: He is my father.
A: 77
B: He works in a middle school.
A: That’s great. 78
B: He goes to work at 6:00 in the morning.
A: Does he like his work
B: 79 .
A: 80
B: Yes, they do. His students like him very much. They think my father is a good teacher.
A: Is he busy every day
B: Yes, he is. But when he has time, he always spends time with us. I love my father.
第 8 页 共 27 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·补全对话 20篇（学生版）
17
根据下面的对话情景，在每个空白处填上一个适当的句子，使对话的意思连贯、完整。
A: Hi, Gina. Do you have a good time on the farm today
B: 81 . I have a lot of fun there. I see a lot of pigs on the farm.
A: 82
B: I see fourteen pigs. They are so funny.
A: I think so. 83
B: I also see twenty chickens and eighteen ducks.
A: 84
B: Yes, I do. I take many pictures today and I can share them with you.
A: Thank you very much.
B: 85 .
18
根据下面的对话情景，在每个空白处填上一个适当的句子，使对话的意思连贯、完整。
Mr Li: 86
Wang Mei: It’s Tuesday.
Mr Li: 87
Wang Mei: It’s sunny and very hot.
Mr Li: Do you like summer
Wang Mei: 88 .
Mr Li: 89
Wang Mei: I like to go swimming and eat ice cream. 90
Mr Li: I like to go swimming, too.
第 9 页 共 27 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·补全对话 20篇（学生版）
19
根据下面的对话情景，在每个空白处填上一个适当的句子，使对话的意思连贯、完整。
A: What’s the weather like today
B: 91 . We can’t do activities outdoors on rainy days.
A: Yes. I don’t like summer because it often rains.
B: 92
A: I like spring best.
B: 93
A: Because the weather is warm and I can do many things in spring.
B: 94
A: I can fly kites and climb hills in spring. I think they are very interesting. Do you like spring, too
B: 95 . I like the beautiful flowers and green trees in spring.
20
根据下面的对话情景，在每个空白处填上一个适当的句子，使对话的意思连贯、完整。
Li Na: Kelly, did you see the weather forecast (预报) last night
Kelly: No, I didn’t. I was doing my homework at that time. 96
Li Na: It’s going to rain in the following days.
Kelly: Oh, no. 97 . It makes me sad.
Li Na: I also have that feeling sometimes. 98
Kelly: I usually stay at home. I don’t want to do anything on rainy days.
Li Na: Cheer up! We can still have fun. I hear there is a new wonderful bookshop near my home.
99
Kelly: Sounds great. When will we go
Li Na: Tomorrow afternoon.
Kelly: OK. 100 .
Li Na: Yeah, you are right. An umbrella is necessary (必需的).
第 10 页 共 27 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·补全对话 20篇（解析版）
01
根据下面的对话情景，在每个空白处填上一个适当的句子，使对话的意思连贯、完整。
A: Hello, Mary.
B: Hi, Wang Mei. Let’s talk about our school life. 1
A: My favourite subject is music. What about you
B: I like PE best. 2
A: Because it’s relaxing.
B: 3
A: My music teacher is Miss Li.
B: Do you like maths
A: 4 . Maths is hard for me.
B: Really I can help you.
A: 5 .
B: You’re welcome.
【答案】1．What’s you favouite subject 2．Why do you like it 3．What’s your music teacher’s
name 4．No, I don’t 5．Thank you
【导语】本文是一则对话，内容主要围绕着学校里的科目展开相关讨论。
1．根据下文“My favourite subject is music.”及标点符号可知，空处应是询问对方最爱的科目是什么。
故填What’s you favouite subject。
2．根据下文“Because it’s relaxing.”及标点符号可知，空处应是询问对方喜欢体育课的原因。故填
Why do you like it。
3．根据下文“My music teacher is Miss Li.”及标点符号可知，空处应是询问对方的音乐老师的名字。
故填What’s your music teacher’s name。
4．根据上文“Do you like maths ”及下文“Maths is hard for me.”可知，空处应是对对方问题的否定回
答，即不喜欢数学。故填 No, I don’t。
5．根据上文“I can help you.”及下文“ You’re welcome.”可知，空处应是对对方愿意帮忙表示感谢。
故填 Thank you。
有位帅气的年轻人跟我们英语老师在交谈，咱们一起看看这个帅气的年轻人是谁吧。
02
根据下面的对话情景，在每个空白处填上一个适当的句子，使对话的意思连贯、完整。
A: I see a young man standing beside our English teacher. 6
B: He’s Mr. Zhang’s friend.
第 11 页 共 27 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·补全对话 20篇（解析版）
A: 7
B: He is about 29 years old.
A: He looks tall and handsome. 8
B: He is 1.82 meters tall.
A: 9 , then
B: He is a new doctor in No. 1 Hospital in our city.
A: He looks so strong. 10
B: He likes to play basketball after work.
A: He really has a good hobby.
B: I think so.
【答案】6．Who is he 7．How old is he 8．How tall is he 9．What does he do 10．What
sport does he like to do (after work)
【导语】本文介绍了张老师的朋友。
6．根据“He’s Mr. Zhang’s friend.”可知问他是谁。故填Who is he。
7．根据“He is about 29 years old.”可知问他的年龄。故填 How old is he。
8．根据“He is 1.82 meters tall.”可知问他的身高。故填 How tall is he。
9．根据“He is a new doctor in No. 1 Hospital in our city.”可知问他的工作。故填What does he do。
10．根据“He likes to play basketball after work.”可知问他喜欢什么运动。故填What sport does he like
to do (after work)。
03
根据下面的对话情景，在每个空白处填上一个适当的句子，使对话的意思连贯、完整。
Jenny: Hello! I am Jenny. 11
Li Ming: My name is Li Ming.
Jenny: 12
Li Ming: His name is Wu Dong.
Jenny: Hi, Wu Dong!
Wu Dong: 13 ! Nice to meet you!
Jenny: 14 !
Wu Dong: 15 , Jenny
Jenny: I’m from Canada.
【答案】11．What’s your name 12．What’s his name 13．Hi, Jenny 14．Nice to meet you,
too 15．Where are you from
第 12 页 共 27 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·补全对话 20篇（解析版）
【导语】本文是珍妮、李明和吴东相互介绍自己的一则对话。
11．根据“My name is Li Ming.”可知，此处应询问对方的名字，可以表达为“你叫什么名字”。故填
What’s your name。
12．根据“His name is Wu Dong.”可知，此处应询问“他叫什么名字”。故填What’s his name。
13．根据“Hi, Wu Dong!”可知，此处应是吴东向珍妮打招呼。故填 Hi, Jenny。
14．根据“Nice to meet you!”可知，此处应回答“我也很高兴见到你”。故填 Nice to meet you, too。
15．根据“I’m from Canada.”可知，此处应询问对方来自哪里。故填Where are you from。
04
根据下面的对话情景，在每个空白处填上一个适当的句子，使对话的意思连贯、完整。
A: Hello, Betty. Where would you like to go
B: Hello, Danny. 16 . What about you
A: Me, too. Let’s go together.
(At the zoo)
A: Betty, 17
B: I like pandas best.
A: Let’s go to see the pandas first. What are the pandas doing now
B: Look! 18 . It’s their favourite food.
A: Oh! There is a baby panda. It is cute. 19
B: No, you can’t. Cameras may scare the animals.
A: 20 It’s my favourite animal.
B: OK. Let’s go.
【答案】16．I’d like to go to the zoo 17．What’s your favourite animal 18．They are eating
bamboo 19．Can I take a photo 20．Would you like to see the tigers
【导语】本文是一篇对话，对话主要是 Betty和 Danny关于想去哪里、最喜欢的动物以及在动物园
的一些交流。
16．根据“Where would you like to go ”与“Me, too. Let’s go together.”结合“At the zoo”可知，此处应
回答想去动物园。故填 I’d like to go to the zoo。
17．根据“I like pandas best.”可知，此处应询问对方最喜欢什么动物。故填What’s your favourite
animal。
18．根据“What are the pandas doing now ”与“It’s their favourite food.”结合常识可知，此处应回答它
们正在吃竹子。故填 They are eating bamboo。
第 13 页 共 27 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·补全对话 20篇（解析版）
19．根据“No, you can’t. Cameras may scare the animals.”可知，此处应询问是否可以拍照片。故填
Can I take a photo。
20．根据“It’s my favourite animal.”以及“OK. Let’s go.”可知，此处应提到 A最喜欢的动物，表示想
要去看吗。故填Would you like to see the tigers。
05
根据下面的对话情景，在每个空白处填上一个适当的句子，使对话的意思连贯、完整。
A: I found a photo in the music room. Is it yours, Janice
B: 21 . I lost it this morning.
A: I see two girls in the photo. The girl in red is you. 22
B: Oh, she is my cousin, Helen. She is from Handan.
A: 23
B: She is 14 years old. And our birthdays are on the same day.
A: Really 24
B: Yes. She likes running best, and she is good at it.
A: I see. 25
B: Yes. Maybe we can play basketball together when she is here next time.
A: Sounds great!
【答案】21．Yes, it’s mine 22．But who is the girl in blue 23．How old is she 24．Does she
like running 25．Does she like playing basketball
【导语】本文是 A和 B之间的一则对话。对话主要谈论 Janice的一张照片。
21．根据上文“Is it yours, Janice ”及空后“I lost it this morning.”可知，此处为肯定回答。故填 Yes, it’s
mine。
22．根据上文“I see two girls in the photo. The girl in red is you.”及下文“Oh, she is my cousin, Helen.”
可知，此处询问另一个女孩是谁，如“穿蓝衣服的女孩是谁”。故填 But who is the girl in blue。
23．根据下文“She is 14 years old.”可知，此处询问女孩的年龄。故填 How old is she。
24．根据下文“Yes. She likes running best, and she is good at it.”可知，此处询问女孩是否喜欢跑步。
故填 Does she like running。
25．根据下文“Yes. Maybe we can play basketball together when she is here next time.”可知，此处询问
女孩是否喜欢打篮球。故填 Does she like playing basketball。
06
根据下面的对话情景，在每个空白处填上一个适当的句子，使对话的意思连贯、完整。
A: Hello, Joan! 26 ？
第 14 页 共 27 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·补全对话 20篇（解析版）
B: That’s my good friend.
A: 27
B: Her name is Helen.
A: 28
B: She is twelve.
A: What class is she in
B: 29 .
A: Is she from Cuba
B: 30 . She is from America.
【答案】26．Who’s that 27．What’s her name 28．How old is she 29．She is in Class 1, Grade
7 30．No, she isn’t
【导语】本文主要谈论了 Joan的好朋友的一些信息，包括姓名、年龄、班级和国籍。
26．根据“That’s my good friend.”可知，此处是询问那是谁。故填Who’s that。
27．根据“Her name is Helen.”可知，此处是问她叫什么名字。故填What’s her name。
28．根据“She is twelve.”可知，此处是问她多大了。故填 How old is she。
29．根据“What class is she in ”可知，此处是回答她所在的班级，可表达为“她在七年级一班”。故
填 She is in Class 1, Grade 7。
30．根据“Is she from Cuba ”及“She is from America.”可知，此处是作否定回答。故填 No, she isn’t。
07
根据下面的对话情景，在每个空白处填上一个适当的句子，使对话的意思连贯、完整。
A: Hello! I’m Alice. What’s your name
B: My name is Jack! 31 .
A: Nice to meet you, too. Do you like our school
B: Yes, I do. 32 . Our teachers are kind to us.
A: 33
B: Mr Miller. His English is very good. I like his classes.
A: Really 34
B: Yes, he is. I like him best.
A: 35
B: I have English from Monday to Friday. Oh, it’s time for class. I have to go. Goodbye!
A: Bye!
第 15 页 共 27 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·补全对话 20篇（解析版）
【答案】31．Nice to meet you 32．It/Our school is very big and nice/beautiful 33．Who is your
English teacher 34．Is he your favourite teacher 35．When do you have English
【导语】本文是 Alice和 Jack关于学校印象、喜欢的老师以及英语课程安排等方面的对话。
31．根据前文“Hello! I’m Alice. What’s your name ”以及后文“Nice to meet you, too.”可知，Alice向
Jack自我介绍后，Jack应该回应问候。故填 Nice to meet you。
32．根据前文“Do you like our school ”以及后文“Our teachers are kind to us.”可知，Jack表示喜欢学
校，设空处应是说明喜欢学校的原因，且与学校的优点有关，答案合理即可。故填 It/Our school is very
big and nice/beautiful。
33．根据后文“Mr Miller. His English is very good. I like his classes.”可知，Jack提到了英语老师Mr
Miller，设空处应是 Alice询问 Jack的英语老师是谁。故填Who is your English teacher。
34．根据前文“Mr Miller. His English is very good. I like his classes.”以及后文“Yes, he is. I like him
best.”可知，Jack表达了对Mr Miller的喜爱，设空处应是 Alice询问Mr Miller是否是 Jack最喜欢
的老师。故填 Is he your favourite teacher。
35．根据后文“I have English from Monday to Friday.”可知，Jack回答了上英语课的时间，设空处应
是 Alice询问 Jack什么时候上英语课。故填When do you have English。
08
根据下面的对话情景，在每个空白处填上一个适当的句子，使对话的意思连贯、完整。
A: Hi, Cherry. Come and look at my family photo.
B: Wow! It is a nice photo.
A: 36 .
B: Who’s the man in blue
A: That’s my father.
B: 37 .
A: He is a doctor.
B: 38
A: He works in Children’s Hospital.
B: Who’s the woman in yellow
A: That’s my mother.
B: 39
A: No, she is a teacher.
B: 40
A: She teaches English in a high school.
第 16 页 共 27 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·补全对话 20篇（解析版）
B: Oh, you have a happy family.
【答案】36．Thank you/Thanks a lot 37．What does your father/he do/What is his/ your father’s job
38．Where does he/your father work 39．Is she/your mother also a doctor/Is she/your mother a doctor,
too 40．What subject does she/your mother teach
【导语】本文主要围绕介绍一张家庭照片的人物而展开对话的。
36．根据“It is a nice photo.”可知，面对对方的称赞时，通常会表达感谢。故填 Thank you/Thanks a lot。
37．根据“He is a doctor.”可知，空处会询问他/你的父亲是做什么的。故填What does your father/he
do/What is his/your father’s job。
38．根据“He works in Children’s Hospital.”可知，回答了工作地点，故空处会询问他/你的父亲在哪
里工作。故填Where does he/your father work。
39．根据“No, she is a teacher.”可知，此处应是一般疑问句，与妈妈的职业有关，故询问她/你的妈
妈是否是医生。故填 Is she/your mother also a doctor/Is she/ your mother a doctor, too。
40．根据“She teaches English in a high school.”可知，回答了所教的科目，所以要问她/你的妈妈教什
么。故填What subject does she/your mother teach。
09
根据下面的对话情景，在每个空白处填上一个适当的句子，使对话的意思连贯、完整。
A: Good morning, Tom.
B: Good morning, Tina. Look, this is a photo of my family.
A: Let me see. 41
B: Yes. He is my father. He is 40 years old now.
A: Your father is handsome. 42
B: He is a middle school teacher. He is nice to his students.
A: Your mother is beautiful. 43
B: They are my grandparents. They are 80 years old.
A: Is the girl on the left your sister
B: Yes. She is 8 years old. 44 .
A: Really I like to play Chinese chess too. But where are you in the photo
B: Look! I am behind the door.
A: 45
B: I’m playing hide-and-seek with my dog. Haha...
【答案】41．Is the man your father 42．What does he do 43．Who are they 44．She likes
to play Chinese chess 45．What are you doing
第 17 页 共 27 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·补全对话 20篇（解析版）
【导语】本文是 Tom和 Tina两个人的对话。对话主要为 Tom向 Tina介绍自己的全家照，包括照
片上的人的身份，职业，年龄和爱好等。
41．根据“Yes. He is my father”可知，空格处句子为一般疑问句，且是询问照片中的一位男性是不
是 Tom的爸爸。故填 Is the man your father。
42．根据“He is a middle school teacher”，此处在询问 Tom的爸爸的职业。故填What does he do。
43．根据“They are my grandparents”可推测出，Tina看到照片上另外一些人，想知道他们是谁。故
填Who are they。
44．根据“Yes. She is 8 years old”和“Really I like to play Chinese chess too”可知，此处 Tom应介绍
自己的妹妹喜欢下象棋。故填 She likes to play Chinese chess。
45．根据“I’m playing hide-and-seek with my dog”可知，此处是 Tina询问照片里的 Tom正在做什么。
故填What are you doing。
10
根据下面的对话情景，在每个空白处填上一个适当的句子，使对话的意思连贯、完整。
A: Hi! I’m Lily. 46
B: My name is Wang Mei. Nice to meet you!
A: What is your school like, Wang Mei
B: It’s clean and quiet.
A: 47
B: I am in Class Ten.
A: 48
B: Li Ming is my best friend in the class.
A: 49
B: I’m looking for Li Ming. We are going home together.
A: Nice talking with you. See you next time.
B: 50 .
【答案】46．What’s your name/May I have your name 47．What class are you in 48．Who is your
best friend 49．What are you doing 50．See you
【导语】本文是 A和 B两人初次见面的对话。
46．根据“My name is Wang Mei.”可知，空处会询问对方的名字。故填What’s your name/May I have
your name。
47．根据“I am in Class Ten.”可知，介绍了我所在的班级，故空处会询问对方在几班。故填What class
are you in。
第 18 页 共 27 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·补全对话 20篇（解析版）
48．根据“Li Ming is my best friend in the class.”可知，介绍了最好的朋友，故空处会询问谁是你最
好的朋友。故填Who is your best friend。
49．根据“I’m looking for Li Ming.”可知，介绍了我正在做的事情，故空处会询问你正在干什么。故
填What are you doing。
50．根据“See you next time.”可知，空处会表达告别时的话语。故填 See you。
11
根据下面的对话情景，在每个空白处填上一个适当的句子，使对话的意思连贯、完整。
A: Hi! What’s your favorite sport
B: 51 . What about you
A: I think running is great. 52
B: No, I only play basketball on weekends. 53
A: I usually run in the morning before school.
B: That’s good. Running can make you healthy.
A: Yes, and playing basketball can make you strong.
B: Right. 54
A: I usually run with my Dad. Who do you usually play basketball with
B: I usually play with my friends.
A: That sounds fun. How often do you play basketball
B: 55 . How often do you run
A: I run three times a week.
【答案】51．My favorite sport is playing basketball 52．Do you play basketball every day
53．When do you run 54．Who do you usually run with 55．I play it twice a week
【导语】本文是两人关于最喜欢的运动的对话。
51．根据“What’s your favorite sport ”和“I only play basketball on weekends”可知，此句应是回答最喜
欢的运动是打篮球。故填My favorite sport is playing basketball。
52．根据答句“I only play basketball on weekends.”可知，此句是询问是否每天都打篮球。故填 Do you
play basketball every day。
53．根据答句“I usually run in the morning before school.”可知，此句是询问什么时候跑步。故填When
do you run。
54．根据答句“I usually run with my Dad.”可知，此句是询问经常跟谁去跑步。故填Who do you usually
run with。
第 19 页 共 27 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·补全对话 20篇（解析版）
55．根据问句“How often do you play basketball ”可知，此句要回答打篮球的频率。用 it代替前文提
到的篮球。故填 I play it twice a week。
12
根据下面的对话情景，在每个空白处填上一个适当的句子，使对话的意思连贯、完整。
Lucy: What do you often do at weekends, Sam
Sam: I often play basketball. 56
Lucy: I often go to my uncle’s farm.
Sam: Wonderful! 57
Lucy: I can water the vegetables and feed the animals.
Sam: Great! Are there any sheep on the farm
Lucy: 58 . They’re so cute.
Sam: 59
Lucy: Yes, there is. There are lots of fish in it.
Sam: 60
Lucy: Yes. I sometimes go fishing with my cousin.
Sam: Sounds great!
【答案】56．What about you 57．What can you do on the farm 58．Yes, there are 59．Is there
a river near the farm 60．Can you go fishing there
【导语】本文是 Lucy和 Sam之间的对话，他们在谈论各自周末常常做些什么事情以及 Lucy叔叔
的农场。
56．根据上文“What do you often do at weekends, Sam ”和下文“I often go to my uncle’s farm.”可知，
在上文中 Lucy询问了 Sam周末常常做什么，而在下文中 Lucy回答说“她常常去叔叔的农场”，由
此推知，Sam也想知道 Lucy周末常常做什么，空处应意为“你呢”。故填What about you。
57．根据上文“I often go to my uncle’s farm.”和下文“I can water the vegetables and feed the animals.”
可知，空处应询问对方可以在农场做什么。故填What can you do on the farm。
58．根据上文“Are there any sheep on the farm ”和下文“They’re so cute.”可知，空处应作肯定回答。
故填 Yes, there are。
59．根据下文“Yes, there is. There are lots of fish in it.”可知，下文提到“是的，有很多鱼在其中”，由
此推知，空处应询问在农场附近是否有一条河。故填 Is there a river near the farm。
60．根据下文“Yes. I sometimes go fishing with my cousin.”可知，空处应询问对方是否能够去那里钓
鱼。故填 Can you go fishing there。
13
第 20 页 共 27 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·补全对话 20篇（解析版）
根据下面的对话情景，在每个空白处填上一个适当的句子，使对话的意思连贯、完整。
A: Hello, Jack! The Lantern Festival is coming. Would you like to come to my home for dinner on that
day
B: 61 . It’s so nice of you.
A: Do you know the festival
B: 62 . Can you tell me something about it
A: Sure. We usually eat sweet dumplings on that day. They are very delicious.
B: 63
A: No, I can’t. But my grandma can make delicious sweet dumplings.
B: 64
A: On the fifteenth day of the first lunar month.
B: 65
A: We usually watch the lanterns, eat tangyuan and have a big dinner with our family members.
B: Sounds interesting. I can’t wait!
【答案】61．Sure/Yes, I’d love to 62．No, I don’t 63．Can you make sweet dumplings/them
64．When do you celebrate it/When is it 65．What do you usually do
【导语】本文是 A和杰克有关元宵节的对话。
61．根据上文“Would you like to come to my home for dinner on that day ”可知，A邀请杰克元宵节去
他家里做客。根据下文“It’s so nice of you.”可知杰克很乐意去 A家里。故填 Sure/Yes, I’d love to。
62．根据“Can you tell me something about it ”可知杰克不了解元宵节，故填 No, I don’t。
63．根据“No, I can’t. But my grandma can make delicious sweet dumplings.”我不会，但是我奶奶会做
美味的饺子，可知杰克问 A会不会包饺子。故填 Can you make sweet dumplings/them。
64．根据回答“On the fifteenth day of the first lunar month.”可知杰克问 A庆祝元宵节的时间。故填
When do you celebrate it/When is it。
65．根据回答“We usually watch the lanterns, eat tangyuan and have a big dinner with our family
members.”我们通常看灯笼，吃汤圆，和家人在一起吃大餐，可知杰克问 A元宵节通常做什么。故
填What do you usually do。
14
根据下面的对话情景，在每个空白处填上一个适当的句子，使对话的意思连贯、完整。
A: Hello, Tony. Who is that man with a black hat
B: Oh, he is my father and he is a Chinese teacher.
A: Is he very busy every day
第 21 页 共 27 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·补全对话 20篇（解析版）
B: 66 . He works from 7:00 in the morning to 5:00 in the afternoon on
school days.
A: That’s a long time. 67
B: He usually gets up at about six.
A: 68
B: He usually gets to school by bus.
A: 69
B: He has lunch at school.
A: 70
B: He usually plays sports with other teachers after school.
【答案】66．Yes, he is/Yes 67．What time/When does he (usually) get up 68．How does he
(usually) get to school 69．Where does he have lunch 70．What does he (usually) do after school
【导语】本文是 A和 B之间的一则对话。对话主要谈论 B的父亲。
66．根据上文“Is he very busy every day”以及空后“He works from 7: 00 in the morning to 5: 00 in the
afternoon on school days.”可知，此处作肯定回答。故填 Yes, he is/Yes。
67．根据下文“He usually gets up at about six.”可知，此处询问几点起床。故填What time/When does
he (usually) get up。
68．根据下文“He usually gets to school by bus.”可知，此处询问去学校的交通方式。故填 How does he
(usually) get to school。
69．根据下文“He has lunch at school.”可知，此处询问在哪里吃午餐。故填Where does he have lunch。
70．根据下文“He usually plays sports with other teachers after school.”可知，此处询问放学后做什么。
故填What does he (usually) do after school。
15
根据下面的对话情景，在每个空白处填上一个适当的句子，使对话的意思连贯、完整。
A: Hello. This is Jim. 71
B: Yes, this is Linda. 72
A: I’m in Boston!
B: Wow, sounds great. 73
A: I’m doing my homework. I’m studying in a school of Boston.
B: Really How do you go to school
A: 74 . The school is not far from my house. And the bus ride is exciting.
B: Oh. 75
第 22 页 共 27 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·补全对话 20篇（解析版）
A: I usually get up at 8:00 a.m. Our classes begin at 9:00 in the morning.
B: Sounds like you are having a good time there. Happy every day!
A: Thanks. Call you next time.
B: OK. Bye.
【答案】71．Is that Linda 72．Where are you 73．What are you doing 74．By bus/I go to
school by bus 75．When/What time do you usually get up
【导语】本文是 Jim向 Linda 介绍家庭生活的一则对话。
71．根据“Yes, this is Linda.”可知，此处询问对方是 Linda 吗，故填 Is that Linda。
72．根据“I’m in Boston!”可知，询问对方在哪里，故填Where are you。
73．根据“I’m doing my homework. ”可知，询问对方正在做什么，故填What are you doing。
74．根据“How do you go to school ”及“And the bus ride is exciting.”可知，坐公交车去上学，故填 By
bus/I go to school by bus。
75．根据“I usually get up at 8:00 a.m.”可知，询问对方通常什么时候起床，故填When/What time do
you usually get up。
16
根据下面的对话情景，在每个空白处填上一个适当的句子，使对话的意思连贯、完整。
A: Hi, Mike ! 76
B: He is my father.
A: 77
B: He works in a middle school.
A: That’s great. 78
B: He goes to work at 6:00 in the morning.
A: Does he like his work
B: 79 .
A: 80
B: Yes, they do. His students like him very much. They think my father is a good teacher.
A: Is he busy every day
B: Yes, he is. But when he has time, he always spends time with us. I love my father.
【答案】76．Who is he 77．Where does he work 78．What time does he go to work 79．Yes,
he does 80．Do his students like him
【导语】本文是一段对话，两人谈论了其中一人的父亲的工作信息。
76．根据下句“He is my father.”可知，此处应询问对方男性身份信息。故填Who is he。
第 23 页 共 27 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·补全对话 20篇（解析版）
77．根据下句“He works in a middle school.”可知，此处应询问工作地点。故填Where does he work。
78．根据下句“He goes to work at 6:00 in the morning.”可知，此处应询问工作的时间。故填What time
does he go to work。
79．根据上句“Does he like his work ”及“His students like him very much.”可知，此处应询问对方是
否喜欢工作，结合下文可知答案显然是肯定的。故填 Yes, he does。
80．根据下句“Yes, they do. His students like him very much.”可知，此处应询问是否学生喜欢他。故
填 Do his students like him。
17
根据下面的对话情景，在每个空白处填上一个适当的句子，使对话的意思连贯、完整。
A: Hi, Gina. Do you have a good time on the farm today
B: 81 . I have a lot of fun there. I see a lot of pigs on the farm.
A: 82
B: I see fourteen pigs. They are so funny.
A: I think so. 83
B: I also see twenty chickens and eighteen ducks.
A: 84
B: Yes, I do. I take many pictures today and I can share them with you.
A: Thank you very much.
B: 85 .
【答案】81．Yes, I do 82．How many pigs do you see 83．What else do you see 84．Do you
take any pictures 85．You’re welcome
【导语】本文是一则关于 Gina在农场看到的家畜和家禽的对话。
81．根据文中“I have a lot of fun there.”可知，空处是对对方问题的肯定回答。故填 Yes, I do。
82．根据下文“I see fourteen pigs.”可知，空处应是询问对方看到多少头猪。故填How many pigs do you
see。
83．根据下文“I also see twenty chickens and eighteen ducks.”可知，空处应是询问对方是否还看到别
的东西。故选What else do you see。
84．根据下文“Yes, I do. I take many pictures today and I can share them with you.”可知，空处应是询
问对方是否拍照片。故填 Do you take any pictures。
85．根据上文“Thank you very much.”可知，空处应是对对方的感谢表示回答。故填 You’re welcome。
18
根据下面的对话情景，在每个空白处填上一个适当的句子，使对话的意思连贯、完整。
第 24 页 共 27 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·补全对话 20篇（解析版）
Mr Li: 86
Wang Mei: It’s Tuesday.
Mr Li: 87
Wang Mei: It’s sunny and very hot.
Mr Li: Do you like summer
Wang Mei: 88 .
Mr Li: 89
Wang Mei: I like to go swimming and eat ice cream. 90
Mr Li: I like to go swimming, too.
【答案】86．What day is it today 87．How’s the weather/What’s the weather like 88．Yes, I do
89．What do you like to do in summer 90．How/What about you
【导语】本文两人谈论了天气情况以及在夏天喜欢做的事情。
86．根据“It’s Tuesday”可知，此处询问今天星期几。故填What day is it today。
87．根据“It’s sunny and very hot.”可知，此处询问天气怎么样。故填 How’s the weather/What’s the
weather like。
88．根据“Do you like summer”以及“I like to go swimming and eat ice cream”可知，此处表示自己喜欢
夏天，作肯定回答。故填 Yes, I do。
89．根据“I like to go swimming and eat ice cream”可知，此处询问对方在夏天喜欢做什么。故填What
do you like to do in summer。
90．根据“I like to go swimming, too.”可知，此处是反问对方。故填 How/What about you。
19
根据下面的对话情景，在每个空白处填上一个适当的句子，使对话的意思连贯、完整。
A: What’s the weather like today
B: 91 . We can’t do activities outdoors on rainy days.
A: Yes. I don’t like summer because it often rains.
B: 92
A: I like spring best.
B: 93
A: Because the weather is warm and I can do many things in spring.
B: 94
A: I can fly kites and climb hills in spring. I think they are very interesting. Do you like spring, too
B: 95 . I like the beautiful flowers and green trees in spring.
第 25 页 共 27 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·补全对话 20篇（解析版）
【答案】91．It is rainy 92．Which season do you like best/What’s your favorite season 93．Why
do you like it/spring 94．What can you do in spring 95．Yes, I do
【导语】本文是 A和 B之间的一则对话。对话主要讨论天气。
91．根据上文“What’s the weather like today ”及空后“We can’t do activities outdoors on rainy days.”可
知，天在下雨。故填 It is rainy。
92．根据下文“I like spring best.”可知，此处应询问对方最喜欢哪个季节。故填Which season do you
like best/What’s your favorite season。
93．根据上文“I like spring best.”及下文“Because the weather is warm and I can do many things in
spring.”可知，此处应询问对方喜欢春天的原因。故填Why do you like it/spring。
94．根据下文“I can fly kites and climb hills in spring.”可知，此处应询问对方在春天从事什么活动。
故填What can you do in spring。
95．根据上文“Do you like spring, too ”及空后的“I like the beautiful flowers and green trees in spring.”
可知，此处为肯定回答。故填 Yes, I do。
20
根据下面的对话情景，在每个空白处填上一个适当的句子，使对话的意思连贯、完整。
Li Na: Kelly, did you see the weather forecast (预报) last night
Kelly: No, I didn’t. I was doing my homework at that time. 96
Li Na: It’s going to rain in the following days.
Kelly: Oh, no. 97 . It makes me sad.
Li Na: I also have that feeling sometimes. 98
Kelly: I usually stay at home. I don’t want to do anything on rainy days.
Li Na: Cheer up! We can still have fun. I hear there is a new wonderful bookshop near my home.
99
Kelly: Sounds great. When will we go
Li Na: Tomorrow afternoon.
Kelly: OK. 100 .
Li Na: Yeah, you are right. An umbrella is necessary (必需的).
【答案】96．How is the weather/What’s the weather like 97．I hate/don’t like rain 98．What do
you usually do on rainy days 99．Would you like to go with me 100．We must take our umbrellas
【导语】本文主要讲述了两个朋友 Li Na和 Kelly讨论天气预报和在雨天的活动安排。
96．根据“It’s going to rain in the following days.”可知，此处应是询问天气情况。故填 How is the
weather/What’s the weather like。
第 26 页 共 27 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·补全对话 20篇（解析版）
97．根据“Oh, no. … It makes me sad.”可知，Kelly不喜欢/讨厌下雨天。故填 I hate/don’t like rain。
98．根据“I usually stay at home. I don’t want to do anything on rainy days.”可知，此处应询问对方雨天
时期的活动。故填What do you usually do on rainy days。
99．根据“I hear there is a new wonderful bookshop near my home.”及“Sounds great. When will we go ”
可知，此处应是邀请对方一起去书店。故填Would you like to go with me。
100．根据“It’s going to rain in the following days.”及“An umbrella is necessary (必需的)”可知，此处是
提醒对方带雨伞。故填We must take our umbrellas。
第 27 页 共 27 页微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·词汇 短语 句型归纳（背诵版）
Unit 1 Let's Be Friends!
分类词汇
主格人称代词
我 I 我们 we 你 you 你们 you
他 he 她 she 它 it 他（她/它）们 they
指示代词
这个 this 那个 that 这些 these 那些 those
形容词性物主代词
我的 my 你的 your 她的 her 我们的 our
Be动词
现在式：am/ is/ are
冠词
(用以泛指)；(解说时用) the [定冠词]
一（人、事、物） a [不定冠词，用于辅音音素前]
一（人、事、物） an [不定冠词，用于元音音素前]
介词类
来自；离；从 from 在……中；用；穿着 in
在(某处)；在(某时间)at 像；...怎么样；像……一样 like
像；作为 as 和；有；用 with
动词类
让；允许 let 结识；遇见 meet 喜爱；爱 love 享受；喜爱；欣赏 enjoy
喜欢 like 玩耍；演奏 play 看见；理解 see 需要 need
帮助 help 听 listen 能；会；可以 can 知道；认识 know
讨论；说话 talk 有；吃；经历 have[动词原形] 有；吃；经历 has[三单形式]
名词类
上午 morning 时间 time 年 year 年龄；时代 age
名字 name 朋友 friend 男孩 boy 女孩 girl
哥哥；弟弟 brother 耳朵 ear 狗 dog 猫 cat
事件；东西 thing 科学 science 图片 picture 书 book
卡片 card
形容词类
新的 new 最好的 best 好的；擅长的 good 身体好的；健康的 fine
第 1 页 共 24 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·词汇 短语 句型归纳（背诵版）
高兴的 happy 大的 big 小的 little 黑色的 black
美丽的 beautiful 优秀的 great 不同的 different
基数词
一 one 二 two 三 three 四 four
五 five 六 six 七 seven 八 eight
九 nine 十 ten 十一 eleven 十二 twelve
十三 thirteen 十四 fourteen 十五 fifteen 十六 sixteen
十七 seventeen 十八 eighteen 十九 nineteen 二十 twenty
疑问词
什么 what 在哪里 where 哪一个 which 谁 who
怎么 how 几岁 how old 多久一次 how often
校园相关词
学校 school 班级 class 年级 grade 同班同学 classmate
喜好相关词
阅读 read 远足 hike 唱歌 sing 跳舞 dance
跑步 run 绘画 draw 游泳 swim 烹饪 cook
足球 football 篮球 basketball 吉他 guitar 音乐 music
外貌描写词
高的 tall 矮的 short 瘦的 thin 强壮的 strong
年轻的 young 老的 old
性格描写词
友好的；亲切的 friendly 友好的；善良的 kind
友好的 nice 乐于助人的 helpful 文静的 quiet 美丽的；迷人的 lovely
可爱的 cute
称呼词
先生Mr. 小姐，女士Miss 女士Ms. 夫人，太太Mrs.
其他词类
和；然后 and 但是；然而 but 也；太；非常 too 也；而且 also
所有；全部 all 在一起；共同 together很；非常 very 你自己 yourself
你们自己 yourselves 每人 everyone / everybody
许多 many 许多；大量；非常；很 much
这样的 such 确实；真正地 really
第 2 页 共 24 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·词汇 短语 句型归纳（背诵版）
（表示向做的事）；（表示目的或意图）；（表示结果或原因）to
（用于实义动词前构成否定句和疑问句）do [助动词]
短语搭配
让某人做某事 let sb. do sth. 喜欢做某事 like/love/enjoy doing
踢足球 play football 弹吉他 play the guitar
一起玩 play together 学号 student number
制作一张名片 make a name card 把 A介绍给 B introduce A to B
来自… be from 关于 be about
开心做某事 be happy to do sth. 看…… look at…
听…… listen to ... 互相帮助 help each other
在学校 at school 在这所新学校 at the new school
在图片中 in the picture 画画 draw pictures
看书 read books 例如 such as
享受时光 enjoy the time 与某人交朋友 make friends with sb.
语言运用
初次见面问候语
—Nice to meet you. 很高兴认识你。
—Nice to meet you, too. 我也很高兴认识你。
见面打招呼
—How are you 你好吗？
—I’m fine. 我很好。
见面打招呼(正式场合）
—How do you do 你好！
—How do you do 你好！
问姓名
—What’s your name 你叫什么名字？
—My name is Li Xiang. 我的名字叫李想。
问年纪
—How old are you 你几岁了？
—I’m thirteen years old. 我 13岁了。
问喜好
—What do you like
第 3 页 共 24 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·词汇 短语 句型归纳（背诵版）
—I like hiking. 我喜欢远足。
问来自哪里
—Where are you from 你来自哪里？
—I’m from Beijing. 我来自北京。
问班级&年级
—Which class are you in 你在哪个班级？
—I’m in Class 6, Grade 7. 我在七年级 6班。
道别用语
—See you. 再见！
—See you. 再见。
问人物
—Who is your best friend 谁是你最好的朋友？
—My best friend is Kangkang. 我最好的朋友是康康。
问外貌
—What does he look like 他长什么样？
—He is tall and strong. 他又高又壮。
问性格
—What is she like 她是个怎样的人？
— She is a beautiful and lovely girl. 她是一个既漂亮又可爱的女孩。
介绍他人
This is Xiao Ya. 这是肖雅。
第 4 页 共 24 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·词汇 短语 句型归纳（背诵版）
Unit 2 Meet My Family!
分类词汇
形容词性物主代词
谁的 whose 我的 my 我们的 our 你的 your
你们的 your 他的 his 她的 her 它的 its
他（她/它）们的 their
宾格人称代词
我 me 我们 us 你 you 你们 you
他 him 她 her 它 it 他（她/它）们 them
介词
属于……的 of 在（某一天）on 关于 about 在……之后 after
为了；给；因为 for
家庭成员
家庭 family 成员 member
（外）祖父母 grandparent （外）祖父 grandfather
（外）祖母 grandmother
父母 parent 父亲 father 母亲 mother 儿子 son
叔伯 uncle 姑;姨 aunt 姐;妹 sister 哥;弟 brother
同辈表亲 cousin
职业身份
学生 student 教师 teacher 工人 worker 医生 doctor
护士 nurse 司机 driver 女警察 policewoman（pl. policewomen）
作家 writer
场所地点
工厂 factory 医院 hospital 餐馆 restaurant 公园 park
家；栖息地 home 商店 shop
人物角色
人们 people 成年男子 man （pl. men）
妇女，女性 woman （pl. women） 儿童，小孩 child （pl. children）
颜色
白色的 white 蓝色的 blue 黄色的 yellow 粉红色的 pink
时间相关
第 5 页 共 24 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·词汇 短语 句型归纳（背诵版）
星期六 Saturday 正午；中午 noon 下午 afternoon 周末 weekend
一天；白天 day
动词相关
穿；戴 wear 工作 work 教授；教导 teach 访问；参观 visit
吃饭；吃 eat 观看；关注 watch 去；出发 go 骑；驾驶 ride
步行；遛 walk 居住；生活 live 展示；表面 show 摆放餐具；设置 set
打扫 clean 告诉；识别 tell 学习 study 显得；看 look
名词相关
领带 tie 衬衫 shirt 连衣裙 dress 公共汽车 bus
自行车 bike（bicycle）正餐，主餐 dinner 食物 food 桌子 table
工作 job 玩具 toy 兔 rabbit 照片 photo（photograph）
水井 well 作品 work 电影 film （电视或广播）节目 show
文本；正文 text 数学 maths （math） 体育（课）PE 体育运动 sport
活动 activity
其他词类
如此；那么 so 或者；否则 or 一些；某些 some 某事；某物 something
只有；仅 only 大多数；最 most 日常事务 chore 每一个；每逢 every
彻底；向上 up 漂亮的；相当 pretty 忙碌的 busy 高的；在高处 high
努力地；艰难的 hard 中间的 middle
短语搭配
family members 家庭成员 wear a tie 戴领带
in a white shirt 穿着白色 T恤 little sister/brother 妹妹/弟弟
a pink toy rabbit 一只粉色的玩具兔子 a photo of… 一张……的照片
teach sb. sth. 教某人某事 help sb. do sth. 帮助某人做某事
at noon 在中午 on weekends 在周末
at home 在家 live with sb. 与某人生活在一起
most of the time 大多数时间 do the cooking 做饭，下厨
cook the food 做饭 set the table 摆放餐具
have dinner 吃晚饭 clean up 收拾干净
do chores 做家务 watch a film 看电影
go to the park 去公园 go shopping 去购物
第 6 页 共 24 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·词汇 短语 句型归纳（背诵版）
语言运用
问人物
—Who is this man 这个男人是谁？
—He is my father. 他是我的爸爸。
问职业
—What does your father do 你爸爸是做什么的？
—He’s a PE teacher. 他是一名体育老师。
【拓展】
What is your father’s job 你爸爸是做什么的？
What is your father 你爸爸是做什么的？
问地点
—Where does he work 他在哪工作？
—He works in our school. 他在我们学校工作。
问存在数量
—How many people are there in Xiao Ya’s family 肖雅家有几口人？
—There are four. 有四个人。
问所属物主
—Whose dog is it 它是谁的狗？
—It’s my dog. 这是我的狗。
Be动词型一般疑问句
—Is this tall girl your sister 这个高个女孩是你的姐姐吗？
—No, she isn’t. 不，她不是。
实义动词型一般疑问句
—Do you like singing 你喜欢唱歌吗？
—Yes, I do. 我喜欢。
—Does he like playing the guitar 他喜欢弹吉他吗？
—Yes, he does. 他喜欢。
其他功能句
That woman in a blue dress is my aunt. 那个穿蓝色连衣裙的女士是我的婶婶。
I’m busy on Saturdays. 星期六我通常会很忙。
In the afternoon, my parents and I visit my grandparents. 下午，我和我的父母去看望我的祖父母。
I help my mother cook. 我帮助我的妈妈做饭。
第 7 页 共 24 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·词汇 短语 句型归纳（背诵版）
I enjoy the time with my family. 我喜欢和我家人在一起的时光。
We do chores together, too. 我们还在一起做家务。
The parents live with their children. 父母和他们的孩子生活在一起。
My grandparents don’t live with us. 我的祖父母不和我们住在一起。
We all do something for dinner. 我们都为晚餐做了些事情。
第 8 页 共 24 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·词汇 短语 句型归纳（背诵版）
Unit 3 Our Colorful School Life
分类词汇
学科类名词
科目 subject 语文 Chinese 数学 math 英语 English
地理 geography 生物 biology 历史 history 美术 art
计算机科学 computer science
星期类名词
周；一周 week 星期一 Monday 星期二 Tuesday 星期三 Wednesday
星期四 Thursday 星期五 Friday 星期六 Saturday 星期日 Sunday
时间相关
（表示整点）……点钟 o’clock 一半 half
在……之后；过去 past 一刻钟；四分之一 quarter
现在 now 上午，午前 a.m. 下午，午后 p.m. 在……期间 during
频度副词
总是 always 通常地 usually 时常；往往 often 有时 sometimes
不常，很少 seldom 从不 never
出行相关
（表示方式）；（表示实施者） by 乘坐；带去；携带 take
地铁 underground 飞机 plane 火车 train 大船 ship
小船 boat 小汽车 car
校园相关
图书馆 library 建筑物；楼房 building操场 playground 楼层；地板 floor
花园 garden 礼堂；大厅 hall 教室 classroom 黑板 blackboard
书桌 desk 椅子 chair 铅笔 pencil 直尺 ruler
书包 schoolbag
动词类
开始 begin 开始；开头 start 停止 stop 结束；终止 end
来；来到 come 开门;打开;张开 open 放；安置 put 浇水 water
询问；请求 ask 回答；答复 answer 找到；发现 find 学习；记住 learn
参加；加入 join 想要；需要 want 为……着色 color 提升；举起；筹集 raise
使成为；使得；做 make
名词类
第 9 页 共 24 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·词汇 短语 句型归纳（背诵版）
生活；生命 life （pl. lives） 方式；方面；路 way
俱乐部；社团 club 歌曲 song 参与；部分 part 游戏；比赛 game
乐趣 fun 旗帜；旗 flag 手；帮助 hand 问题 question
美国人 American 国家 country 城市 city 房间 room
刀 knife （pl. knives）盒；箱；方框 box 瓶子 bottle 玻璃杯；眼镜 glass
菜肴；餐具 dish 番茄 tomato 果汁 juice 水 water
花朵 flower 球 ball 颜色 color 网页 web page
形容词类
丰富多彩的 colourful 特别受喜爱的 favorite 受欢迎的 welcome 更多的 more
整洁的 tidy 有趣的 fun 有趣的；有吸引力的 interesting
国家的；民族的 national 美国的 American
丢失的；迷路的 lost
其他词类
第一；首先 first 因为 because 任何的，任一的 any 出来；在外面 out
结束；遍及；在……上面 over 在……附近 near 紧挨着的；下一个的 next
短语搭配
on Thursday afternoon 在星期四下午
on the morning of every Monday 在每个星期一的早上
during the day 在白天 be over 结束
at the start of 在……的开始 on the playground 在操上
be at the music class 在上音乐课 at/in the club 在社团
the way of ... ……的方式 by underground （介词短语）坐地铁
take the underground （动词短语）坐地铁 on foot 步行
far from... 离……很远；远离…… next to 紧邻
a history of………的历史 school life 校园生活
tell about 告诉（某人）有关……的情况 put on 上演，上映
raise the national flag 升国旗 have PE classes 上体育课
raise one’s hand 举手 answer questions 回答问题
after class 下课后 after school 放学后
in class 在课上 want to do 想要做某事
take part in 参加 learn to do sth. 学习做某事
join the club 加入社团 take photos 照相
第 10 页 共 24 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·词汇 短语 句型归纳（背诵版）
play sports 做运动 go to the library 去图书馆
find out 找出，查找 know about 知道，了解
have great fun 玩得开心
语言运用
问时间
What time is it now / What’s the time 现在几点了？
时间表达
It’s eight o’clock. 现在是 8点钟。
It’s half past eleven. 现在是 11:30。
It’s a quarter to three. 现在是 2:45。
问出行方式
—How do you usually come to school 你通常怎么来上学？
—My home is not very far, so I usually come here on foot, sometimes by bike. 我家（离学校）不远，
所以我通常步行来这里，但有时骑自行车。
问颜色
—What color is your ball 你的球是什么颜色的？
—It’s white and blue. 是蓝白相间的。
问有什么
—What’s in the big box 箱子里有什么？
—There are some bottles in it. 里面有几个瓶子。
There be句型一般疑问句
—Is there any water in the bottles 瓶子里有水吗？
—No, there isn’t. 没有。
—Are there any toys in the small boxes 小盒子里面有玩具吗？
— Yes, there are. 有。
提出帮助
Can I help you 我能帮助你吗？
May I help you 我能帮助你吗？
What can I do for you 我能为你做些什么呢？
How can I help you 我能帮助你吗？
其他功能句
Our school life is fun and colorful.我们的学校生活有趣而丰富多彩。
第 11 页 共 24 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·词汇 短语 句型归纳（背诵版）
What is your school life like 你的学校生活怎么样？
=How is your school life
It’s time for our Chinese class. 是我们上语文课的时间了。
=It’s time to have our Chinese class.
How about you 你呢？
= What about you
There are no underground stops near my home. 我家附近没有地铁站。
There is a blackboard and some desks. 有一块黑板和几张书桌。
第 12 页 共 24 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·词汇 短语 句型归纳（背诵版）
Unit 4 Fun in the sun
词汇句中练
1.季节 season 春天 spring 夏天 summer 秋天 autumn/fall 冬天 winter
一年有四个季节。它们是春、夏、秋、冬。
There are four seasons in a year. They are spring, summer, autumn and winter.
2.天气 weather 今天 today
今天的天气怎么样？
What’s the weather like today
How is the weather today
3,温暖的 warm 太阳；阳光 sun 晴朗的 sunny 野餐 picnic
今天的天气晴朗且温暖。我们正在阳光下野餐。
It’s sunny and warm. We are having a picnic in the sun.
4.雨；下雨 rain 有雨的 rainy 炎热的 hot 潮湿的 wet
这里夏天多雨，所有又热又潮。现在外边正下雨呢。
It’s rainy in summer here, so it’s hot and wet. Now it is raining outside.
5.雪；下雪 snow 有雪的 snowy 寒冷的 cold 干燥的 dry
这里冬天多雪，所以又冷又干燥。现在外边正下雪呢。
It’s snowy in winter here, and it’s cold and dry. Now it is snowing outside.
6.凉爽的 cool 多风的 windy 风 wind 刮；吹 blow
今天凉爽且多风。风正轻柔地吹着。
It's cool and windy today. The wind is blowing gently.
7.云 cloud 多云的 cloudy 羽毛球运动 badminton在户外 outdoors
天空中有很多云。这是个多云的日子。我不想在户外打羽毛球。
There are many clouds in the sky. It's a cloudy day. I don't want to play badminton outdoors.
8.希望 hope 队；组 team 获胜；赢 win 棒球 baseball
我希望我们的棒球队会赢。
I hope our baseball team will win.
9.手机 phone 作业 homework 使用 use 当……的时候 when
在你写作业的时候，不要使用手机。
Don’t use the phone when you are doing your homework.
10.重要的 important 在……以前 before 锻炼 exercise
运动前进行热身很重要。
第 13 页 共 24 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·词汇 短语 句型归纳（背诵版）
It’s important to warm up before exercise.
11.健康 health 适当的；正确的 right 鞋 shoe 衣服 clothes
穿合适的鞋子和运动服装对你的健康有益。
It's good for your health to wear the right shoes and sports clothes.
12.保持；继续 keep 传球；传递 pass 放弃 give up
他没有放弃，而是坚持把球传给他的队友。
He doesn't give up and kept passing the ball to his teammate.
13.感到；觉得 feel 像 like 星星 star
现在他感觉自己就像一位足球巨星。
Now he is feeling like a big football star!
14.愿望 wish 喂养 feed 鸟 bird
他的愿望是喂养一只可爱的小鸟。
His wish is to feed a lovely bird.
15.滑雪 ski 高山 mountain 家乡 hometown
我经常在我家乡的山上滑雪。
I often go skiing on the mountains in my hometown.
16.转弯 turn 快；迅速 fast 移动 move
我擅长转弯，而且移动很快。
I am good at making turns and move very fast.
17.旅行 travel 小时 hour 周；一周 week
我每周旅行 20个小时。
I travel for twenty hours every week.
18.结果 result 调查 survey
这是我们调查的结果。
Here are the results of our survey.
19.便帽 cap 一双 pair 短裤 shorts
你需要带上一顶帽子和一条短裤。
You need to take a cap and a pair of shorts.
20.赛跑 race 一边；一侧 side 操场 playground
在操场的一侧，一些同学在进行赛跑。
On one side of the playground, some students are having a race.
21.书写 write 向下 down
第 14 页 共 24 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·词汇 短语 句型归纳（背诵版）
写下你的名字。
Write down your name.
22.湖 lake 动物园 zoo
我们可以看到许多鸭子在动物园的湖里游泳。
We can see many ducks swimming in the lake in the zoo.
短语搭配
1.take sb. to sp. 把某人带到某地 2.make a snowman 堆雪人
3.have a picnic 野餐 4.go swimming 去游泳
5.on the phone 在电话上；通过电话 6.work on/do one’s homework 做作业
7.be good at doing sth. 擅长做某事 8.learn to do sth. 学习做某事
9.ask sb. (not) to do sth.让某人（不要）做某事 10.walk by the lake 湖边漫步
11.put on 穿上 12.be good for... 对……有益
13.in many ways 在许多方面 14.the setting of... ……的背景设定
15.Chinese yo-yo 抖空竹 16.in the park 在公园里
17.all year long 一年四季；全年 18.need to do sth. 需要做某事
19.take sth. with sb. 某人随身携带某物 20.warm up 热身
21.do sports 做运动 22. too much 太多（修饰不可数名词或作副词短语）
23.have fun 玩得高兴 24.on the playground 在操场上
25.at the start 在开始时 26.in the end 最后；终于
27.give up (doing) sth. 放弃（做）某事 28. keep doing sth. 一直做某事；坚持做某事
29.play for... 效力于…… 30.with the help of sb. 在某人的帮助下
31.a member of... ……中的一名成员 32.be helpful for... 对……有帮助
33.a lot of=lots of 许多；大量 34. learn a lot from... 从……中学到很多
35.walk the dog 遛狗 36. feed a bird 喂鸟
37.do Tai Chi 打太极 38.watch skiing games 观看滑雪比赛
39.on TV 在电视上 40.in the mountains 在山上；在山里
41.a sports survey 体育调查 42.the results of... ……的结果
43.a pair of shorts 一条短裤 44.take a walk 散步
45.play with sth./sb. 玩某物；和某人一起玩 46.play jianzi 踢毽子
47.have a sports day 举行运动会 48.three-legged race 两人三足赛跑
49.write down 写下
第 15 页 共 24 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·词汇 短语 句型归纳（背诵版）
语言运用
1.—What’s the weather like in autumn 秋天的天气怎么样？
—It’s cool. 很凉爽。
2.—What do you like doing in autumn 你喜欢在秋天干什么？
—I like hiking with my family. 我喜欢和我的家人一起远足。
3.—What are you doing 你正在做什么？
—I am putting on my football shoes. 我正在穿球鞋。
4.Do you want to come and play with me 你想来和我一起玩吗？
5.I’m not really good at playing football. 我真的不擅长踢足球。
6.Why not join the football club 为什么不加入足球社团呢？
7.I hope I can play football well like you. 我希望我能像你一样踢得很好。
8.It’s sunny in the morning. 早晨阳光明媚。
9.The girl is playing Chinese yo-yo in the park. 女孩在公园里抖空竹。
10.Exercise is good for your health. 锻炼对你的健康有益。
11.For most sports, it’s important to warm up before exercise.对于大多数运动来说，运动前热身很重要。
12.Don’t do sports too much in very hot or cold weather.
在非常炎热或寒冷的天气里不要做太多的运动。
13.He often plays football with his classmates after class on Friday.
星期五下课后，他经常和同学们踢足球。
14.All the boys are having fun on the playground.所有的男孩子们在操上玩得很高兴。
15.He keeps running and passing the ball.他不停地跑动和传球。
16. In the end, they win the game two to one. 最终，他们以 2:1的比分赢得了比赛。
17.She always feels good after exercise. 她运动后总是感觉很好。
18.They are helpful for him. 他们对他很有帮助。
19.The sunny weather makes us warm. 阳光明媚的天气让我们感到温暖。
20.I learn how to run fast. 我学会了如何跑得快。
21.I am riding a bike. 我在骑自行车。
22.It is raining. 天正在下雨。
23.It isn’t snowing. 天没有在下雪。
24.How long do you do your favorite sport every week 你每周会花多长时间进行你最喜欢的运动？
25.Which new sport do you want to learn 你想学习哪项新运动？
26.I enjoy different activities in different seasons. 我喜欢不同的季节的不同活动。
第 16 页 共 24 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·词汇 短语 句型归纳（背诵版）
27.I read rooks at home. 我在家看书。
28.But on sunny days, I can play with snow outdoors with my friends.
但是在晴天，我能和我的朋友们在户外一起玩雪。
29.In my school, we have a sports day every spring and autumn.
每年春季和秋季，我们学校都会举行运动会。
30.Some others are having three-legged races as a team.
其他一些人则以团队的形式进行（两人）三足赛跑。
第 17 页 共 24 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·词汇 短语 句型归纳（背诵版）
Unit 5 Love Mother Nature
词汇分类记
自然地理
自然 nature 气候 climate 空气 air 土；地球 earth
海；海洋 sea 江；河 river 瀑布 waterfall 沙漠 desert
草原 grassland 山丘；小山 hill 森林 forest （热带）雨林 rainforest
南方；南方的 south 北方；北方的 north
动物&植物
动物 animal 尾巴 tail 熊猫 panda 熊 bear
猴子 monkey 马 horse 奶牛 cow 蝙蝠 bat
蜜蜂 bee 蝴蝶 butterfly 鱼 fish 鲨鱼 shark
鸭 duck 植物 plant 草；草地 grass 竹子 bamboo
食物
苹果 apple 鸡蛋 egg 奶 milk 蔬菜 vegetable
面条 noodle 饺子 dumpling 大米 rice
词汇句中用
1.房子 house 窗户 window
这个房子有一个大窗户。
The house has a big window.
2.到达；得到 get 地方；场所 place 顶部；最高的 top
我怎样才能到达那个地方的顶部呢？
How can I get to the top of that place
3.飞 fly 晚上 night 活跃的 active→活跃地 actively
蝙蝠经常在夜间活跃地飞行。
Bats often fly actively at night.
4.认为 think 这些 these 野生的 wild 植物 plant 生长；成长 grow
我认为这些野生的植物可以长得非常高。
I think these plants can grow very tall.
5.雨林 rainforest 沙漠 desert 奇迹 wonder 自然 nature
雨林和沙漠是大自然的奇迹。
Rainforests and deserts are wonders of nature.
6.主要的 main 差异；区别 difference→不同的 different
第 18 页 共 24 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·词汇 短语 句型归纳（背诵版）
这两个苹果的主要差异是颜色不同。
The main difference between these two apples is that they are different in color.
7.风筝 kite 飞；放 fly 大量；充足 plenty 天空 sky
天上有很多风筝在飞。
There are plenty of kites flying in the sky.
8.攀登 climb 健康的 healthy 每天的 everyday
在日常生活中，他们经常去爬山以保持健康。
They often go climbing to keep healthy in their everyday life.
9.理解；了解 understand 重要性 importance 清新的；新鲜的 fresh
你明白新鲜空气对人的重要性吗？
Do you understand the importance of fresh air to people
10.休息；其余 rest 在……下面 under 将会 will
我们将会在树下休息。
We will have a rest under a tree.
短语搭配
1.be home to 是……所在地/栖息地 2.fall from 从……落下
3.take pictures with sb./sth. 与某人/某物合影 4.many kinds of... 许多种类的……；各种各样的……
5.sea animals 海洋动物 6. on the top of... 在……的顶部
7.talk about 谈论；讨论 8.keep out 阻止；（使）留在外面
9.get water 取水 10.at night 在夜里
11.in the day 在白天 12.different kinds of... 不同种类的……
13.take the cable cars 乘坐缆车 14.have a good look at... 好好看看……
15.plenty of... 大量的…… 16.only a few 很少；只有少数
17.live on 以……为生 18.look at... 看……
19.be hard to do sth. 做某事很困难 20.take sth. with sb. 随身携带某物
21.go to the park 去公园 22. fly a kite 放风筝
23.have a good rest 好好休息 24.the importance of... ……的重要性
25.use sth. to do... 使用……做…… 26.be important to 对……重要
27.in our everyday life 在我们的日常生活中 e from 来自
29.in the south of... 在……的南部 30.in the middle of... 在……的中间
31.wild animals 野生动物 32.look after 照顾
33.have a good time 玩得开心 34.make up 组成
第 19 页 共 24 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·词汇 短语 句型归纳（背诵版）
35.a big part of... ……的重要部分 36.all over the world 全世界
37.keep sb. healthy 保持健康 38.main food 主食
39.make fire 生火
语言运用
1.It has little rain here, so it’s very dry. 这里雨水很少，所以很干燥。
2.It is home to many plants and animals. 它是许多植物和动物的家园。
3.You can find many kinds of sea animals in it. 你可以在里面发现很多种海洋动物。
4.There is a lot of grass. 有很多草。
5.What is a desert like 沙漠是什么样的？
6.Bats and birds can fly. 蝙蝠和鸟都会飞。
7.Pandas live in the mountains of China. 熊猫生活在中国的山区。
8.Their favourite food is bamboo. 他们喜爱的食物是竹子。
9.In a rainforest, it is warm and wet, and it rains a lot. 在雨林里，天气温暖潮湿，雨水很多。
10.Plants can grow very tall, and animals have plenty of food to eat.
植物可以长得很高，动物有足够的食物吃。
11.Rainforests and deserts are wonders of nature. 雨林和沙漠是大自然的奇迹。
12.A plant needs three things to grow: sun, earth and water. 植物生长需要三样东西：太阳、土壤和水。
13.The lake is hard to find. 这个湖很难找到。
14.Sharks can swim in the water. 鲨鱼会在水里游泳。
15.They can’t climb trees. 他们不会爬树。
16.It is great fun to watch him in the zoo. 在动物园看他很有趣。
17.Trees give home to many wild animals. 树为许多野生动物提供了栖息地。
18.People can have a good rest under the tree. 人们能够在树下好好休息。
19.Trees can bring us clean air. 树能为我们带来干净的空气。
20.My cousin and I come from two different places in Yunnan.我和我表妹来自云南的两个不同的地方。
21.It is in the south of Yunnan. 它在云南南部。
22. Welcome to visit our beautiful hometown.欢迎来参观我们美丽的家乡。
第 20 页 共 24 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·词汇 短语 句型归纳（背诵版）
Unit 6 Celebrating the Big Days
词汇分类记
月份 month
一月 January 二月 February 三月March 四月 April
五月May 六月 June 七月 July 八月 August
九月 September 十月 October 十一月 November 十二月 December
基数词
一 one 二 two 三 three 四 four
五 five 六 six 七 seven 八 eight
九 nine 十 ten 十一 eleven 十二 twelve
十三 thirteen 十五 fifteen 二十 twenty 三十 thirty
四十 forty 五十 fifty 百 hundred
序数词
第一 first(缩写：1st) 第二 second(缩写：2nd)
第三 third(缩写：3rd) 第五 fifth(缩写：5th)
第八 eighth 第九 ninth
第十二 twelfth 第二十 twentieth 第二十一 twenty-first(缩写：21st)
短语搭配
1.Double Ninth Festival 重阳节 2.Mid-Autumn Festival 中秋节
3.Dragon Boat Festival 端午节 4.Spring Festival 春节
5.Lantern Festival 元宵节 6.Tomb-sweeping Day 清明节
7.on lunar August 15th 在农历八月十五 8.enjoy the moon 赏月
9.sweep the tombs 扫墓 10.get lucky money 获得压岁钱
11.late family members 已故家人 12.all over the world = around the world全世界
13.go swimming 去游泳 14.buy sth. for sb. 为某人买某物
15.tidy up 整理，清洁 16.call A B 把 A称作 B
17.go on family hiking 全家去远足；参加全家徒步旅行
18.be happy to do sth. 高兴做某事 19.share sth. with. sb. 与某人分享某事
20.drink orange juice 喝橙汁 21.a birthday card 一张生日贺卡
22.on the street 在大街上 23.the order of... ……的顺序
24.the end of... ……的结尾 25.make cards for sb. 为某人制作卡片
26.give sth. to sb.=give sb. sth. 把某物给某人 27.a big festival 一个重大的节日
第 21 页 共 24 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·词汇 短语 句型归纳（背诵版）
28.have a big dinner 吃一顿丰盛的晚餐 29.a great thinker 一位伟大的思想家
30.as a teacher 作为一名老师 31.in many ways 以许多方式；在许多方面
32.give best wishes to... 致以最良好的祝愿 33.the Chinese lunar year 中国农历年
34.have celebrations to... 举行庆祝活动以…… 35.put up 张贴，挂起；搭建
36.at the table 在吃饭时；在餐桌上 37.watch a show 观看演出；观看节目
38.be excited to do sth.对做某事感到激动/兴奋 39.take sb. to do sth. 带某人去做某事
40.Tree-planting Day 植树节 41.in the end 最后
42.make dumplings 包饺子 43.in trees 在树上（外来物）
44.at Tian’anmen Square 在天安门广场 45.on the sides of streets 在街道两边
46.have great fun 玩得非常开心 47.prepare for... 为……作准备
48.guess the lantern riddles 猜灯谜 49.remember Qu Yuan 纪念屈原
50.an important traditional festival 一个重要的传统节日
51.by doing 通过做某事（表手段，方法） 52.the National Day 国庆节
53.Mother’s Day 母亲节 54.have to 不得不
词汇句中练
1.The Mid-Autumn Festival is on lunar August 15th. 中秋节在农历八月十五。
2.Around April 5th, people sweep the tombs of their late family members on Tomb-sweeping Day.
4月 5日左右，人们在清明节扫墓。
3.The Double Ninth Festival falls on the ninth day of the ninth lunar month.
重阳节在农历九月初九。
4.Which months are in summer 哪些月份在夏季？
5.Can you go swimming with me 你能和我一起去购物吗？
6.I’m sorry, I can’t. 抱歉，我不能。
7.I’m buying some flowers for Tomb-sweeping Day. 我在为清明节买一些花。
8.It is a festival to remember your late family members. 这是一个纪念已故家人的节日。
9.Thank you for telling me so much about this festival. 谢谢你告诉我这么多关于这个节日的事。
10.You’re welcome. 不客气。
11.The students are learning something about New Year’s Day. 学生们正在学习一些关于元旦的知识。
12.Lingling and Jane are making cards for their friends. 玲玲和简正在为她们的朋友制作贺卡。
13.They give the cards to their friends on New Year’s Day. 在元旦那天，他们把贺卡送给他们的朋友。
14.Christmas is a big festival in America. 圣诞节是美国的一个重大的节日。
15.At Christmas, they have a big dinner and give presents to each other.
第 22 页 共 24 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·词汇 短语 句型归纳（背诵版）
在圣诞节期间，他们在一起吃丰盛的晚餐，并且互赠礼物。
16.Confucious is a great thinker and teacher in Chinese history.孔子是中国历史上伟大的思想家和老师。
17.As a teacher, he teaches his students how to think and what to be.
作为一名教师，他不仅教学生如何思考，还教导他们成为怎样的人。
18.September 10th is Teachers’ Day in China.
在中国，九月十日是教师节。
19.On this day, students thank their teachers in many ways.
在这一天，学生们通过很多方式向他们的老师表达感谢。
20.Sometimes they sing songs for their teachers and give best wishes to them.
有时他们为老师唱歌并送上最美好的祝愿。
21.It’s the last day of the Chinese lunar year, and we are having celebrations to welcome the Spring
Festival.
今天是中国农历年的最后一天，我们正在举行庆祝活动迎接新年。
22.Now, it’s time for supper.
现在该吃晚饭了。
23.At the table, my grandparents give some lucky money to my young cousins and me.
在餐桌上，我的祖父母给了我和哥哥弟弟们一些压岁钱。
24.All the Chinese around the world watch the show and welcome the Chinese New Year together.
全世界所有的中国人都在看春晚，一起欢迎中国的新年。
25.We all enjoy the family time and are excited to spend the Spring Festival holiday together.
我们都在享受家庭时光，一起兴奋地度过春节假期。
26.About one hundred people are taking part in the dragon boat race.
大约一百个人在参加龙舟比赛。
27.On Tree-planting Day every year, Miss Wang always takes her students to plant trees in the park.
在每年的植树节，王老师总是带着她的学生去公园里种树。
28.She plants the first tree to show the students how to do it.
她种下第一个树来为学生展示如何做。
29. In the end, students plant trees by themselves.
最后，学生们亲自种树。
30.What do your family do at the Spring Festival
在春节期间，你的家人都会做些什么？
31.And then we enjoy the moon and talk with each other.
第 23 页 共 24 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·词汇 短语 句型归纳（背诵版）
然后我们一起赏月聊天。
32.My father lights the lanterns and hangs them in trees.
我的爸爸点亮灯，并笼把它们挂在树上。
33.Family members often get together on that day.
在那天家人们经常相聚在一起。
34.First, in the morning, we prepare for the celebrations.
首先，在早晨，我们为庆祝活动作准备。
35.At night, my sister and I guess the lantern riddles with our grandparents.
在晚上，我和我的姐姐，还有我们的祖父母一起猜灯谜。
36.Chinese people celebrate the birthday of the People’s Republic of China on that day.
在那天中国人庆祝中华人民共和国的生日。
37.Mother’s Day is on the second Sunday in May.
母亲节在五月的第二个星期日。
38.People show their love for their mothers by giving them flowers and other presents.
人们通过送鲜花和其他的礼物来表达对他们母亲的爱。
39.Your father doesn’t have to work today.
你的爸爸今天不需要上班。
40.People always celebrate many wonderful traditional festivals in China.
中国人总是会庆祝许多精彩的传统节日。
41.It's a good idea to say good luck to each other when the bell rings at midnight.
当钟声在午夜响起时，彼此说声“祝你好运”是个好主意。
第 24 页 共 24 页微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·词汇 短语 句型归纳（默写版）
Unit 1 Let's Be Friends!
分类词汇
主格人称代词
我__________ 我们__________ 你__________ 你们__________
他__________ 她__________ 它__________ 他（她/它）们__________
指示代词
这个__________ 那个__________ 这些__________ 那些__________
形容词性物主代词
我的__________ 你的__________ 她的__________ 我们的__________
Be动词
现在式：______ / ______/ ______
冠词
(用以泛指)；(解说时用) ______ [定冠词]
一（人、事、物）______ [不定冠词，用于辅音音素前]
一（人、事、物）______ [不定冠词，用于元音音素前]
介词类
来自；离；从__________ 在……中；用；穿着 __________
在(某处)；在(某时间)__________ 像；...怎么样；像……一样 __________
像；作为 ____________ 和；有；用 __________
动词类
让；允许______________ 结识；遇见___________
喜爱；爱_____________ 享受；喜爱；欣赏___________
喜欢_________________ 玩耍；演奏_____________
看见；理解_____________ 需要 _____________
帮助 _________________ 听 _____________
能；会；可以_____________ 知道；认识 _____________
讨论；说话_____________ 有；吃；经历__________[动词原形]
有；吃；经历__________[三单形式]
名词类
上午_____________ 时间_____________ 年 _____________ 年龄；时代 _____________
名字 _____________ 朋友 _____________ 男孩 _____________ 女孩 _____________
哥哥；弟弟__________耳朵 _____________ 狗 _____________ 猫 _____________
第 1 页 共 24 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·词汇 短语 句型归纳（默写版）
事件；东西__________科学 _____________ 图片 _____________ 书 _____________
卡片_____________
形容词类
新的_____________ 最好的_____________
好的；擅长的_____________ 身体好的；健康的 _____________
高兴的_____________ 大的_____________
小的_____________ 黑色的_____________
美丽的_____________ 优秀的_____________
不同的_____________
基数词
一_____________ 二_____________ 三_____________ 四_____________
五_____________ 六_____________ 七_____________ 八_____________
九_____________ 十_____________ 十一_____________ 十二_____________
十三_____________ 十四_____________ 十五_____________ 十六_____________
十七_____________ 十八_____________ 十九_____________ 二十_____________
疑问词
什么_____________ 在哪里_____________ 哪一个_____________ 谁_____________
怎么_____________ 几岁_____________ 多久一次_____________
校园相关词
学校_____________ 班级_____________ 年级_____________ 同班同学_____________
喜好相关词
阅读_____________ 远足_____________ 唱歌_____________ 跳舞_____________
跑步_____________ 绘画_____________ 游泳_____________ 烹饪_____________
足球_____________ 篮球_____________ 吉他_____________ 音乐_____________
外貌描写词
高的_____________ 矮的_____________ 瘦的_____________ 强壮的_____________
年轻的_____________ 老的 _____________
性格描写词
友好的；亲切的_____________ 友好的；善良的_____________
友好的_____________ 乐于助人的_____________
文静的_____________ 美丽的；迷人的_____________
可爱的_____________
第 2 页 共 24 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·词汇 短语 句型归纳（默写版）
称呼词
先生_____________ 小姐，女士_________ 女士_____________ 夫人，太太_____________
其他词类
和；然后 _____________ 但是；然而_____________
也；太；非常 _____________ 也；而且 _____________
所有；全部_____________ 在一起；共同 _____________
很；非常 _____________ 你自己 _____________
你们自己 _____________ 每人_____________ / _____________
许多 _____________ 许多；大量；非常；很 _____________
这样的 _____________ 确实；真正地 _____________
（表示向做的事）；（表示目的或意图）；（表示结果或原因）_____________
（用于实义动词前构成否定句和疑问句）_____________[助动词]
短语搭配
让某人做某事______________________ 喜欢做某事__________________________
踢足球__________________________ 弹吉他__________________________
一起玩__________________________ 学号__________________________
制作一张名片________________________ 把 A介绍给 B__________________________
来自…__________________________ 关于__________________________
开心做某事_________________________ 看……__________________________
听……__________________________ 互相帮助__________________________
在学校__________________________ 在这所新学校__________________________
在图片中__________________________ 画画__________________________
看书__________________________ 例如__________________________
享受时光_________________________ 与某人交朋友_________________________
语言运用
初次见面问候语
—Nice to meet you. 很高兴认识你。
—________________________________________ 我也很高兴认识你。
见面打招呼
—________________________________________ 你好吗？
—I’m fine. 我很好。
见面打招呼(正式场合）
第 3 页 共 24 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·词汇 短语 句型归纳（默写版）
—How do you do 你好！
—________________________________________ 你好！
问姓名
—________________________________________ 你叫什么名字？
—________________________________________ 我的名字叫李想。
问年纪
—________________________________________ 你几岁了？
—________________________________________ 我 13岁了。
问喜好
—________________________________________ 你喜欢什么？
—________________________________________ 我喜欢远足。
问来自哪里
—________________________________________ 你来自哪里？
—________________________________________ 我来自北京。
问班级&年级
—________________________________________ 你在哪个班级？
—________________________________________ 我在七年级 6班。
道别用语
—See you. 再见！
—________________________________________ 再见。
问人物
—________________________________________ 谁是你最好的朋友？
—My best friend is Kangkang. 我最好的朋友是康康。
问外貌
—________________________________________ 他长什么样？
—________________________________________ 他又高又壮。
问性格
—________________________________________ 她是个怎样的人？
—________________________________________ 她是一个既漂亮又可爱的女孩。
介绍他人
________________________________________ 这是肖雅。
第 4 页 共 24 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·词汇 短语 句型归纳（默写版）
Unit 2 Meet My Family!
分类词汇
形容词性物主代词
谁的 _____________ 我的 _____________ 我们的 ___________ 你的 ______________
你们的 ___________ 他的 _____________ 她的 _____________ 它的 ______________
他（她/它）们的 ______________
宾格人称代词
我 ____________ 我们 _____________ 你 _____________ 你们 ______________
他 _____________ 她 _____________ 它 _____________ 他（她/它）们_____________
介词
属于……的 ______________ 在（某一天）______________
关于 ______________ 在……之后 ______________
为了；给；因为 ______________
家庭成员
家庭 ______________ 成员 ______________
（外）祖父母 ______________ （外）祖父 ______________
（外）祖母 ______________ 父母 ______________
父亲 _____________ 母亲 _____________ 儿子 _____________ 叔伯 ______________
姑;姨______________ 姐;妹 _____________ 哥;弟 _____________ 同辈表亲 ______________
职业身份
学生 _____________ 教师 _____________ 工人 _____________ 医生 ______________
护士 _____________ 司机 _____________ 女警察 _____________（pl. ______________）
作家______________
场所地点
工厂 _____________ 医院 _____________ 餐馆 _____________ 公园 ______________
家；栖息地 ______________ 商店 ______________
人物角色
人们 ______________ 成年男子 ____________（pl. ______________）
妇女，女性 __________（pl. __________） 儿童，小孩 _________（pl. __________）
颜色
白色的 ______________ 蓝色的 ______________
黄色的 ______________ 粉红色的 ______________
第 5 页 共 24 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·词汇 短语 句型归纳（默写版）
时间相关
星期六 ______________ 正午；中午 ______________
下午 ______________ 周末 ______________
一天；白天 ______________
动词相关
穿；戴 ______________ 工作 ______________
教授；教导 ______________ 访问；参观 ______________
吃饭；吃 ______________ 观看；关注 ______________
去；出发 ______________ 骑；驾驶 ______________
步行；遛 ______________ 居住；生活 ______________
展示；表面 ______________ 摆放餐具；设置 ______________
打扫 ______________ 告诉；识别 ______________
学习 ______________ 显得；看 ______________
名词相关
领带 ______________ 衬衫 ______________
连衣裙 ______________ 公共汽车 ______________
自行车 ______________（______________） 正餐，主餐 ______________
食物 ______________ 桌子 ______________
工作 ______________ 玩具 ______________
兔 ______________ 照片 ______________（______________）
水井 ______________ 作品 ______________
电影 ______________ （电视或广播）节目 ______________
文本；正文 ______________ 数学 ______________ （______________）
体育（课）______________ 体育运动 ______________
活动 ______________
其他词类
如此；那么 ______________ 或者；否则 ______________
一些；某些 ______________ 某事；某物 ______________
只有；仅 ______________ 大多数；最 ______________
日常事务 ______________ 每一个；每逢 ______________
彻底；向上 ______________ 漂亮的；相当 ______________
忙碌的 ______________ 高的；在高处 ______________
第 6 页 共 24 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·词汇 短语 句型归纳（默写版）
努力地；艰难的 ______________ 中间的 ______________
短语搭配
________________________ 家庭成员 ________________________ 戴领带
_____________________ 穿着白色 T恤 ____________/________ 妹妹/弟弟
___________________ 一只粉色的玩具兔子 ___________________ 一张……的照片
_____________________ 教某人某事 _____________________ 帮助某人做某事
_____________________ 在中午 _____________________ 在周末
_____________________ 在家 _____________________ 与某人生活在一起
________________________ 大多数时间 ________________________ 做饭，下厨
________________________ 做饭 ________________________ 摆放餐具
________________________ 吃晚饭 ________________________ 收拾干净
________________________ 做家务 ________________________ 看电影
________________________ 去公园 ________________________ 去购物
语言运用
问人物
—__________ __________ this __________ 这个男人是谁？
—__________ __________ my father. 他是我的爸爸。
问职业
—__________ __________ __________ father __________ 你爸爸是做什么的？
—__________ __________ PE __________. 他是一名体育老师。
【拓展】
__________ __________ your__________ job 你爸爸是做什么的？
__________ __________ your father 你爸爸是做什么的？
问地点
—__________ __________ he __________ 他在哪工作？
—__________ __________ __________ our school. 他在我们学校工作。
问存在数量
—__________ __________ __________ are __________ in Xiao Ya’s family 肖雅家有几口人？
—__________ __________ four. 有四个人。
问所属物主
—__________ __________ is it 它是谁的狗？
—It’s __________ dog. 这是我的狗。
第 7 页 共 24 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·词汇 短语 句型归纳（默写版）
Be动词型一般疑问句
—__________ __________ tall girl your sister 这个高个女孩是你的姐姐吗？
—No, __________ __________. 不，她不是。
实义动词型一般疑问句
—__________ __________ __________ singing 你喜欢唱歌吗？
—__________, __________ __________. 我喜欢。
—__________ __________ __________ playing __________ guitar 他喜欢弹吉他吗？
—__________, __________ __________. 他喜欢。
其他功能句
That woman ________ a blue dress ________ my aunt. 那个穿蓝色连衣裙的女士是我的婶婶。
I’m ________ ________ Saturdays. 星期六我通常会很忙。
________ ________ ________, ________ ________ ________ ________ visit my grandparents.
下午，我和我的父母去看望我的祖父母。
I________ my mother ________. 我帮助我的妈妈做饭。
I ________ the time ________ my family. 我喜欢和我家人在一起的时光。
We ________ chores ________, too. 我们还在一起做家务。
The parents ________ ________ their children. 父母和他们的孩子生活在一起。
My grandparents ________ ________ ________ us. 我的祖父母不和我们住在一起。
We ________ do ________ ________ dinner. 我们都为晚餐做了些事情。
第 8 页 共 24 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·词汇 短语 句型归纳（默写版）
Unit 3 Our Colorful School Life
分类词汇
学科类名词
科目 _____________ 语文 _____________ 数学 _____________ 英语 _____________
地理 _____________ 生物 _____________ 历史 _____________ 美术 _____________
计算机科学 __________________________
星期类名词
周；一周 __________ 星期一 ____________ 星期二 ____________ 星期三 ____________
星期四 ____________ 星期五 ____________ 星期六 ____________ 星期日 _____________
时间相关
（表示整点）……点钟 _____________ 一半 _____________
在……之后；过去 _____________ 一刻钟；四分之一 _____________
现在 _____________ 上午，午前 _____________
下午，午后 _____________ 在……期间 _____________
频度副词
总是 _____________ 通常地 _____________
时常；往往 _____________ 有时 _____________
不常，很少 _____________ 从不 _____________
出行相关
（表示方式）；（表示实施者） _______ 乘坐；带去；携带 _____________
地铁 _____________ 飞机 _____________ 火车 _____________ 大船 _____________
小船 _____________ 小汽车 _____________
校园相关
图书馆 ____________ 建筑物；楼房_______ 操场 _____________ 楼层；地板 _____________
花园 _____________ 礼堂；大厅________ 教室 _____________ 黑板 _____________
书桌 _____________ 椅子 _____________ 铅笔 _____________ 直尺 _____________
书包 _____________
动词类
开始 _____________ 开始；开头_________ 停止 _____________ 结束；终止 _____________
来；来到 ________ 开门；打开；张开___ 放；安置 _________ 浇水 _____________
提升；举起；筹集 _____________ 使成为；使得；做 _____________
询问；请求 _____________ 回答；答复 _____________
第 9 页 共 24 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·词汇 短语 句型归纳（默写版）
找到；发现 _____________ 学习；记住 _____________
参加；加入 _____________ 想要；需要 _____________
为……着色 _____________
名词类
生活；生命 ___________（pl. ___________） 方式；方面；路 _____________
俱乐部；社团 _____________ 歌曲 _____________
参与；部分 _____________ 游戏；比赛 _____________
乐趣 _____________ 旗帜；旗 _____________
手；帮助 _____________ 问题 _____________
美国人 ______________ 国家 _____________
城市 ________________ 房间 _____________
刀 _____________（pl. _____________） 盒；箱；方框 _____________
瓶子 _____________ 玻璃杯；眼镜 _____________
菜肴；餐具 _____________ 番茄 _____________
果汁 _____________ 水 _____________ 花朵 _____________ 球 _____________
颜色 _____________ 网页 _____________
形容词类
丰富多彩的 _____________ 特别受喜爱的 _____________
受欢迎的 _____________ 更多的 _____________
整洁的 _____________ 有趣的 _____________
有趣的；有吸引力的 _____________ 国家的；民族的 _____________
美国的 _____________ 丢失的；迷路的 _____________
其他词类
第一；首先 _____________ 因为 _____________
结束；遍及；在……上面 _____________ 在……附近 _____________
紧挨着的；下一个的 _____________ 任何的，任一的 _____________
出来；在外面 _____________
短语搭配
________ Thursday afternoon 在星期四下午
_____ the morning _____ every Monday 在每个星期一的早上
___________ the ___________ 在白天 ______________________ 结束
______________________ 在……的开始 ______________________ 在操上
第 10 页 共 24 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·词汇 短语 句型归纳（默写版）
be _____ the music class 在上音乐课 _____/_____ the club 在社团
____________________ ... ……的方式 _____ underground （介词短语）坐地铁
__________underground （动词短语）坐地铁 ____________________ 步行
_________________...离……很远；远离…… _________________ 紧邻
____________________………的历史 ____________________ 校园生活
__________ 告诉（某人）有关……的情况 ____________________ 上演，上映
__________ the national flag 升国旗 __________PE classes 上体育课
__________ one’s hand 举手 ____________________ 回答问题
____________________ 下课后 ____________________ 放学后
____________________ 在课上 _______________ do 想要做某事
__________ part _____ 参加 __________ to do sth. 学习做某事
__________ the club 加入社团 ____________________ 照相
____________________ 做运动 go ____________________ 去图书馆
____________________ 找出，查找 ____________________ 知道，了解
have ____________________ 玩得开心
语言运用
问时间
_______________ is it now / __________ the time 现在几点了？
时间表达
It’s eight o’clock. 现在是 8点钟。
It’s ____________________. 现在是 11:30。
It’s ____________________three. 现在是 2:45。
问出行方式
—_______ _______you usually _______ _______ school 你通常怎么来上学？
—My home is not very ______, so I usually come here _____________, sometimes _____________. 我
家（离学校）不远，所以我通常步行来这里，但有时骑自行车。
问颜色
—_____________________ your ball 你的球是什么颜色的？
—It’s white _______ blue. 是蓝白相间的。
问有什么
—_____________________ the big box 箱子里有什么？
—______________ some bottles in it. 里面有几个瓶子。
第 11 页 共 24 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·词汇 短语 句型归纳（默写版）
There be句型一般疑问句
—_____________________ water in the bottles 瓶子里有水吗？
—No, ______________. 没有。
—_____________________ toys in the small boxes 小盒子里面有玩具吗？
— Yes, ______________. 有。
提出帮助
_______ I help you 我能帮助你吗？
_______ I help you 我能帮助你吗？
_______ can I do _______ you 我能为你做些什么呢？
_______ can I help you 我能帮助你吗？
其他功能句
Our school life is ____________________________.我们的学校生活有趣而丰富多彩。
______________ your school life _______ 你的学校生活怎么样？
=_______ is your school life
It’s time _______ our Chinese class. 是我们上语文课的时间了。
=It’s time _______ have our Chinese class.
_______ about you 你呢？
= _______ about you
There are _______ underground stops near my home. 我家附近没有地铁站。
There _______ a blackboard and some desks. 有一块黑板和几张书桌。
第 12 页 共 24 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·词汇 短语 句型归纳（默写版）
Unit 4 Fun in the sun
词汇句中练
1.季节_______ 春天________ 夏天________ 秋天_______/__________ 冬天_______
一年有四个季节。它们是春、夏、秋、冬。
There are four ___________in a year. They are ________, ________, ________and ________.
2.天气 weather 今天 today
今天的天气怎么样？
________ the weather ________ today
____ is the weather today
3,温暖的________ 太阳；阳光________ 晴朗的________ 野餐________
今天的天气晴朗且温暖。我们正在阳光下野餐。
It’s ________ and ________ . We are ________(have) a ________ ____ the sun.
4.雨；下雨______ 有雨的________ 炎热的________ 潮湿的________
这里夏天多雨，所有又热又潮。现在外边正下雨呢。
It’s ________ in summer here, so it’s ____ and ____ . Now it is ________ outside.
5.雪；下雪______ 有雪的________ 寒冷的________ 干燥的________
这里冬天多雪，所以又冷又干燥。现在外边正下雪呢。
It’s ________ in winter here, and it’s ________ and ________ . Now it is ________(snow) outside.
6.凉爽的________ 多风的________ 风________ 刮；吹________
今天凉爽且多风。风正轻柔地吹着。
It's ________ and ________ today. The ________ is ____________(blow) gently.
7.云_________ 多云的________ 羽毛球运动__________在户外____________
天空中有很多云。这是个多云的日子。我不想在户外打羽毛球。
There are many ______ in the sky. It's a ______ day. I don't want ______(play) ________ ________.
8.希望__________ 队；组________ 获胜；赢________ 棒球____________
我希望我们的棒球队会赢。
I ________ our ____________ ________will ________.
9.手机________ 作业____________ 使用________ 当……的时候____________
在你写作业的时候，不要使用手机。
Don’t ________ the ____________ ________you are ____________(do) your ____________.
10.重要的__________ 在……以前____________ 锻炼____________
运动前进行热身很重要。
第 13 页 共 24 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·词汇 短语 句型归纳（默写版）
It’s ____________ to ________ up ____________ ________________.
11.健康____________ 适当的；正确的______鞋________ 衣服____________
穿合适的鞋子和运动服装对你的健康有益。
It's good ____ your ____________ to wear the right ____________ and sports ____________.
12.保持；继续________ 传球；传递________ 放弃____________
他没有放弃，而是坚持把球传给他的队友。
He doesn't ________________ and ____________ ____________(pass) the ball to his teammate.
13.感到；觉得________ 像________ 星星________
现在他感觉自己就像一位足球巨星。
Now he is ____________ ________a big football ________!
14.愿望________ 喂养________ 鸟________
他的愿望是喂养一只可爱的小鸟。
His ________ is to ________ a lovely ________.
15.滑雪________ 高山____________ 家乡____________
我经常在我家乡的山上滑雪。
I often go ____________ on the ________________ in my ________________.
16.转弯________ 快；迅速________ 移动________
我擅长转弯，而且移动很快。
I am good at ____________(make) ________and ________ very ________.
17.旅行________ 小时________ 周；一周________
我每周旅行 20个小时。
I ________ for twenty ________ every ________.
18.结果____________ 调查____________
这是我们调查的结果。
Here are the ____________ of our ____________.
19.便帽________ 一双________ 短裤________
你需要带上一顶帽子和一条短裤。
You need to take a ________ and a pair of ____________.
20.赛跑________ 一边；一侧________ 操场____________
在操场的一侧，一些同学在进行赛跑。
On one ________ of the ____________ , some students are ____________(have) a ________.
21.书写____________ 向下____________
第 14 页 共 24 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·词汇 短语 句型归纳（默写版）
写下你的名字。
____________ ____________ your name.
22.湖________ 动物园________
我们可以看到许多鸭子在动物园的湖里游泳。
We can see many ____________(duck) swimming in the ________ in the ________.
短语搭配
1.________ sb. to sp. 把某人带到某地 2.________ a snowman 堆雪人
3.________ a picnic 野餐 4.go ____________去游泳
5.________ the phone 在电话上；通过电话 6.________ on/____ one’s homework 做作业
7.be good ____ ________sth. 擅长做某事 8.learn ________ ________ sth. 学习做某事
9.___ sb. (not) ___ sth. 让某人（不要）做某事 10.walk ________ the lake 湖边漫步
11.____ ____ 穿上 12.be good ____ ... 对……有益
13.____ many ________在许多方面 14.the ____________ of... ……的背景设定
15.____________yo-yo 抖空竹 16.____ the ________ 在公园里
17.all year ________一年四季；全年 18.________ ____ do sth. 需要做某事
19.______ sth. _____ sb. 某人随身携带某物 20.________ ____ 热身
21.do ________做运动 22. too_______太多（修饰不可数名词或作副词短语）
23.have ________玩得高兴 24.____ the ____________在操场上
25.____ the start 在开始时 26.____ the end 最后；终于
27.give ____ (doing) sth. 放弃（做）某事 28. ________ ________sth. 一直做某事；坚持做某事
29.play ____... 效力于…… 30.________ the ________ of sb. 在某人的帮助下
31.a member ____ ... ……中的一名成员 32.be ____________ for... 对……有帮助
33.a lot ________ =________ of 许多；大量 34. ________ a lot ________ ... 从……中学到很多
35.________ the dog 遛狗 36. ________ a bird 喂鸟
37.________ Tai Chi 打太极 38.watch ____________ games 观看滑雪比赛
39.____ TV 在电视上 40.in the ________________在山上；在山里
41.a ____________ ____________ 体育调查 42.the ____________ of... ……的结果
43.a ________ of ____________一条短裤 44.____________ a walk 散步
45.play _____ sth./sb. 玩某物；和某人一起玩 46.________ jianzi 踢毽子
47.________ a ____________ day 举行运动会 48.____________________ race 两人三足赛跑
49.________ __________写下
语言运用
第 15 页 共 24 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·词汇 短语 句型归纳（默写版）
1.—________ the ____________ ________in autumn 秋天的天气怎么样？
—____ cool. 很凉爽。
2.—________ do you like ________ ____ autumn 你喜欢在秋天干什么？
—I like ________ ____ my family. 我喜欢和我的家人一起远足。
3.—What ________ you ________ 你正在做什么？
—I ____ ________ on my football ________. 我正在穿球鞋。
4.____ you want ____________(come) and play ________ me 你想来和我一起玩吗？
5.I’m not ________(real) good at ____________football. 我真的不擅长踢足球。
6.________ not ________ the football ________ 为什么不加入足球社团呢？
7.I ________ I can play ____________ well ________you. 我希望我能像你一样踢得很好。
8.It’s ____________ ____ the morning. 早晨阳光明媚。
9.The girl is ____________ Chinese yo-yo ____ the park. 女孩在公园里抖空竹。
10.____________ is good ________ your ____________. 锻炼对你的健康有益。
11.____ most sports, it’s ____________ ____ warm up __________ exercise.
对于大多数运动来说，运动前热身很重要。
12.________ do sports too ________ in very hot ____ cold ____________.
在非常炎热或寒冷的天气里不要做太多的运动。
13.He often ________ football _________ his classmates ________ class ____ Friday.
星期五下课后，他经常和同学们踢足球。
14.All the boys ____ having ________ ____ the playground. 所有的男孩子们在操上玩得很高兴。
15.He keeps ____________ and ____________ the ball. 他不停地跑动和传球。
16. ____ the end, they ________ the game two ____ one. 最终，他们以 2:1的比分赢得了比赛。
17.She always ________ good ________exercise. 她运动后总是感觉很好。
18.They are ____________ for ________. 他们对他很有帮助。
19.The ________(sun) weather makes us ________ . 阳光明媚的天气让我们感到温暖。
20.I learn how ________________ fast. 我学会了如何跑得快。
21.I am ____________ a bike. 我在骑自行车。
22.It is ________. 天正在下雨。
23.It ________ ________. 天没有在下雪。
24.________ ________ do you do ________ favorite sport every ________
你每周会花多长时间进行你最喜欢的运动？
25.________ new sport do you want ________________ 你想学习哪项新运动？
第 16 页 共 24 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·词汇 短语 句型归纳（默写版）
26.I enjoy different ____________ in different ____________. 我喜欢不同的季节的不同活动。
27.I read rooks ____ home. 我在家看书。
28.But ____ sunny days, I can play ________ snow outdoors ________ my friends.
但是在晴天，我能和我的朋友们在户外一起玩雪。
29.____ my school, we have a ________ day every ________ and ________.
每年春季和秋季，我们学校都会举行运动会。
30.Some ________ are having ________________ races ____ a team.
其他一些人则以团队的形式进行（两人）三足赛跑。
第 17 页 共 24 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·词汇 短语 句型归纳（默写版）
Unit 5 Love Mother Nature
词汇分类记
自然地理
自然____________ 气候______________ 空气_______ 土；地球_______
海；海洋_______ 江；河_______ 瀑布____________ 沙漠_______
草原__________ （热带）雨林_______ 山丘；小山______ 森林_______
南方；南方的_______ 北方；北方的_______
动物&植物
动物__________ 尾巴_______ 熊猫_______ 熊_______
猴子___________ 马_______ 奶牛_______ 蝙蝠_______
蜜蜂_______ 蝴蝶__________ 鱼_______ 鲨鱼_______
鸭_______ 植物_______ 草；草地_______ 竹子______________
食物
苹果_______ 鸡蛋_______ 奶_______ 蔬菜______________
面条_______ 饺子______________ 大米_______
词汇句中用
1.房子______________ 窗户______________
这个房子有一个大窗户。
The _______ _______(have) a big ______________.
2.到达；得到_______ 地方；场所_______ 顶部；最高的_______
我怎样才能到达那个地方的顶部呢？
_______ can I _______ to the _______ of that place
3.飞_______ 晚上_______ 活跃的______________→活跃地______________
蝙蝠经常在夜间活跃地飞行。
Bats often _______ ______________at _______.
4.认为______________ 这些_______ 野生的_______ 植物_______ 生长；成长_______
我认为这些野生的植物可以长得非常高。
I _______ _______ _______ can _______ very tall.
5.雨林______________ 沙漠______________ 奇迹______________ 自然______________
雨林和沙漠是大自然的奇迹。
______________ and ______________ are ______________ of ______________.
6.主要的_______ 差异；区别______________ →不同的______________
第 18 页 共 24 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·词汇 短语 句型归纳（默写版）
这两个苹果的主要差异是颜色不同。
The _______ ______________ between _______ two apples is that they are ____________in color.
7.风筝_______ 飞；放_______ 大量；充足______________ 天空_______
天上有很多风筝在飞。
There are ______________ of _______ ______________ in the _______ .
8.攀登_______ 健康的______________ 每天的______________
在日常生活中，他们经常去爬山以保持健康。
They often go ______________ to keep ______________ in their ______________ life.
9.理解；了解______________ 重要性______________ 清新的；新鲜的______________
你明白新鲜空气对人的重要性吗？
Do you ______________ the ______________ of ______________ air _______ people
10.休息；其余______________ 在……下面______________ 将会_______
我们将会在树下休息。
We _______ have a _______ _______ a tree.
短语搭配
1.be _______ _______是……所在地/栖息地 2.fall _______从……落下
3._____pictures ____sb./sth. 与某人/某物合影 4.many ____ of... 许多种类的……；各种各样的……
5.sea ______________海洋动物 6. _______ the _______ of... 在……的顶部
7.talk _______ 谈论；讨论 8.keep _______ 阻止；（使）留在外面
9._______ water 取水 10._______ night 在夜里
11._______ the day 在白天 12.______________kinds of... 不同种类的……
13._______ the cable cars 乘坐缆车 14._______ a good look _______ ... 好好看看……
15._______ of... 大量的…… 16._______ a few 很少；只有少数
17.live _______ 以……为生 18.look _______ ... 看……
19.be _______ _______ do sth. 做某事很困难 20.take sth. _______ sb. 随身携带某物
21.go _______ _______ park 去公园 22. _______ a _______ 放风筝
23._______ a good _______ 好好休息 24.the ______________of... ……的重要性
25._______ sth. _______ do... 使用……做…… 26.be ______________ _______对……重要
27.______ our _____ life 在我们的日常生活中 e _______来自
29._______ the _______ of... 在……的南部 30._______ the ______________of... 在……的中间
31._______ animals 野生动物 32.look _______照顾
33.have a good _______玩得开心 34.make _______组成
第 19 页 共 24 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·词汇 短语 句型归纳（默写版）
35.a big _______ of... ……的重要部分 36.all _______ the ______________ 全世界
37.keep sb. ______________保持健康 38._______ food 主食
39.make _______生火
语言运用
1.It has _______ rain here, _______ it’s very _______ . 这里雨水很少，所以很干燥。
2.It is home _______ many ______________ and ______________. 它是许多植物和动物的家园。
3.You can _______ many ____________ of ______ animals in it. 你可以在里面发现很多种海洋动物。
4.There _______ a lot _______ grass. 有很多草。
5._______ _______ a desert _______ 沙漠是什么样的？
6.Bats and birds _______ _______. 蝙蝠和鸟都会飞。
7.Pandas live _______ the ______________of China. 熊猫生活在中国的山区。
8._______ favourite food _______ bamboo. 他们喜爱的食物是竹子。
9.____ a rainforest, it is _____ and _____ , and it rains _____ lot. 在雨林里，天气温暖潮湿，雨水很多。
10.Plants can _______ very tall, and animals have plenty _______ food _______ eat.
植物可以长得很高，动物有足够的食物吃。
11.Rainforests and deserts are ______________ of _______ . 雨林和沙漠是大自然的奇迹。
12.A plant _______ three things _______ grow: _______ , _______ and _______ .
植物生长需要三样东西：太阳、土壤和水。
13.The lake is _______ _______ find. 这个湖很难找到。
14._______ can _______ in the water. 鲨鱼会在水里游泳。
15.They _______ _______ trees. 他们不会爬树。
16.It is great _______ ______________(watch) him in the zoo. 在动物园看他很有趣。
17.Trees _______ home to many _______ animals. 树为许多野生动物提供了栖息地。
18.______________ can have a good _______ _______the tree. 人们能够在树下好好休息。
19.Trees can _______ us clean _______. 树能为我们带来干净的空气。
20.My cousin _______ I come _______ two ______________ _______in Yunnan.
我和我表妹来自云南的两个不同的地方。
21.It is _______ the _______ of Yunnan. 它在云南南部。
22. Welcome ______________(visit) our beautiful ______________.欢迎来参观我们美丽的家乡。
第 20 页 共 24 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·词汇 短语 句型归纳（默写版）
Unit 6 Celebrating the Big Days
词汇分类记
月份______________
一月____________ 二月______________ 三月______________ 四月_______
五月_______ 六月_______ 七月_______ 八月______________
九月___________ 十月______________ 十一月______________十二月______________
基数词
一_______ 二_______ 三_______ 四_______
五_______ 六_______ 七_______ 八_______
九_______ 十_______ 十一_____________ 十二______________
十三__________ 十五______________ 二十____________ 三十______________
四十___________ 五十______________ 百______________
序数词
第一_________(缩写：_______) 第二________(缩写：_______)
第三_________(缩写：_______) 第五________(缩写：_______)
第八____________ 第九________
第十二__________ 第二十______________第二十一_____________(缩写：_______)
短语搭配
1._______ _______Festival 重阳节 2.______________ Festival 中秋节
3._______ _______ Festival 端午节 4.______________ Festival 春节
5.______________ Festival 元宵节 6.______________ Day 清明节
7._____ _____ August 15th 在农历八月十五 8._______ the _______ 赏月
9._______ the _______ 扫墓 10.get _______ money 获得压岁钱
11._______ family ______________已故家人 12.______ over the world = _______ the world全世界
13.go ______________去游泳 14._______ sth. _______ sb. 为某人买某物
15.tidy _______ 整理，清洁 16._______ A B 把 A称作 B
17.go on family ______________ 全家去远足；参加全家徒步旅行
18.be happy _______ do sth. 高兴做某事 19._______ sth. _______. sb. 与某人分享某事
20.drink _______ _______ 喝橙汁 21.a birthday _______ 一张生日贺卡
22._______ the street 在大街上 23.the _______ of... ……的顺序
24.the _______ of... ……的结尾 25._______ cards _______ sb. 为某人制作卡片
26.give sth.____ sb.=give sb. sth. 把某物给某人 27.a _______ festival 一个重大的节日
第 21 页 共 24 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·词汇 短语 句型归纳（默写版）
28.have a _____ ________吃一顿丰盛的晚餐 29.a _______ ______________ 一位伟大的思想家
30._______ a teacher 作为一名老师 31._______ many _______以许多方式；在许多方面
32.give best ____ _____... 致以最良好的祝愿 33.the ______________ lunar _______中国农历年
34.____ celebrations ___...举行庆祝活动以…… 35._______ _______张贴，挂起；搭建
36._______ the table 在吃饭时；在餐桌上 37._______ a show 观看演出；观看节目
38.be ______________ _______do sth. 对做某事感到激动/兴奋
39._______ sb. to do sth. 带某人去做某事 40.______________ Day 植树节
41._______ the end 最后 42._______ dumplings 包饺子
43._______ trees 在树上（外来物） 44._______ Tian’anmen Square 在天安门广场
45._______ the ______________ of streets 在街道两边
46._______ great fun 玩得非常开心 47.prepare _______ ... 为……作准备
48._______ the lantern ______________猜灯谜 49.______________ Qu Yuan 纪念屈原
50._______ important ______________festival 一个重要的传统节日
51.______doing 通过做某事（表手段，方法）52.the ______________ Day 国庆节
53.______________ Day 母亲节 54._______ _______不得不
词汇句中练
1.The ____________________________ is _______ lunar August 15th. 中秋节在农历八月十五。
2.____ April 5th, people ______ the ______of their ______family members ______Tomb-sweeping Day.
4月 5日左右，人们在清明节扫墓。
3.The Double _______ Festival _______ _______the _______day of the _______ lunar month.
重阳节在农历九月初九。
4._______ months are in ______________ 哪些月份在夏季？
5._______ you _______ swimming _______ me 你能和我一起去购物吗？
6.I’m _______ , I _______. 抱歉，我不能。
7.I’m ______________ some flowers _______ Tomb-sweeping Day. 我在为清明节买一些花。
8.It is a festival to ________ your _______ ___________ members. 这是一个纪念已故家人的节日。
9.Thank you ____ _____(tell) me so much _____ this festival. 谢谢你告诉我这么多关于这个节日的事。
10._______ welcome. 不客气。
11.The students are learning ______________ about _____________________ Day.
学生们正在学习一些关于元旦的知识。
12.Lingling and Jane are making _______ _______their friends. 玲玲和简正在为她们的朋友制作贺卡。
13.They give the cards _______ their friends _______ New Year’s Day.
第 22 页 共 24 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·词汇 短语 句型归纳（默写版）
在元旦那天，他们把贺卡送给他们的朋友。
14.Christmas is a _______ ______________ in America.
圣诞节是美国的一个重大的节日。
15._______ Christmas, they _______ a big dinner and _______ presents to each _______.
在圣诞节期间，他们在一起吃丰盛的晚餐，并且互赠礼物。
16.Confucious is a great ______________ and teacher in Chinese ______________.
孔子是中国历史上伟大的思想家和老师。
17._______ a teacher, he ______________ his students how ______________(think) and _______ to be.
作为一名教师，他不仅教学生如何思考，还教导他们成为怎样的人。
18.______________ 10th is ______________ Day in China.
在中国，九月十日是教师节。
19._______ this day, students thank their teachers _______ _______ _______ .
在这一天，学生们通过很多方式向他们的老师表达感谢。
20.Sometimes they _______ songs for their teachers and give best _______ to them.
有时他们为老师唱歌并送上最美好的祝愿。
21.It’s the _______ day of the Chinese lunar year, and we are __________ celebrations to ___________
the Spring Festival.
今天是中国农历年的最后一天，我们正在举行庆祝活动迎接新年。
22.Now, it’s time _______ supper.
现在该吃晚饭了。
23._______ the table, my grandparents give some _______ money to my young _______ and me.
在餐桌上，我的祖父母给了我和哥哥弟弟们一些压岁钱。
24.All the Chinese ____ the world watch the _______ and welcome the __________New Year _______ .
全世界所有的中国人都在看春晚，一起欢迎中国的新年。
25.We all _______ the family time and are excited ______________ the Spring Festival holiday together.
我们都在享受家庭时光，一起兴奋地度过春节假期。
26._______ one ______________ people are taking part _______ the dragon boat _______.
大约一百个人在参加龙舟比赛。
27._____ Tree-planting Day every year, Miss Wang always takes her students ________trees in the park.
在每年的植树节，王老师总是带着她的学生去公园里种树。
28.She plants the _______ tree to _______ the students _______ to do it.
她种下第一个树来为学生展示如何做。
第 23 页 共 24 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·词汇 短语 句型归纳（默写版）
29. _______ the end, students plant trees _______ ______________.
最后，学生们亲自种树。
30._______ do your family do _______ the Spring Festival
在春节期间，你的家人都会做些什么？
31.And then we enjoy the _______ and _______ with _______ other.
然后我们一起赏月聊天。
32.My father lights the ______________ and hangs them _______ trees.
我的爸爸点亮灯，并笼把它们挂在树上。
33.Family members often _______ ______________ on that day.
在那天家人们经常相聚在一起。
34._______ , in the morning, we ______________ for the celebrations.
首先，在早晨，我们为庆祝活动作准备。
35._______ night, my sister and I guess the lantern ______________ with our grandparents.
在晚上，我和我的姐姐，还有我们的祖父母一起猜灯谜。
36.Chinese people ______________ the ______________ of the People’s Republic of China on that day.
在那天中国人庆祝中华人民共和国的生日。
37.Mother’s Day is _______ the ______________ Sunday in _______.
母亲节在五月的第二个星期日。
38.People ______ their love for their mothers _______ ________(give) them flowers and other _______.
人们通过送鲜花和其他的礼物来表达对他们母亲的爱。
39.Your father doesn’t ______________ work today.
你的爸爸今天不需要上班。
40.People always celebrate many ______________ ______________ ______________in China.
中国人总是会庆祝许多精彩的传统节日。
41.It's a good ______ to ______ good ______ to each other when the _______ _______ at ___________.
当钟声在午夜响起时，彼此说声“祝你好运”是个好主意。
第 24 页 共 24 页微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末复习·书面表达预测·范文背诵
Part 1: 书面表达题目预测
（一）命题作文
1. My School Life（我的校园生活）
介绍学校的基本情况，如学校的环境、设施等。
描述自己在学校的日常活动，如课程学习、课间活动、社团活动等。
表达自己对校园生活的感受，如喜欢学校的原因、在学校的收获等。
2. My Favorite Animal（我最喜欢的动物）
描述该动物的外貌特征，如大小、颜色、外形等。
介绍动物的生活习性，如食物、居住环境、活动特点等。
说明喜欢该动物的原因，如可爱、有趣、对人类有益等。
3. My Weekend（我的周末）
讲述周末通常的活动安排，如周六上午、下午、晚上分别做什么，周日的活动等。
分享周末活动中的有趣经历或感受。
表达对周末的期待或希望如何度过周末。
4. A Traditional Festival in China（中国的一个传统节日）
介绍节日的时间、名称及重要性。
描述节日的传统习俗，如庆祝方式、特色食物等。
谈谈自己对这个节日的感受或对传承传统文化的看法。
（二）话题作文
1. My Hobbies（我的爱好）
列举自己的爱好，如阅读、运动、音乐、绘画等。
分别介绍每个爱好的具体表现，如喜欢阅读什么类型的书籍，经常参加什么运动等。
阐述爱好给自己带来的影响，如放松身心、增长知识、结交朋友等。
2. My Family（我的家庭）
介绍家庭成员的基本信息，包括姓名、年龄、职业等。
描述家庭成员之间的关系，如相处融洽、相互关爱等。
讲述家庭中的有趣故事或温暖瞬间，展现家庭氛围。
3. My Dream（我的梦想）
写出自己的梦想是什么，如成为一名科学家、医生、教师等。
解释为什么有这样的梦想，可能受到的影响或启发。
说明为实现梦想自己打算怎么做，如努力学习、培养相关技能等。
第 1 页 共 6 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末复习·书面表达预测·范文背诵
4. How to Keep Healthy（如何保持健康）
提出保持健康的重要性。
列举保持健康的方法，如合理饮食（多吃蔬菜水果、少吃垃圾食品等）、适量运动（具体的
运动方式及频率）、良好的生活习惯（早睡早起、不熬夜等）。
鼓励大家养成健康的生活方式。
（三）书信作文
1. A Letter to My Friend（给朋友的一封信）
问候朋友，询问近况。
分享自己近期的生活、学习情况，如遇到的有趣事情、学习上的进步或困难等。
表达对朋友的思念之情，期待与朋友见面或保持联系。
2. A Letter to My Pen Pal（给笔友的一封信）
自我介绍，包括姓名、年龄、来自哪里、爱好等。
介绍自己家乡的情况，如地理位置、名胜古迹、特色美食等。
询问笔友的相关信息，表达希望相互了解、成为好朋友的愿望。
（四）看图作文
1. 描述一幅家庭活动的图片
仔细观察图片，描述图中的人物、场景和活动内容。
推测人物之间的关系以及活动的意义或目的。
适当发挥想象，补充细节，使文章更加完整。
2. 描述节日庆祝场景的图片
介绍图片所展示的节日，说明节日的特点。
描述人们在节日中的穿着、行为和表情等，体现节日的欢乐氛围。
表达自己对这个节日的感受或对图片中场景的印象。
第 2 页 共 6 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末复习·书面表达预测·范文背诵
Part 2：书面表达范文背诵
（一）命题作文
1. My School Life（我的校园生活）
My School Life
I study at [School Name]. It is a beautiful school with a big playground and several teaching
buildings. There is also a library full of all kinds of books.
I have classes from Monday to Friday. I like English and math classes very much. After class, I often
play basketball with my classmates on the playground. I am also a member of the school's art club. We
draw and paint together in the club.
I love my school life because I can learn a lot and make many friends. I feel very happy at school.
2. My Favorite Animal（我最喜欢的动物）
My Favorite Animal
My favorite animal is the panda. Pandas are very cute. They have black and white fur. Their bodies
are fat and round.
Pandas live mainly in bamboo forests. They love to eat bamboo. They spend most of their day eating
and sleeping. They move slowly and look very lovely.
I like pandas because they are national treasures of our country. They are so unique and precious.
They bring a lot of joy to people all over the world.
3. My Weekend（我的周末）
My Weekend
On Saturday morning, I usually get up late and then have a big breakfast. After that, I do my
homework. In the afternoon, I go to the park with my parents. We fly kites and take a walk there. In the
evening, I watch TV or read books.
On Sunday, I go to the bookstore in the morning. I like reading books about history and science. In
the afternoon, I play football with my friends. It's a lot of fun.
I really enjoy my weekends. I hope I can have more free time to do the things I like. I also want to go
to the zoo or the museum next weekend.
第 3 页 共 6 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末复习·书面表达预测·范文背诵
4. A Traditional Festival in China（中国的一个传统节日）
The Mid - Autumn Festival
The Mid - Autumn Festival is on the 15th day of the 8th lunar month. It is an important festival in
China.
On this day, families get together. We have a big dinner and eat mooncakes. The mooncakes are in
different flavors, like lotus seed paste and red bean paste. After dinner, we go outside to enjoy the full
moon. The moon is very bright and beautiful.
I like this festival because it makes me feel the warmth of family. It is also a good time to share
happiness with my family. We can talk and laugh together. I think we should pass on this traditional
festival and let more people know about it.
（二）话题作文
1. My Hobbies（我的爱好）
My Hobbies
I have many hobbies. I like reading very much. I enjoy reading different kinds of books, especially
novels and storybooks. I can travel to different worlds and learn a lot from the characters in the books.
I also love sports. I often play basketball with my friends. It makes me strong and healthy. When I
play basketball, I feel excited and energetic.
Music is another hobby of mine. I like listening to pop music. It can make me relaxed after a busy
day. Sometimes I also sing along with the music.
My hobbies have brought me a lot of happiness. They make my life more colorful. I can make new
friends through my hobbies and learn new things every day.
2. My Family（我的家庭）
My Family
There are three people in my family: my father, my mother and me. My father is a teacher. He is
very kind and patient. He likes reading books and watching sports games. My mother is a doctor. She is
very busy but always takes good care of me. She loves cooking and making our home warm and
comfortable.
My parents and I get along very well. We often talk and share our feelings. On weekends, we
sometimes go for a picnic or watch a movie together. One of the warmest moments in my family was
when I was sick and my parents took care of me day and night. They made me feel loved and safe.
I love my family very much. They are the most important people in my life.
第 4 页 共 6 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末复习·书面表达预测·范文背诵
3. My Dream（我的梦想）
My Dream
My dream is to become a scientist. I have been interested in science since I was a little child. I like to
explore the mysteries of nature and find out how things work.
I want to be a scientist because I believe that science can change the world and make people's lives
better. I hope to invent new things that can help solve problems like environmental pollution and energy
shortage.
To achieve my dream, I study hard at school. I pay attention in class and do a lot of experiments. I
also read many science books and magazines to expand my knowledge. I believe that as long as I keep
working hard, my dream will come true one day.
4. How to Keep Healthy（如何保持健康）
How to Keep Healthy
Keeping healthy is very important for everyone. A healthy body can help us study and work better.
First, we should have a balanced diet. We should eat more fruits, vegetables, whole grains and less
junk food. Drink plenty of water every day. Second, regular exercise is necessary. We can choose a sport
we like, such as running, swimming or cycling, and do it at least three times a week. Third, we need to
have enough sleep. Go to bed early and get up early.
In addition, we should also keep a good mood. Don't be too stressed. Smile more and communicate
with others. Let's all take action to keep healthy and enjoy a better life.
（三）书信作文
1. A Letter to My Friend（给朋友的一封信）
Dear [Friend's Name],
How are you I hope everything is going well with you.
I have had a great time recently. I took part in a school sports meeting and won a medal in the
running race. It was really exciting. But I also had some difficulties in my math study. I found some
problems a bit hard to understand.
I really miss you. We used to have so much fun together. I hope we can meet soon. Maybe we can
go to the park and have a picnic like we used to.
Best wishes!
Yours, [Your Name]
第 5 页 共 6 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末复习·书面表达预测·范文背诵
2. A Letter to My Pen Pal（给笔友的一封信）
Dear Pen Pal,
My name is [Your Name]. I am 13 years old and I come from [City Name]. I like reading, painting
and playing the piano.
My hometown is a very beautiful place. It is famous for its ancient temples and delicious food. There
is a big lake in the center of the city. It is very peaceful and people like to take a walk around it.
I would like to know more about you. What are your hobbies What is your hometown like I hope
we can become good friends and share our lives with each other.
Looking forward to your reply.
Best regards,
[Your Name]
（四）看图作文
1. 描述一幅家庭活动的图片
A Happy Family Activity
In the picture, there is a family in the park. The father is flying a kite. The kite is very colorful and
looks like a big butterfly. The mother is sitting on the grass and watching the father and the children with
a smile. There are two children. One is running after the father, trying to catch the kite. The other is
playing with a ball beside the mother.
They seem to be a very happy family. The father and the children are having a great time flying the
kite. It is a good way for them to relax and enjoy the outdoor activities. The mother is enjoying the family
time by watching them. This activity can bring the family closer and create many beautiful memories.
2. 描述节日庆祝场景的图片
The Spring Festival Celebration
The picture shows the celebration of the Spring Festival. People are wearing new clothes and the
streets are decorated with red lanterns. There is a big dragon dance performance. The dragon is very long
and looks very vivid. The dancers are dancing with great energy.
The Spring Festival is the most important festival in China. It is a time for family reunion. People
usually clean their houses, paste couplets and set off firecrackers before the festival. During the festival,
they have big dinners together and visit relatives and friends.
This festival makes people feel the strong atmosphere of traditional culture. It is full of joy and
happiness. Everyone is looking forward to the coming of the new year and hoping for a better life.
第 6 页 共 6 页微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·书面表达 15 篇（学生版）
1．请你以“My Favorite Sport”为题，并根据以下要点和要求用英语写一篇短文，介绍你最喜
欢的运动。
要点：
1. 你最喜欢的体育运动是什么；
2. 你喜欢它的理由是什么；
3. 你在做这项运动时要注意什么。
要求：
1. 语句通顺，表达清晰；
2. 词数 80左右，可适当发挥。
参考词汇：energetic精力充沛的; do some stretches做一些伸展运动
My Favorite Sport
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
2．在新的学校, 新的班级里, 你一定结交了不少的新朋友吧。学校的英语校刊要举办一期题
为“My New Friend”的征文活动。假如你是 Li Xiang, 请你根据以下提示，写一篇英语征文。
要求: （1）70词左右；（2）不出现真实的人名和班级。
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
第 1 页 共 26 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·书面表达 15 篇（学生版）
3．请根据表格内容用英语写一篇介绍自己的短文。
要求：50词左右。（开头已给出）
Name Song Meimei Age 13
Class In Class 1, Grade 7 Friend Helen (13 years old, from the US)
English teacher Mr Smith ( from the UK) Class teacher Gao Hui (35 years old)
Hello, everyone! My name is Song Meimei.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
4．假设你是李欣，请结合全家福介绍家人，提示词须都用上，可适当发挥，开头已给出，不
计入总词数。60词左右。
Hi, I’m LiXin.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
第 2 页 共 26 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·书面表达 15 篇（学生版）
5．亲爱的同学们，初中生活开启了我们人生新的旅程。请结合图片和要点提示，以“My
wonderful School Life”为题，写一篇英语短文，介绍你的学校生活。
MyWonderful School Life
注意：
1. 所写内容必须包括图示中所有信息，并作适当发挥；
2. 词数 80字左右。开头已给出，不计入总词数；
3. 文中不得出现真实的人名、校名等相关信息。
MyWonderful School Life
I’m Mike, a new student at Sunshine Middle School. I live a happy life here. ___________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
6．假如你是 Jim，请给你的笔友 Lily 写一封电子邮件，介绍自己的一些情况，要点如下：
Basic information
thirteen years old, tall and strong, short hair, wear a pair of glasses…
（基本信息）
Family live with my family in Zhenjiang…
School life subjects… activities…
Hobbies I like…
Feelings my teachers…, my classmates…, my school…
要求：
第 3 页 共 26 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·书面表达 15 篇（学生版）
1. 字数 80左右，开头和结尾已经给出，不计入总词数；
2. 内容必须包括表格中所有的信息，并适当发挥；
3. 不得透露真实的姓名等任何个人信息。
Dear Lily,
I’d like to tell you something about myself. My name is Jim. _______________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
Best wishes,
Jim
7．学校网站英语专栏正在开展以“My school”为题的征文活动，请你根据提示要求用英语写一
篇短文投稿。
注意事项：（1）文中不能出现真实姓名、校名等信息；
（2）词数：80词左右；
（3）文章必须包含所有要点，可适当发挥，使短文连贯、通顺。
My school
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
8．假如你是李华，你加入了学校英语俱乐部。在一次线上联谊活动时，你看到一则征集笔友
的信息，你想与他做朋友。请根据信息内容，给他写一封邮件。
第 4 页 共 26 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·书面表达 15 篇（学生版）
An online friend wanted
Hi! I’m a student in Grade 7 and I want to find an online friend. If you want to be my friend, can
you tell me something about yourself What is your hobby Can you introduce your school and share
your life at school
Let me know more about you!
Wang Hai
注意：1. 文中不能出现真实姓名、校名等信息；
2. 文章需包括所有要点，并适当发挥，使短文连贯、通顺；
3. 词数 80词左右，信的开头和结尾已写好，不计入总词数。
Dear Wang Hai,
I really want to be your online friend. Let me tell you something about myself. _________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
I hope we can be good friends soon.
Yours,
Li Hua
9．校园生活丰富多彩，不仅有课上的书声朗朗，还有课下的欢声笑语。假如你是七年级二班
的学生高桥，你们年级近期要举办以“My Favorite School Day”为主题的英语演讲比赛。请你根据提
示问题，写一篇英语演讲稿。
提示问题：1. What school day do you like best
2. What’s your favorite subject Why
3. What do you do after school
写作要求：1. 内容应包括提示中所有信息，可适当发挥；
2. 作文中不得出现真实的地名、校名和人名；
3. 不少于 60词(开头和结尾已给出，不计入总词数)。
Hello, everyone! I’m Gao Qiao from Class 2, Grade 7. My school life is colorful. _______________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
第 5 页 共 26 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·书面表达 15 篇（学生版）
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
Thank you!
10．假设你是 Amy，请你根据下面表格中的提示信息，写一篇英语短文，介绍你的家庭成员。
My Family
Amy 13 years old, a middle school student
father a doctor, hospital, busy
mother an English teacher, middle school
sister 3 years
On weekends park, walk, fly kites
要求：1. 必须包括表格中所有的提示信息，可适当发挥；
2. 词数 60左右。
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
11．请你以“Our hometown”为题，写一篇短文介绍你和你朋友的家乡。
内容包括：
1、Location 2、Climate 3、Plants and animals 4、Activities
要求：
1、可适当增加细节，以使行文连贯。
2、词数不少于 80，开头和结尾已给出，不计入总词数。
Our hometown
第 6 页 共 26 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·书面表达 15 篇（学生版）
My friend and I come from two different places in ________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
Welcome to visit our beautiful hometown!
12．以“My Favorite Festival”为题，写一篇短文，介绍你最喜欢的节日。
要求：1. 条理清楚，语句通顺；2. 不少于 60词。
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
13．假如你是李华，你的英国笔友Mike非常想了解中国传统节日——春节。请你给他写一封
邮件，介绍春节。内容包括：
提示词语：clean the house, have a big dinner, visit, important
提示问题：
What do you usually do during the Spring Festival
What do you like to do Why
What do you think of the Spring Festival
Dear Mike,
How is it going
Spring Festival is one of the most important traditional festivals in China.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
第 7 页 共 26 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·书面表达 15 篇（学生版）
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
Best wishes!
Yours,
Li Hua
14．假如你是李华，你的英国朋友 Peter想了解你周末经常做什么、你最喜欢的周末活动是
什么以及你的感受。请根据以下提示问题，给他写一封不少于 60词的邮件。已给出部分不计入总
词数。
提示问题：
· What do you often do on weekends (做什么)
· What’s your favourite activity (最喜欢活动)
· What do you think of your weekend (感受)
提示词：go shopping, visit, do homework, help, busy, happy…
要求：
1. 包含所给信息，可适当发挥；
2. 条理清晰，语句通顺，语法正确，书写规范；
3. 60词左右，开头和结尾已给出，不计入总词数。
Dear Peter,
I’m glad to tell you something about my weekend activities.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
What about your weekend Please write to me soon!
Yours,
Li Hua
15．假如你是李华，刚升入初中一个月，初中生活丰富多彩，请根据以下表格中所给的要点
提示，给你的美国笔友 Jack写一封邮件，分享你的校园生活。
第 8 页 共 26 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·书面表达 15 篇（学生版）
作息 每天 6:30起床，步行去学校。上午 8点上课，下午 5点 30分放学
1. 学习 7门学科，对……（科目）很感兴趣，因为……
学习与课余活动 2. 跟朋友一起运动，意识到友谊的重要性
3. 周末活动丰富多彩，如：春天去公园赏花，……（补充一个活动）
感想 ……
要求：
1. 必须包含所给的要点，可适当增加细节，使行文连贯；
2. 文中不得出现真实姓名和学校等信息；
3. 80词左右；开头已给出，不计入总词数。
参考词汇：after-school activities (课外活动)
Dear Jack,
How is everything going with you I am so happy that I became a seventh-grader this September.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
What about you I’m looking forward to hearing from you.
Yours,
Li Hua
第 9 页 共 26 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·书面表达 15 篇（解析版）
1．请你以“My Favorite Sport”为题，并根据以下要点和要求用英语写一篇短文，介绍你最喜
欢的运动。
要点：
1. 你最喜欢的体育运动是什么；
2. 你喜欢它的理由是什么；
3. 你在做这项运动时要注意什么。
要求：
1. 语句通顺，表达清晰；
2. 词数 80左右，可适当发挥。
参考词汇：energetic精力充沛的; do some stretches做一些伸展运动
【答案】例文
My Favorite Sport
I’m from Anhui, China. My favorite sport is running.
Running is a great sport. It makes me feel free. This sport can help me stay fit and energetic. Every
time I go running, I can feel my body is getting stronger.
Before going for a run, we should remember three things. First, we need to do some stretches to
warm up. Second, we shouldn’t wear too heavy clothes. Third, we can choose a safe place to run. These
can help us stay safe and enjoy running.
I love running. It’s so much fun.
【详解】
[总体分析]
① 题材：本文是一篇材料作文。
② 时态：全文使用“一般现在时”，因为描述的是个人的兴趣和日常习惯。
③ 提示：文章结构简单明了，按照题目要求，从最喜欢的运动是什么开始，接着说明原因，再列
出做这项运动时需要注意的事项。注意要紧扣题目内容，避免偏离主题或遗漏要点。
【写作步骤】第一步，要明确指出自己最喜欢的运动是什么。
第二步，阐述喜欢它的理由。
第三步，提到做这项运动时要注意的安全问题等，并结束文章。
【亮点词汇】①stay fit保持健康 ②energetic精力充沛的
③do some stretches做一些伸展运动 ④warm up热身
【高分句型】①Every time I go running, I can feel my body is getting stronger. （时间状语从句）
②I can feel my body is getting stronger. （宾语从句）
第 10 页 共 26 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·书面表达 15 篇（解析版）
2．在新的学校, 新的班级里, 你一定结交了不少的新朋友吧。学校的英语校刊要举办一期题
为“My New Friend”的征文活动。假如你是 Li Xiang, 请你根据以下提示，写一篇英语征文。
要求: （1）70词左右；（2）不出现真实的人名和班级。
【答案】例文
My New Friend
Hello, everyone! I’m Li Xiang. My English name is Tim. I’m 13 years old. I’m from Zhengzhou. I
have many good friends. Xiao Kang is one of them. We are classmates. We call him Kangkang in our
class. His student number is 2143863. His English name is Tom. He is from Beijing. It’s a big city.
He is tall and strong. He is 13, too. And he likes playing basketball very much. He is helpful. He
loves helping other students. He studies hard at school.
This is my friend. We are from different cities but we study in Beijing. Therefore, we are good
friends. Do you have good friends
【详解】
[总体分析]
① 本文是一篇材料作文。
② 时态：时态主要为“一般现在时”。
③ 提示：写作要点已给出，考生应注意不要遗漏要点。注意行文连贯，逻辑清晰，无拼写和语法
错误。
[写作步骤]
第一步，简单介绍一下自己及自己的新朋友，包括名字，年龄，家乡，学生编号等；
第二步，介绍自己新朋友的爱好、长相和性格；
第三步，总结全文。
[亮点词汇]
①one of them他们中的一个
②call him Kangkang叫他康康
③study hard努力学习
[高分句型]
We are from different cities but we study in Beijing. (but引导的表转折的并列句)
第 11 页 共 26 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·书面表达 15 篇（解析版）
3．请根据表格内容用英语写一篇介绍自己的短文。
要求：50词左右。（开头已给出）
Name Song Meimei Age 13
Class In Class 1, Grade 7 Friend Helen (13 years old, from the US)
English teacher Mr Smith ( from the UK) Class teacher Gao Hui (35 years old)
【答案】例文
Hello, everyone! My name is Song Meimei. I am 13 years old. I am in Class 1, Grade 7. My best
friend is Helen. She is also 13 and she comes from the US. My English teacher is Mr. Smith, and he is
from the UK. My class teacher, Gao Hui, is 35 years old. I enjoy studying and spending time with my
friends.
【详解】
[总体分析]
①题材：本文是一篇材料作文；
②时态：时态为一般现在时；
③提示：根据提示内容介绍自己的相关信息，适当增加细节。
[写作步骤]
第一步，介绍自己的信息；
第二步，介绍自己的朋友和老师；
第三步，书写结语。
[亮点词汇]
①come from来自
②enjoy doing sth. 喜欢做某事
[高分句型]
She is also 13 and she comes from the US. (and连接的并列句)
4．假设你是李欣，请结合全家福介绍家人，提示词须都用上，可适当发挥，开头已给出，不
计入总词数。60词左右。
第 12 页 共 26 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·书面表达 15 篇（解析版）
【答案】例文
Hi, I’m LiXin. This is my family photo. Here’s my dad. He’s handsome and funny. He likes playing
tennis and basketball. He plays it every week. Next to him is my mum. She’s beautiful and she always
happy. She likes reading. The tall girl is me. I’m clever and I like playing the guitar. The old man is my
grandpa. He is tall and he likes Chinese chess. The old woman is my grandma. She is kind. She has a pet
cat. She likes flowers and plants.
We love and help each other.
【详解】
[总体分析]
①题材：本文是一篇材料作文；
②时态：时态为“一般现在时”；
③提示：写作要点已给出，考生应注意不要遗漏提示，并适当添加细节，突出写作重点。
[写作步骤]
第一步，承接短文开头，开篇点题；
第二步，详细介绍家庭成员的爱好和外貌；
第三步，表达自己的感受。
[亮点词汇]
①like doing sth. 喜欢做某事
②Chinese chess中国象棋
③pet cat宠物猫
④each other彼此
[高分句型]
She’s beautiful and she always happy. （and连接的并列句）
5．亲爱的同学们，初中生活开启了我们人生新的旅程。请结合图片和要点提示，以“My
wonderful School Life”为题，写一篇英语短文，介绍你的学校生活。
MyWonderful School Life
注意：
第 13 页 共 26 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·书面表达 15 篇（解析版）
1. 所写内容必须包括图示中所有信息，并作适当发挥；
2. 词数 80字左右。开头已给出，不计入总词数；
3. 文中不得出现真实的人名、校名等相关信息。
【答案】例文
MyWonderful School Life
I’m Mike, a new student at Sunshine Middle School. I live a happy life here.
My school is big and beautiful with many tall buildings and green trees. There are twenty-four
classes in our school and each class has about forty students. The students here are very helpful and all
the teachers are kind to us. They try their best to make their lessons interesting. Among all my subjects, I
like Geography best because I love travelling and I’d like to learn more about different places and
cultures.
After school, we do lots of after-school activities. I’m a member of the Reading Club, and I go there
twice a week. I also play sports in the playground. It’s great fun to play ball games with friends. At
weekends, I often go swimming with my best friend Amy.
My school life is really wonderful, and I always have a great time here.
【详解】
[总体分析]
①题材：本文是一篇记叙文，为材料作文；
②时态：时态为“一般现在时”；
③提示：写作要点已给出，写作时根据提示信息讲述你的校园生活，可适当增加细节，突出写作要
点。
[写作步骤]
第一步，介绍自己，引出话题；
第二步，根据提示信息讲述你的校园生活；
第三步，书写结语。
[亮点词汇]
①try one’s best to do sth. 尽最大努力做某事
②learn about了解
③lots of许多
④go swimming去游泳
⑤have a great time玩得愉快
[高分句型]
第 14 页 共 26 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·书面表达 15 篇（解析版）
①There are twenty-four classes in our school and each class has about forty students. (There be句型)
②I like Geography best because I love travelling and I’d like to learn more about different places and
cultures. (because引导的原因状语从句)
6．假如你是 Jim，请给你的笔友 Lily 写一封电子邮件，介绍自己的一些情况，要点如下：
Basic information
thirteen years old, tall and strong, short hair, wear a pair of glasses…
（基本信息）
Family live with my family in Zhenjiang…
School life subjects… activities…
Hobbies I like…
Feelings my teachers…, my classmates…, my school…
要求：
1. 字数 80左右，开头和结尾已经给出，不计入总词数；
2. 内容必须包括表格中所有的信息，并适当发挥；
3. 不得透露真实的姓名等任何个人信息。
【答案】例文
Dear Lily,
I’d like to tell you something about myself. My name is Jim. I’m 13 years old. I’m tall and strong. I
have short hair and I wear a pair of glasses.
I live with my family in Zhenjiang. Our school have many interesting subjects. My favourite subject
is maths because maths is important. I have much time to do after-school activities. I like playing football
best. I always practise it after school with my friends on Friday afternoon. I have some hobbies. I like
reading. I go to the bookshop every weekend because it has many kinds of books.
My classmates often help each other. I often play games with them. I love my teachers because they
care about us. My school is big and beautiful. It’s also the perfect place to study.
I love my school. Welcome to my school. If you come here, I will show you around it.
Best wishes,
Jim
【详解】
[总体分析]
①题材：本文是一封电子邮件；
第 15 页 共 26 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·书面表达 15 篇（解析版）
②时态：时态为“一般现在时”；
③提示：文章要点已经给出，按照话题展开阐述，可以适当增加细节，并突出写作重点。
[写作步骤]
第一步，介绍自己的基本信息：年龄、样貌特征等；
第二步，介绍自己的学校生活和爱好；
第三步，介绍在学校和老师和同学相处；
第四步，最后，介绍对学校生活的感受。
[亮点词汇]
①a pair of 一副
②after-school activities 课外活动
③like. . . best 最喜欢……
④play games with与 某人一起玩游戏
⑤care about 关心
[高分句型]
①My favourite subject is maths because maths is important. （because引导的原因状语从句）
②If you come here, I will show you around it. （if引导的条件状语从句）
7．学校网站英语专栏正在开展以“My school”为题的征文活动，请你根据提示要求用英语写一
篇短文投稿。
注意事项：（1）文中不能出现真实姓名、校名等信息；
（2）词数：80词左右；
（3）文章必须包含所有要点，可适当发挥，使短文连贯、通顺。
【答案】例文
My school
My school is beautiful. It has a modern library. There are all kinds of books in it. We can borrow
books there. We can read newspapers and magazines there as well. We have a lot of green spaces at
school. We enjoy spending time there. Sometimes we chat with teachers about our problems there too.
My favourite place is the big sports field. It is a perfect place for us to play games and watch exciting
matches. It’s great fun.
My school is not large, but it is a special place for me. I love my school.
第 16 页 共 26 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·书面表达 15 篇（解析版）
【详解】
[总体分析]
①题材：本文是一篇材料作文。
②时态：时态为“一般现在时”。
③提示：在写作时首先要根据给出的提示组织内容，除了所提示的内容外，要适当发挥，短文要连
贯、通顺
[写作步骤]
第一步，介绍学校里的建筑及在该地进行的活动。
第二步，介绍自己最喜欢的地方。
第三步，介绍对学校的感受。
[亮点词汇]
①all kinds of 各种各样的
②as well也
③a lot of 许多
④cheat with聊天
[高分句型]
①There are all kinds of books in it. （there be句型）
②My school is not large, but it is a special place for me. （but引导的并列句）
8．假如你是李华，你加入了学校英语俱乐部。在一次线上联谊活动时，你看到一则征集笔友
的信息，你想与他做朋友。请根据信息内容，给他写一封邮件。
An online friend wanted
Hi! I’m a student in Grade 7 and I want to find an online friend. If you want to be my friend, can
you tell me something about yourself What is your hobby Can you introduce your school and share
your life at school
Let me know more about you!
Wang Hai
注意：1. 文中不能出现真实姓名、校名等信息；
2. 文章需包括所有要点，并适当发挥，使短文连贯、通顺；
3. 词数 80词左右，信的开头和结尾已写好，不计入总词数。
【答案】例文
Dear Wang Hai,
I really want to be your online friend. Let me tell you something about myself.
第 17 页 共 26 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·书面表达 15 篇（解析版）
I am Li Hua, a Grade 7 student. I love reading books, especially novels and history books. In my free
time, I also enjoy playing basketball with my friends.
My school is quite big, with modern facilities. We have a library, science labs, and a great
playground. The teachers here are kind and helpful. I usually participate in different clubs like the English
club and the art club, which make my school life exciting.
I hope we can be good friends soon.
Yours,
Li Hua
【详解】
[总体分析]
① 题材：本文是一篇电子邮件；
② 时态：时态为“一般现在时”；
③ 提示：根据所给邮件的问题提示完成写作，注意标点符号及大小写等问题，不要犯语法错误。
注意上下文之间的逻辑关系，语意连贯。
[写作步骤]
第一步，介绍自己的个人信息情况；
第二步，介绍自己的学校以及自己的学校生活。
[亮点词汇]
① love doing sth喜欢做某事
② participate in参加
[高分句型]
I usually participate in different clubs like the English club and the art club, which make my school life
exciting. （定语从句）
9．校园生活丰富多彩，不仅有课上的书声朗朗，还有课下的欢声笑语。假如你是七年级二班
的学生高桥，你们年级近期要举办以“My Favorite School Day”为主题的英语演讲比赛。请你根据提
示问题，写一篇英语演讲稿。
提示问题：1. What school day do you like best
2. What’s your favorite subject Why
3. What do you do after school
写作要求：1. 内容应包括提示中所有信息，可适当发挥；
2. 作文中不得出现真实的地名、校名和人名；
3. 不少于 60词(开头和结尾已给出，不计入总词数)。
第 18 页 共 26 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·书面表达 15 篇（解析版）
【答案】例文
Hello, everyone! I’m Gao Qiao from Class 2, Grade 7. My school life is colorful. My favorite school
day is Tuesday. In the morning, we have four classes, Chinese, math, English and history. My favorite
subject is Chinese. Our Chinese teacher is very kind. She often tells us interesting stories, her class is
lively and fun.
In the afternoon, there is a music class. We learn different kinds of music, we often sing happily.
After school, I usually go to the school library. There are so many books there. I like reading books about
science and history. Sometimes, I also play basketball with my classmates on the playground. It’s fun to
play with my friends.
Tuesday is my favorite school day because I can learn my favorite subject and have a great time after
school.
Thank you!
【详解】
[总体分析]
①题材：本文是一篇演讲稿；
②时态：时态为“一般现在时”；
③提示：写作要点已给出，注意不要遗漏要点，可适当添加细节，并突出写作重点。
[写作步骤]
第一步，表明写作意图。根据文章已给出的开头，引出演讲比赛主题；
第二步，具体阐述最喜欢哪一天学校日及科目；
第三步，简单介绍放学后做的事情；
第四步，书写结语。
[亮点词汇]
①lively and fun生动有趣
②different kinds of不同种类的
③have a great time玩得开心
[高分句型]
Tuesday is my favorite school day because I can learn my favorite subject and have a great time after
school. (because引导的原因状语从句)
10．假设你是 Amy，请你根据下面表格中的提示信息，写一篇英语短文，介绍你的家庭成员。
My Family
第 19 页 共 26 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·书面表达 15 篇（解析版）
Amy 13 years old, a middle school student
father a doctor, hospital, busy
mother an English teacher, middle school
sister 3 years
On weekends park, walk, fly kites
要求：1. 必须包括表格中所有的提示信息，可适当发挥；
2. 词数 60左右。
【答案】范文：
My Family
Hello! My name is Amy. I’m 13 years old and I’m a middle school student. There are four people in
my family. My father is a doctor. He works in a hospital and he is very busy. My mother is an English
teacher in a middle school. She is very kind and her students all like her. I have a sister. She is only 3
years old. She is very lovely. On weekends, we often go to the park. We walk and fly kites there. We
always have a good time. I love my family very much.
【详解】
[总体分析]
① 题材：本文是一篇材料作文；
② 时态：时态为“一般现在时”；
③ 提示：根据所给提示完成写作，注意标点符号及大小写等问题，不要犯语法错误。注意上下文
之间的逻辑关系，语意连贯。
[写作步骤]
第一步，介绍 Amy的个人信息；
第二步，介绍她的家庭成员情况；
第三步，最后介绍周末活动。
[亮点词汇]
① on weekends在周末
② fly kites放风筝
③ have a good time玩得开心
[高分句型]
He works in a hospital and he is very busy. （and并列句）
第 20 页 共 26 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·书面表达 15 篇（解析版）
11．请你以“Our hometown”为题，写一篇短文介绍你和你朋友的家乡。
内容包括：
1、Location
2、Climate
3、Plants and animals
4、Activities
要求：
1、可适当增加细节，以使行文连贯。
2、词数不少于 80，开头和结尾已给出，不计入总词数。
【答案】例文
Our hometown
My friend and I come from two different places in Anhui.
My friend’s hometown is Huangshan. I am from Chaohu. It is in the middle of Anhui. It is beautiful.
The climate here is warm. It is not too hot in summer and not too cold in winter. The trees are always
green. There are a few animals living here. Huangshan is in the south of Anhui. It is also a good place. Its
climate is the same as that of Chaohu. There are many kinds of plants and animals here like pine trees and
monkeys. People in Anhui always have a slow life. They do many things they like. I believe you’ll have a
good time travelling here.
Welcome to visit our beautiful hometown!
【详解】[总体分析]
① 题材：本文是一篇材料作文；
② 时态：时态为“一般现在时”；
③ 提示：写作要点已给出，考生应注意不要遗漏提示的要点，适当添加细节，并突出写作重点。
[写作步骤]
第一步，开门见山。介绍你和你朋友的家乡在哪里。（开头已给出）
第二步，具体阐述。根据提示的内容，从位置、气候、动植物、活动等方面介绍你和你朋友的家乡。
第三步，书写结语。欢迎大家来家乡游玩。（结尾已给出）
[亮点词汇]
① in the middle of 在……中间
② in the south of 在……南边
③ the same as 与……相同
④ many kinds of 各种各样的
第 21 页 共 26 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·书面表达 15 篇（解析版）
⑤ have a good time doing sth. 玩得开心
[高分句型]
I believe you’ll have a good time travelling here. （省略 that的宾语从句）
12．以“My Favorite Festival”为题，写一篇短文，介绍你最喜欢的节日。
要求：1. 条理清楚，语句通顺；2. 不少于 60词。
【答案】例文
My Favorite Festival
My favorite festival is the Mid-Autumn Festival. It usually comes in September or October. On that
day, the moon is very round and bright. We get together with our family and have a big dinner. We eat
mooncakes, which are very delicious. After dinner, we go outside and enjoy the beautiful moon. We also
tell stories and play games. I like this festival because it makes me feel the warmth of family and the
beauty of nature. I always have a great time during the Mid-Autumn Festival.
【详解】
[总体分析]
①题材：本文是一篇话题作文；
②时态：时态为“一般现在时”；
③提示：写作要点已给出，考生应注意不要遗漏提示，并适当添加细节，突出写作重点。
[写作步骤]
第一步，提出自己喜欢的节日；
第二步，介绍在节日期间的活动；
第三步，总结。
[亮点词汇]
①get together聚在一起
②go outside出去
③have a great time玩得很开心
[高分句型]
①We eat mooncakes, which are very delicious. （定语从句）
②I like this festival because it makes me feel the warmth of family and the beauty of nature. （because
引导的原因状语从句）
13．假如你是李华，你的英国笔友Mike非常想了解中国传统节日——春节。请你给他写一封
邮件，介绍春节。内容包括：
提示词语：clean the house, have a big dinner, visit, important
第 22 页 共 26 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·书面表达 15 篇（解析版）
提示问题：
What do you usually do during the Spring Festival
What do you like to do Why
What do you think of the Spring Festival
【答案】One possible version:
Dear Mike,
How is it going Spring Festival is one of the most important traditional festivals in China. It often
comes in January or February. Before the festival, we always clean the house to sweep away bad luck. On
New Year’s Eve, all the family members come together to have a big dinner. The most traditional food is
dumplings. They are delicious. After dinner, we usually watch a special programme on TV.
I like to visit relatives and friends because I can get some presents. I think the Spring Festival is very
important for us.
Best wishes!
Yours,
Li Hua
【详解】
[总体分析]
①题材：本文是一篇应用文，为电子邮件；
②时态：时态为“一般现在时”；
③提示：写作要点已给出，考生应注意不要遗漏提示，并适当添加细节，突出写作重点。
[写作步骤]
第一步，首先承接短文开头。
第二步，根据所给的提示信息，给迈克写一封邮件，介绍中国传统节日——春节。
[亮点词汇]
①sweep away扫除
②come together到一起
[高分句型]
①Spring Festival is one of the most important traditional festivals in China. （one of +the +形容词最高
级+名词复数，是英语中最高级的固定搭配。表示“……是……中最……之一”）
②I like to visit relatives and friends because I can get some presents. （because引导的原因状语从句）
③I think the Spring Festival is very important for us. （省略 that的宾语从句）
第 23 页 共 26 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·书面表达 15 篇（解析版）
14．假如你是李华，你的英国朋友 Peter想了解你周末经常做什么、你最喜欢的周末活动是
什么以及你的感受。请根据以下提示问题，给他写一封不少于 60词的邮件。已给出部分不计入总
词数。
提示问题：
· What do you often do on weekends (做什么)
· What’s your favourite activity (最喜欢活动)
· What do you think of your weekend (感受)
提示词：go shopping, visit, do homework, help, busy, happy…
要求：
1. 包含所给信息，可适当发挥；
2. 条理清晰，语句通顺，语法正确，书写规范；
3. 60词左右，开头和结尾已给出，不计入总词数。
【答案】例文：
Dear Peter,
I’m glad to tell you something about my weekend activities.
On Saturday morning, I often do my homework. On Saturday afternoon, I usually do sport. On
Sunday, I often go shopping with my sister. Sometimes I visit my grandparents. On Saturday evening, I
like doing some chores best. I help my mother clean the room and do the dishes. I am happy to be helpful
in my family. When I see our house is clean and tidy, I’m very happy. I think my weekend is colourful.
What about your weekend Please write to me soon!
Yours,
Li Hua
【详解】
[总体分析]
①题材：本文是一封邮件；
②时态：时态以“一般现在时”为主；
③提示：写作要点已给出，考生应注意不要遗漏，适当增加细节，并突出写作重点。
[写作步骤]
第一步，写作意图开头已给出，写作时可直接描写你周末经常做什么。
第二步，具体阐述写作内容，主要围绕“你最喜欢的周末活动”以及“你的感受”展开，适当补充，丰
富细节。
第三步，书写结语，表达期待。
第 24 页 共 26 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·书面表达 15 篇（解析版）
[亮点词汇]
①do one’s homework做某人的家庭作业
②do sport做运动
③go shopping去购物
④like doing sth. 喜欢做某事
⑤do chores做家务
⑥help sb. do sth. 帮助某人做某事
⑦do the dishes洗碗
[高分句型]
①When I see our house is clean and tidy, I’m very happy. (When引导的时间状语从句)
②I think my weekend is colourful. (省略 that的宾语从句)
15．假如你是李华，刚升入初中一个月，初中生活丰富多彩，请根据以下表格中所给的要点
提示，给你的美国笔友 Jack写一封邮件，分享你的校园生活。
作息 每天 6:30起床，步行去学校。上午 8点上课，下午 5点 30分放学
1. 学习 7门学科，对……（科目）很感兴趣，因为……
学习与课余活动 2. 跟朋友一起运动，意识到友谊的重要性
3. 周末活动丰富多彩，如：春天去公园赏花，……（补充一个活动）
感想 ……
要求：
1. 必须包含所给的要点，可适当增加细节，使行文连贯；
2. 文中不得出现真实姓名和学校等信息；
3. 80词左右；开头已给出，不计入总词数。
参考词汇：after-school activities (课外活动)
【答案】例文
Dear Jack,
How is everything going with you I am so happy that I became a seventh-grader this September.
I get up at half past six every day and walk to school. Classes start at 8 o’clock in the morning and
end at half past five in the afternoon. We have seven subjects, among which I like history most because I
enjoy learning about ancient cultures. After school, I do sports with my friends. It is not only good for my
health but also makes me realize the importance of friendship. My weekend activities are also colorful.
For example, I go to the park to enjoy the flowers in spring and go camping with my family.
第 25 页 共 26 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·书面表达 15 篇（解析版）
All in all, I like my junior high school life. I hope that I can study hard and grow well in this new
stage.
What about you I’m looking forward to hearing from you.
Yours,
Li Hua
【详解】
[总体分析]
① 题材：本文是一封电子邮件；
② 时态：时态为“一般现在时”；
③ 提示：写作要点已给出，考生应注意不要遗漏提示的要点，适当添加细节，并突出写作重点。
[写作步骤]
第一步，开门见山。问候对方，引出下文。（开头已给出）
第二步，具体阐述。根据表格中所给的要点提示，从作息、学习与课余活动、感想等方面阐述初中
生活。
第三步，书写结语。表达期待收到对方的回复。（结尾已给出）
[亮点词汇]
① enjoy doing sth. 喜欢做某事
② ancient 古代的；古老的
③ not only. . . but also. . . 不仅……而且……
④ for example 例如
⑤ all in all 总之
[高分句型]
①We have seven subjects, among which I like history most because I enjoy learning about ancient
cultures. （which引导定语从句）
② I hope that I can study hard and grow well in this new stage. （that引导宾语从句）
第 26 页 共 26 页微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·完形填空 20篇（学生版）
01
Tina is a thirteen-year-old 1 in a middle school. She has a good friend. ____2____ name
is Cindy Smith. She is 3 , too. They are in the same school, but in 4 classes. From
Monday to Friday, they have seven classes every day. And they have many subjects to learn. Tina’s
favourite subject is maths. Cindy doesn’t like maths, 5 she feels it is too difficult.
Tomorrow is the first day of school this term (学期), so Tina wants to buy some 6 books
for Cindy. Cindy likes science best. She thinks science is very interesting. And she wants to be a science
teacher one day. After that, Tina wants to go to the shoe store. She often buys 7 there, because
they are cheap (便宜) and nice. She 8 a pair of sports shoes. It can help her do well in the PE
class. There is a pair of white shoes on sale (折价销售), but Tina doesn’t like the colour. Her favourite
colour is black, so she wants the 9 one. Those things are all she wants to buy for the new term.
Tina is 10 to welcome the new term.
1．A．worker B．teacher C．student D．driver
2．A．Her B．His C．My D．Its
3．A．twelve B．thirteen C．fourteen D．fifteen
4．A．same B．new C．old D．different
5．A．so B．after C．when D．because
6．A．maths B．science C．English D．Chinese
7．A．shoes B．shirts C．coats D．sweaters
8．A．takes B．washes C．needs D．wears
9．A．black B．white C．green D．orange
10．A．easy B．ready C．hard D．sad
第 1 页 共 60 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·完形填空 20篇（学生版）
02
What is my favorite festival It is the Spring Festival. It is 11 January or February. For
the festival, we do many things and buy many things, 12 we are always busy. The color of the
Spring Festival is 13 . We wear red 14 and put up (张贴) red paper-cuts (窗花). And
we put lucky money in red packets (红包). 15 are always happy during those days because
they can get lucky money from 16 parents, grandparents, uncles and aunts. What do we
usually 17 at the Spring Festival day Jiaozi. It’s my favorite food. In the evening, the family
will 18 together, but children don’t like watching TV for a 19 time. It’s really
boring (无聊的) for them. They always play fireworks (烟花) 20 their friends.
What about you What festival do you like best
11．A．on B．in C．at D．for
12．A．because B．but C．so D．and
13．A．yellow B．blue C．orange D．red
14．A．jacket B．shoe C．clothes D．skirt
15．A．Children B．Parents C．Teachers D．People
16．A．their B．they C．them D．our
17．A．see B．eat C．play D．do
18．A．read books B．make cards C．watch TV D．see a film
19．A．short B．long C．little D．few
20．A．to B．at C．about D．with
第 2 页 共 60 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·完形填空 20篇（学生版）
03
Dear Millie,
Thank you for 21 me about the Mid-Autumn Festival. We have some 22 in
the USA, and I like Halloween best.
Halloween is on October 31. 23 do we celebrate it Children have a lot of fun on that
____24____. We dress up. We wear masks and sometimes paint our 25 . We also make
pumpkin lanterns.
When the evening comes, we visit people’s houses and play games with the people 26 .
We knock on their doors and shout, “Trick or treat!” Usually they 27 us some candies as treats.
If they do not give us a treat, we play a trick on 28 .
We always have a party 29 the evening of October 31 and enjoy nice food and
____30____. It is really a special day.
Love,
Wendy
21．A．saying B．telling C．speaking D．talking
22．A．things B．days C．festivals D．years
23．A．What B．How C．Which D．Where
24．A．day B．week C．month D．year
25．A．noses B．mouths C．eyes D．faces
26．A．outside B．inside C．next D．on
27．A．give B．buy C．sell D．make
28．A．her B．him C．us D．them
29．A．in B．at C．on D．to
30．A．fruit B．candy C．bread D．drink
第 3 页 共 60 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·完形填空 20篇（学生版）
04
As we know, there are four seasons in a year. When spring 31 , it’s getting warmer and
warmer. Everything comes back to life. Trees turn 32 . There are beautiful flowers and grass
here and there. Children can 33 kites in the sky. 34 summer, the weather becomes
hot. 35 people can take part in more activities outside, such as running in the morning, taking a
walk in the evening, going camping, 36 in the river, travelling with family, and so on.
____37____ comes after summer. It’s a harvest season. We can taste 38 of fresh fruits. The
weather is neither too hot nor too cold. People feel comfortable. It usually snows in winter in my home
town. Snowing 39 us excited. Children are 40 in making snowmen outside. A
heavy snow will predict a good year. The four seasons bring us happiness and pleasure. We should love
and treasure (珍惜) them.
31．A．goes B．comes C．moves D．changes
32．A．green B．yellow C．red D．white
33．A．do B．buy C．fly D．make
34．A．On B．In C．At D．With
35．A．But B．Because C．Or D．So
36．A．climbing B．sleeping C．swimming D．reading
37．A．Spring B．Autumn C．Winter D．Season
38．A．few B．much C．lots D．lot
39．A．makes B．takes C．does D．goes
40．A．bored B．interested C．surprising D．interesting
第 4 页 共 60 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·完形填空 20篇（学生版）
05
It is Sunday morning. Grace is not happy 41 she can’t find her 42 . Today is
____43____. She wants to be with them. Then she gets a phone call from her 44 . “Good
morning, Grace!” her dad says. “Now go to your 45 . There is a gift (礼物) for you.”
There is a red box in her room and there is a red and white skirt 46 it. Grace loves it. She
comes out in the nice 47 . “Happy birthday!” her parents say.
“It’s a big day today,” her mom says. “Let’s take a one-day 48 . Where do you want to
____49____, Grace ”
“Oh, I want to go to the library. I love 50 ,” says Grace.
41．A．so B．or C．but D．because
42．A．parents B．teachers C．children D．friends
43．A．Children’s Day B．her birthday C．English Day D．Women’s Day
44．A．sister B．mother C．father D．teacher
45．A．family B．lesson C．class D．room
46．A．in B．from C．of D．between
47．A．shirt B．jacket C．skirt D．sweater
48．A．party B．trip C．sleep D．movie
49．A．go B．eat C．come D．take
50．A．dogs B．apples C．books D．carrots
第 5 页 共 60 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·完形填空 20篇（学生版）
06
Look! This is Class 2, Grade 7. The students are ready 51 their class party. They are all
wearing nice 52 . This is Kate. 53 is wearing a beautiful pink skirt. Her purple
blouse 54 well with her skirt. She looks very 55 . And that is Tom. He’s wearing
black pants and a white T-shirt. He is very cool! Oh, 56 is the boy over there He’s Danny. He
is wearing a pair of blue 57 and a red shirt. He is wearing a cowboy hat, too. He looks very
funny. There teacher Mr. Liu is in 58 classroom, too. He is tall 59 thin. He looks
good in his black jacket. They will 60 today.
51．A．with B．in C．from D．for
52．A．clothes B．books C．colours D．pens
53．A．I B．she C．he D．you
54．A．get B．gets C．go D．goes
55．A．colourful B．new C．pretty D．old
56．A．Who B．Whose C．What D．How
57．A．scarves B．shorts C．coats D．shirts
58．A．a B．an C．the D．/
59．A．and B．but C．or D．so
60．A．play sports B．go back C．have lessons D．have fun
第 6 页 共 60 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·完形填空 20篇（学生版）
07
Hi, I’m Peter. There are two buildings in our school. The 61 one is the classroom building.
The small one is the office building.
In the classroom building, there are sixteen 62 . Our classroom is on the first floor. There are
____63____students in our class, 27 boys and 23 girls. We 64 our seats every month. This month,
I sit at the back of the classroom. There is a big 65 in the front of our classroom. Teachers write
down the important information on it in class.
The office building is behind the classroom building. There are many offices. Teachers ____66____
a lot of time in their offices. Our library rooms are in the 67 building. We like to read there
____68____ these rooms are clean and quiet.
There is a sports field in our school. It is 69 the middle of our school. All the students go to
the sports field to do exercise 70 in the morning.
My school is not big or modern, but I love it.
61．A．large B．small C．little D．right
62．A．classrooms B．offices C．libraries D．gyms
63．A．thirty B．forty C．fifty D．sixty
64．A．put B．raise C．change D．find
65．A．map B．notice C．blackboard D．clock
66．A．see B．get C．make D．spend
67．A．special B．same C．different D．full
68．A．or B．because C．but D．so
69．A．at B．for C．in D．on
70．A．together B．even C．really D．else
第 7 页 共 60 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·完形填空 20篇（学生版）
08
Hello! 71 name is Li Ming. I’m twelve. I’m from Zhenjiang. Now I’m in No. 4 Middle
School. I’m 72 Class 5, Grade 7. Miss Gao 73 my English teacher. She is 74 , so
we love her.
This is our classroom. It’s big and tidy. There are lots of 75 and chairs in it. Liu Ping is in
Grade 7, too. 76 is from Nanjing. She is my good 77 . She loves music a lot. She plays
the guitar in our school 78 . Her English is good. She often 79 me with my English. I
think she is a good girl. Look! 80 is that girl She is Liu Ping.
71．A．Her B．My C．Your D．His
72．A．to B．for C．in D．of
73．A．is B．are C．am D．be
74．A．tall B．full C．small D．nice
75．A．desks B．grades C．schools D．classes
76．A．I B．You C．She D．He
77．A．friend B．teacher C．doctor D．brother
78．A．house B．classroom C．band (乐队) D．yard
79．A．asks B．helps C．thanks D．tells
80．A．Who B．How C．Where D．What
第 8 页 共 60 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·完形填空 20篇（学生版）
09
Hello! My name is Jane Green. You can 81 me Jane. I’m a student in No. 2 Middle
School. This is a map of my 82 . Let me introduce (介绍) some places in my school to you.
The first place is the library. There are many 83 in the library. Students can sit there
____84____ read books in their free (空闲的) time. The next place is the art building. The music there
always 85 good. Students can enjoy watching the 86 pictures there. I usually go to
the sports field to play ping-pong with my classmates. We often 87 there. The ____88____
place is the classroom building. In front of it, there is an open space (空间 ). My friend Zoe always
89 the flag on Mondays with us there.
After the morning classes, we have lunch at our school dining all. The food there is 90 delicious.
I’m happy to study at such a beautiful school.
81．A．say B．call C．talk D．tell
82．A．garden B．library C．school D．classroom
83．A．keys B．cards C．watches D．seats
84．A．but B．because C．or D．and
85．A．plays B．sounds C．greets D．gets
86．A．amazing B．similar C．important D．smart
87．A．put up B．look at C．have fun D．make friends
88．A．other B．another C．last D．full
89．A．circles B．raises C．starts D．spends
90．A．else B．much C．really D．even
第 9 页 共 60 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·完形填空 20篇（学生版）
10
Hello! My name is Frank. I am twelve 91 old. I am a middle school 92 . I have
a beautiful schoolbag. What color is it It’s black. I like the 93 . My telephone number is
211-8945. I have 94 good friend. Her first name is Jill, and her 95 is Miller. She
likes yellow 96 she has a yellow T-shirt.
I have 97 new friends, too. They are Dave, Eric, and Alan. Dave likes 98 , so
he buys a blue bike. Eric likes white and he has a white jacket. Alan likes green and he has a green coat.
I like my 99 very much. I often play football with 100 after school. Do you
have many friends Please let me know.
91．A．months B．years C．weeks D．days
92．A．teacher B．student C．worker D．player
93．A．book B．football C．phone D．color
94．A．a B．an C．the D．/
95．A．first name B．given name C．last name D．full name
96．A．but B．or C．if D．and
97．A．no B．three C．four D．five
98．A．blue B．white C．black D．green
99．A．classmates B．parents C．friends D．brothers
100．A．us B．him C．them D．her
第 10 页 共 60 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·完形填空 20篇（学生版）
11
Helen is a student. Monday and Wednesday are her 101 days. This is because she can
have geography 102 on these days. Helen likes geography very much.
103 uncle Paul loves taking photos of different countries ( 不 同 的 国 家 ). He
____104____ shares (分享) the photos with Helen. Then Helen 105 these countries on the
map. She thinks geography is interesting and 106 . She wants to go to these countries, too.
Helen’s uncle is 107 China these days. He calls Helen on the phone, “China is a great
country. Chinese are friendly and kind (善良的). The food here is delicious, too. So you need to study (学
习) Chinese now and 108 here one day.”
It is 109 . Helen has a geography class. In class, the teacher talks about 110 .
Helen is happy to know more about it.
101．A．healthy B．tidy C．cool D．favorite
102．A．lessons B．lunches C．books D．photos
103．A．Your B．Her C．His D．Their
104．A．very B．here C．too D．always
105．A．finds B．goes C．buys D．sells
106．A．busy B．boring C．useful D．difficult
107．A．on B．in C．at D．of
108．A．come B．finish C．watch D．take
109．A．Tuesday B．Monday C．Friday D．Saturday
110．A．NBA B．BBC C．China D．English
第 11 页 共 60 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·完形填空 20篇（学生版）
12
Some people like doing sports in their life. Many of them have their 111 sports and players.
112 do people like sports Because sports help people to keep young, happy and healthy.
Many people like to watch 113 people play games. They feel it interesting to 114 about
their favourite games or players. They also have fun 115 the games on TV or on the Internet. It is
____116____ for them to know “their” players or team win.
Where are games and sports from They are often from people’s work and 117 . For
example, people in some countries and places use 118 to help them work in their life, so they use
horses in their sports, too. Some sports are 119 , and people like to play them. For example, more
and more people 120 playing ping-pong in their free time.
Some sports, like jumping or 121 , can be traced back to (追溯到) many thousands years
ago. 122 basketball and volleyball are very new. Both of them are only about 200 years old.
People are inventing (发明) new sports or games all the time. Water-skiing (滑水) is 123 of
the new members in the sports family. People 124 different places in the world may not know
each other very well, but they can become good 125 after a game together.
111．A．like B．favourite C．love D．sweet
112．A．When B．What C．Why D．Who
113．A．other B．another C．the other D．others
114．A．say B．speak C．talk D．tell
115．A．looking B．reading C．seeing D．watching
116．A．exciting B．excited C．tiring D．tired
117．A．wish B．life C．dream D．holiday
118．A．cars B．cows C．dogs D．horses
119．A．sad B．interesting C．busy D．different
120．A．show B．teach C．care D．enjoy
121．A．shopping B．reading C．drawing D．running
122．A．But B．And C．Because D．So
123．A．two B．some C．one D．any
124．A．on B．out C．with D．from
125．A．friends B．teachers C．brothers D．sisters
第 12 页 共 60 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·完形填空 20篇（学生版）
13
Hello! My English name is Sandra. I am 126 the USA．I am a middle school student. I
can 127 English very well, but my Chinese is not very 128 . I like to ____129____
my classmates with their English. And they often come to me and 130 questions. I’m in Class
5, Grade 7. I have 131 friends now. One is a boy and 132 name is Tom Brown. The
other is a(n) 133 and her name is Lin Hong. We are in the same grade, but in ____134____
classes. Tom Brown is thirteen years old, He is tall and has two big 135 . His favourite colour is
____136____. He likes to be in a blue T-shirt and blue pants. Lin Hong is a nice girl. She has a round
____137____. She is thirteen years old, too. And 138 favourite colour is black. ____139____
is the black schoolbag It is Lin Hong’s. I like my school and my 140 .
126．A．on B．from C．at D．behind
127．A．talk B．say C．speak D．tell
128．A．good B．sorry C．new D．fun
129．A．thank B．meet C．help D．let
130．A．ask B．give C．teach D．see
131．A．one B．two C．three D．four
132．A．his B．he C．him D．her
133．A．girl B．boy C．teacher D．actor
134．A．round B．old C．right D．different
135．A．heads B．fingers C．noses D．eyes
136．A．blue B．red C．green D．yellow
137．A．hair B．hand C．foot D．face
138．A．my B．his C．her D．our
139．A．Whose B．Who C．What D．Where
140．A．uncles B．friends C．parents D．cousins
第 13 页 共 60 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·完形填空 20篇（学生版）
14
My name is Alice Green, an American girl. I am a 141 in No.13 Middle school in
Beijing. Our school life is fun and 142 . Now I live in Beijing with my parents.
I go to school from Monday 143 Friday. I live far from school. So I 144 go to
school on foot. I get up 145 6:20 a.m. every day. I have 146 classes a day, four in
the morning and three in the afternoon. On the morning of every Monday, we 147 the national
flag. Although (虽然) I’m 148 most of the time, I like my life here very much. I think China is
____149____ and Chinese people are friendly.
I learn many different 150 at school. My favorite subject is Chinese, 151 I
can’t learn it well. So I ask my Chinese teacher for help. She 152 me a lot.
There are also lots of student clubs in my school. I can 153 Chinese films and sing
Chinese songs there.
What’s your school life 154 Can you tell me 155 about it
I really love my school life!
141．A．worker B．student C．doctor D．teacher
142．A．big B．kind C．pretty D．colorful
143．A．on B．of C．by D．to
144．A．always B．often C．never D．usually
145．A．at B．for C．with D．in
146．A．four B．five C．six D．seven
147．A．raise B．make C．rise D．get
148．A．happy B．glad C．lovely D．busy
149．A．young B．great C．hard D．tall
150．A．subjects B．classes C．sports D．libraries
151．A．but B．so C．and D．or
152．A．does B．starts C．helps D．makes
153．A．read B．look C．watch D．play
154．A．after B．like C．for D．about
155．A．something B．everyone C．somewhere D．everybody
第 14 页 共 60 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·完形填空 20篇（学生版）
15
John is a middle school student. He has many new teachers and 156 . They are all very
friendly. Do you want to know more about a middle school Let John tell us about his 157 at
the new school.
His school day usually goes from 8:30 a. m. to 5:30 p. m. 158 some days he needs to
have cheerleading (啦啦队) practice at 6:30 a. m. He goes to school 159 on those days. His
new school is near his home. He always 160 about 10 minutes walking to school.
After he gets there, he walks to his locker (柜子) and gets the books for lessons. Each ____161____
goes for 45 minutes. He has 10 minutes to get to the next class. He has four classes in the 162 .
At 12:30 p. m., he 163 in the school dining hall. After that, he sometimes goes out and
plays 164 his classmates. In the afternoon, he has three classes. Before the school day is over,
there is always a meeting.
John is still 165 after school. He goes to some clubs. He likes sports. He is a member of
the school football club and he dreams of being a 166 star one day. He plays football every
Monday afternoon. He has joined the Book club and 167 reads books in the library.
His 168 members have dinner at 7:20 in the evening. After he has dinner, he
____169____ doing homework at about 8 p. m. He has about an hour of homework every day. Then he
can watch TV for a while. He likes watching football matches. He goes to bed at about 9:20 p. m. He
____170____ his day very much. He thinks his school day is very great.
156．A．students B．classmates C．players D．heroes
157．A．month B．week C．day D．hour
158．A．So B．Or C．And D．But
159．A．late B．early C．fast D．slow
160．A．takes B．costs C．pays D．spends
161．A．meeting B．class C．meal D．sport
162．A．morning B．afternoon C．evening D．night
163．A．does sports B．does homework C．has lunch D．has classes
164．A．in B．on C．with D．for
165．A．smart B．sad C．free D．busy
166．A．tennis B．football C．basketball D．volleyball
167．A．soon B．never C．seldom D．sometimes
168．A．school B．grade C．family D．club
169．A．starts B．stops C．dislikes D．practices
170．A．enjoys B．changes C．studies D．wants
第 15 页 共 60 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·完形填空 20篇（学生版）
16
I’m Zhou Wei. I come 171 Baoding. It is an old 172 . There are ____173____
people in my family: my grandparents, my parents, my brother and I. You see, I have a big 174 .
My brother and I are students in a middle school. Our school is not big and 175 is near our
home. We walk to school every day. We think 176 is good exercise.
My brother and I always get up 177 from Monday to Friday because we must go to
school before 7:30 on school days. At school, we 178 English, PE, Chinese, maths, art, history
and so on. We both like to 179 very much. Now we have many good friends. Many of our
____180____ often play with us after school. We are in an English club. We study English and
____181____ in it. On weekends, we don’t get up early. We can play tennis, basketball ____182____
ping-pong in the morning. It is 183 for our health. In the afternoon, my brother and I usually
go to the 184 to read books. My brother likes science, and he wants to be a scientist. And I
like 185 best. I want to be a musician (音乐家).
171．A．on B．in C．from D．with
172．A．language B．city C．example D．culture
173．A．four B．five C．six D．seven
174．A．class B．room C．family D．classroom
175．A．it B．she C．he D．this
176．A．swimming B．running C．walking D．cherry
177．A．late B．early C．only D．even
178．A．tell B．speak C．think D．learn
179．A．take a shower B．do our homework C．make friends D．play chess
180．A．teachers B．parents C．cousins D．friends
181．A．look like B．have fun C．move around D．jump over
182．A．and B．but C．so D．or
183．A．bad B．good C．difficult D．true
184．A．zoo B．house C．library D．store
185．A．music B．maths C．science D．art
第 16 页 共 60 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·完形填空 20篇（学生版）
17
Hello! My name is Anna Smith. Anna is my 186 name and Smith is my last name. I’m
an English girl, 187 I’m in China now. My parents are 188 in a middle school in
Shanghai. I’m in that school, too. I always go to school with 189 in the morning.
I like reading books. There is a 190 in our school. After school, I like to go to the library
to read 191 or do my homework. I 192 a girl there. Her name is Qin Tianxi. Her
English name is Susan. She likes reading books, 193 . She is a nice girl and she always
____194____ me find the books I want. Now we are good 195 . Susan’s mother is a Chinese
teacher but she is not in our 196 . When I have problems with my Chinese, I go to Susan’s
home and ask her mother 197 help. Her mother is always nice to me. It’s 198 to
have friends like Susan. Do you want to be 199 friend You can 200 her at
susan0708@. You can be my friend, too. Call me at 3908-7216.
186．A．first B．last C．middle D．fine
187．A．and B．but C．how D．what
188．A．numbers B．cards C．teachers D．games
189．A．they B．their C．him D．them
190．A．box B．map C．classroom D．library
191．A．books B．keys C．photos D．pencils
192．A．than B．lose C．spell D．meet
193．A．not B．always C．too D．now
194．A．sees B．asks C．comes D．helps
195．A．girls B．friends C．players D．names
196．A．room B．school C．computer D．bed
197．A．for B．in C．about D．of
198．A．tidy B．welcome C．good D．some
199．A．my B．your C．her D．his
200．A．know B．think C．call D．e-mail
第 17 页 共 60 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·完形填空 20篇（学生版）
18
Do you know Sydney It is 201 Australia. Sydney isn’t the capital of Australia, but it’s
very famous. It’s a 202 city, only about 200 years old. It’s very beautiful. There’re many trees.
It’s not too 203 in winter and not too hot in summer. The sky is 204 blue. There
are lots of beautiful places. Every year, many people go to Sydney on 205 . It has many tall and
modern buildings, like Sydney Opera House. Sydney is famous 206 its seas. It has many bays
(湾) and beautiful 207 . Sydney Harbor (港) is beautiful and very 208 . Many ships
carry meat and other things from Sydney to other places. People in Sydney have a(n) 209 life.
They often say, “Don’t worry.” or “No hurry.” When they don’t work, they love to 210 on the
beaches and enjoy life. Sydney is a good place for people to live.
201．A．in B．on C．to D．at
202．A．big B．small C．young D．far
203．A．warm B．cool C．hot D．cold
204．A．sometimes B．also C．usually D．not
205．A．weekend B．summer C．winter D．holiday
206．A．as B．for C．in D．to
207．A．hills B．rivers C．mountains D．beaches
208．A．busy B．new C．quiet D．long
209．A．hard B．difficult C．strange D．easy
210．A．go shopping B．make noises C．have fun D．have classes
第 18 页 共 60 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·完形填空 20篇（学生版）
19
Tom is a middle school student. He is studying in Grade 7. He usually 211 at 7:00 in the
morning. 212 today he gets up at 6:30 and goes to buy a big 213 .After that he helps his grandparents
clean their room, because it is his 214 birthday. His grandpa is going to be 68 years old.
Tom 215 two CDs (光盘) about Beijing Opera (京剧) 216 his grandpa. He is
sure his grandpa would like 217 very much because his grandpa 218 listening to
Beijing Opera. When Tom gets 219 at noon, his 220 is making dishes (做菜) with
grandma. They are laughing and talking about something 221 . His grandpa is drinking tea
____222____ listening to Beijing Opera. Tom says, “Happy birthday to you, Grandpa,” Then he
____223____ the big cake and gives Grandpa a 224 piece (块). Grandpa is very happy and
eats it. In the evening, Tom watches TV with his grandparents together. He is a 225 tired (劳
累的) but very happy, because he can make his grandparents happy.
211．A．goes to schoolB．gets up C．watches TV D．goes to bed
212．A．But B．Because C．So D．Or
213．A．flower B．card C．cake D．book
214．A．mother’s B．father’s C．grandpa’s D．grandma’s
215．A．sees B．listens to C．watches D．buys
216．A．to B．for C．with D．at
217．A．it B．her C．them D．him
218．A．likes B．practices C．doesn’t like D．would like
219．A．school B．home C．library D．park
220．A．mother B．sister C．brother D．uncle
221．A．unhappily B．healthily C．luckily D．happily
222．A．or B．but C．and D．so
223．A．cuts B．eats C．drinks D．plays
224．A．good B．bad C．small D．big
225．A．much B．little C．very D．very much
第 19 页 共 60 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·完形填空 20篇（学生版）
20
Hello! I’m Dick. I 226 from Canada. Now I am in China. I live with ____227____
family. My mother is a doctor. My father is a 228 , too. They work in the ____229____ hospital,
so they go to work by car together. I have a 230 . We are students. We are in the same school
but in different 231 . He is in Grade Nine and I am in Grade Seven. We 232 at 6 a.m.
every day. Then I go to school with him. We like Chinese food. In the morning, my parents ask my
brother and me to 233 eggs and bread at home. After breakfast, my mother often ____234____
us some apples. I often eat one apple at home and go to 235 with another apple. My brother
and I don’t eat 236 at home. We have it at school with our 237 . For lunch, I often
have rice and vegetables. Then I eat my 238 . At about 5:30 p.m., I 239 home and
have dinner with my family. We usually have vegetables 240 meat. We live a happy life!
226．A．come B．bring C．get D．say
227．A．my B．your C．her D．his
228．A．teacher B．driver C．policeman D．doctor
229．A．big B．small C．same D．different
230．A．sister B．brother C．father D．mother
231．A．schools B．grades C．farms D．cities
232．A．get up B．come from C．go home D．think of
233．A．buy B．drink C．eat D．play
234．A．reads B．listens C．gives D．puts
235．A．school B．park C．zoo D．shop
236．A．breakfast B．lunch C．dinner D．picnic
237．A．brothers B．sisters C．parents D．classmates
238．A．banana B．apple C．orange D．bread
239．A．see B．call C．go D．take
240．A．and B．but C．because D．so
第 20 页 共 60 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·完形填空 20篇（解析版）
01
Tina is a thirteen-year-old 1 in a middle school. She has a good friend. ____2____ name
is Cindy Smith. She is 3 , too. They are in the same school, but in 4 classes. From
Monday to Friday, they have seven classes every day. And they have many subjects to learn. Tina’s
favourite subject is maths. Cindy doesn’t like maths, 5 she feels it is too difficult.
Tomorrow is the first day of school this term (学期), so Tina wants to buy some 6 books
for Cindy. Cindy likes science best. She thinks science is very interesting. And she wants to be a science
teacher one day. After that, Tina wants to go to the shoe store. She often buys 7 there, because
they are cheap (便宜) and nice. She 8 a pair of sports shoes. It can help her do well in the PE
class. There is a pair of white shoes on sale (折价销售), but Tina doesn’t like the colour. Her favourite
colour is black, so she wants the 9 one. Those things are all she wants to buy for the new term.
Tina is 10 to welcome the new term.
1．A．worker B．teacher C．student D．driver
2．A．Her B．His C．My D．Its
3．A．twelve B．thirteen C．fourteen D．fifteen
4．A．same B．new C．old D．different
5．A．so B．after C．when D．because
6．A．maths B．science C．English D．Chinese
7．A．shoes B．shirts C．coats D．sweaters
8．A．takes B．washes C．needs D．wears
9．A．black B．white C．green D．orange
10．A．easy B．ready C．hard D．sad
【答案】1．C 2．A 3．B 4．D 5．D 6．B 7．A 8．C 9．A 10．B
【导语】本文讲述了十三岁中学生蒂娜在新学期前准备为好友辛迪买科学书，并打算在鞋店购置自
己所需的黑色运动鞋以迎接新学期。
1．句意：蒂娜是一名十三岁的中学生。
worker工人；teacher老师；student学生；driver司机。根据“Tina is a thirteen-year-old…in a middle
school”可知，蒂娜是学生，故选 C。
2．句意：她的名字叫辛迪·史密斯。
Her她的；His他的；My我的；Its它的。根据“Cindy Smith”可知，这是一个女性的名字，用 Her，
故选 A。
3．句意：她也是十三岁。
第 21 页 共 60 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·完形填空 20篇（解析版）
twelve十二；thirteen十三；fourteen十四；fifteen十五。根据前文“Tina is a thirteen-year-old…”以及
“too”可知，辛迪也是十三岁，故选 B。
4．句意：她们在同一所学校，但在不同的班级。
same相同的；new新的；old旧的；different不同的。根据“but”可知，前后句是转折关系，在同一
所学校但班级不同，故选 D。
5．句意：辛迪不喜欢数学，因为她觉得它太难了。
so所以；after在……之后；when当……时候；because因为。“她觉得数学太难”是“不喜欢数学”
的原因，所以用 because，故选 D。
6．句意：明天是本学期开学的第一天，所以蒂娜想给辛迪买一些科学书籍。
maths数学；science科学；English英语；Chinese语文。根据“Cindy likes science best.”可知，辛迪
最喜欢科学，所以蒂娜想给辛迪买科学书，故选 B。
7．句意：之后，蒂娜想去鞋店。她经常在那里买鞋，因为它们又便宜又好看。
shoes鞋子；shirts衬衫；coats外套；sweaters毛衣。根据“After that, Tina wants to go to the shoe store.”
可知，她在鞋店买鞋，故选 A。
8．句意：她需要一双运动鞋。
takes拿；washes洗；needs需要；wears穿。根据“Tina wants to go to the shoe store”和“It can help her
do well in the PE class.”可知，蒂娜想要去鞋店，因为她需要买一双运动鞋上体育课穿，故选 C。
9．句意：她最喜欢的颜色是黑色，所以她想要黑色的那双。
black黑色；white白色；green绿色；orange橙色。根据“Her favourite colour is black”可知，她想要
黑色的鞋子，故选 A。
10．句意：蒂娜准备好迎接新学期了。
easy容易的；ready准备好的；hard困难的；sad悲伤的。根据“Those things are all she wants to buy for
the new term.”以及前文蒂娜为新学期准备买东西可知，她准备好迎接新学期了，故选 B。
02
What is my favorite festival It is the Spring Festival. It is 11 January or February. For
the festival, we do many things and buy many things, 12 we are always busy. The color of the
Spring Festival is 13 . We wear red 14 and put up (张贴) red paper-cuts (窗花). And
we put lucky money in red packets (红包). 15 are always happy during those days because
they can get lucky money from 16 parents, grandparents, uncles and aunts. What do we
usually 17 at the Spring Festival day Jiaozi. It’s my favorite food. In the evening, the family
will 18 together, but children don’t like watching TV for a 19 time. It’s really
boring (无聊的) for them. They always play fireworks (烟花) 20 their friends.
第 22 页 共 60 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·完形填空 20篇（解析版）
What about you What festival do you like best
11．A．on B．in C．at D．for
12．A．because B．but C．so D．and
13．A．yellow B．blue C．orange D．red
14．A．jacket B．shoe C．clothes D．skirt
15．A．Children B．Parents C．Teachers D．People
16．A．their B．they C．them D．our
17．A．see B．eat C．play D．do
18．A．read books B．make cards C．watch TV D．see a film
19．A．short B．long C．little D．few
20．A．to B．at C．about D．with
【答案】11．B 12．C 13．D 14．C 15．A 16．A 17．B 18．C 19．B 20．D
【导语】本文介绍了中国传统节日——春节的一些活动。
11．句意：它在一月份或二月份。
on后接具体日期；in后接年月；at后接具体时间点；for后接时间段。根据“January or February”可
知是在一月或二月，用介词 in。故选 B。
12．句意：为了这个节日，我们做很多事情并买很多东西，所以我们总是很忙。
because因为；but但是；so因此；and和。句子前因后果，用 so连接表因果关系的并列句。故选 C。
13．句意：春节的颜色是红色。
yellow黄色；blue蓝色；orange橙色；red红色。根据“red paper-cuts”可知春节的颜色是红色。故选
D。
14．句意：我们穿红色的衣服并贴上红色的窗花。
jacket夹克；shoe鞋子；clothes衣服；skirt短裙。根据“wear red ...”及春节传统可知是穿红色衣服。
故选 C。
15．句意：孩子们在那些日子总是很开心，因为他们可以从父母、祖父母、叔叔和姨姨那里得到压
岁钱。
Children孩子；Parents父母；Teachers老师；People人们。根据“get lucky money from ... parents,
grandparents, uncles and aunts”可知能得到压岁钱的是孩子们。故选 A。
16．句意：孩子们在那些日子总是很开心，因为他们可以从父母、祖父母、叔叔和姨姨那里得到压
岁钱。
their他们的；they他们；them他们；our我们的。根据“parents, grandparents, uncles and aunts”可知
此处用形容词性物主代词。故选 A。
第 23 页 共 60 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·完形填空 20篇（解析版）
17．句意：我们通常在春节的时候吃什么？
see看到；eat吃；play玩；do做。根据“Jiaozi.”可知问吃什么。故选 B。
18．句意：晚上，家人会聚在一起看电视。
read books读书；make cards制作卡片；watch TV看电视；see a film看电影。根据“but children don’t
like watching TV”句意出现转折可推出会一起看电视。故选 C。
19．句意：但孩子们不喜欢长时间地看电视。
short短暂的；long长久的；little极少的，后接不可数名词；few极少的，后接可数名词复数。根
据“It’s really boring（无聊的）for them.”可推出是不喜欢长时间看电视。故选 B。
20．句意：他们总是和朋友们放烟花。
to到；at在；about关于；with和。根据“They always play fireworks（烟花）... their friends.”可推出
是和朋友们一起放烟花。故选 D。
03
Dear Millie,
Thank you for 21 me about the Mid-Autumn Festival. We have some 22 in
the USA, and I like Halloween best.
Halloween is on October 31. 23 do we celebrate it Children have a lot of fun on that
____24____. We dress up. We wear masks and sometimes paint our 25 . We also make
pumpkin lanterns.
When the evening comes, we visit people’s houses and play games with the people 26 .
We knock on their doors and shout, “Trick or treat!” Usually they 27 us some candies as treats.
If they do not give us a treat, we play a trick on 28 .
We always have a party 29 the evening of October 31 and enjoy nice food and
____30____. It is really a special day.
Love,
Wendy
21．A．saying B．telling C．speaking D．talking
22．A．things B．days C．festivals D．years
23．A．What B．How C．Which D．Where
24．A．day B．week C．month D．year
25．A．noses B．mouths C．eyes D．faces
26．A．outside B．inside C．next D．on
27．A．give B．buy C．sell D．make
第 24 页 共 60 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·完形填空 20篇（解析版）
28．A．her B．him C．us D．them
29．A．in B．at C．on D．to
30．A．fruit B．candy C．bread D．drink
【答案】21．B 22．C 23．B 24．A 25．D 26．B 27．A 28．D 29．C 30．D
【导语】本文是温蒂写给米莉的一封信。在信中介绍了万圣节。
21．句意：谢谢你告诉我关于中秋节的事。
saying说；telling告诉；speaking说；talking谈论。由“Thank you for…me about the Mid-Autumn Festival”
可知，是感谢对方告诉某事。故选 B。
22．句意：在美国我们有一些节日，我最喜欢万圣节。
things东西；days 天；festivals节日；years年。由“the Mid-Autumn Festival”可知，是节日。故选 C。
23．句意：我们怎样庆祝它呢？
What什么；How怎样；Which哪一个；Where哪里。由“…do we celebrate it”和后文可知，是怎样
庆祝万圣节。故选 B。
24．句意：孩子们在那天玩得很开心。
day天；week周；month月；year年。由“Halloween is on October 31”可知，是在万圣节那天。故选
A。
25．句意：我们戴着面具，有时在脸上涂上颜料。
noses鼻子；mouths月份；eyes眼睛；faces脸。由“We wear masks”可知， 是在脸上涂颜料。故选
D。
26．句意：当晚上来临时，我们拜访人们的房子，和里面的人玩游戏。
outside外面；inside里面；next旁边；on在……里面。由“we visit people’s houses and play games with
the people…”可知，是和房子里面的人做游戏。故选 B。
27．句意：通常他们会给我们一些糖果作为款待。
give给；buy买；sell卖；make做。由“they…us some candies as treats”可知，是给我们一些糖果。
故选 A。
28．句意：如果他们不招待我们，我们就捉弄他们。
her她；him他；us我们；them他们。由“they”可知，是他们。故选 D。
29．句意：我们总是在 10月 31日晚上举行聚会，享受美味的食物和饮料。
in在……上面；at在；on在……里面；to向。由“the evening of October 31”可知，此处指具体日期，
应用介词 on。故选 C。
30．句意：我们总是在 10月 31日晚上举行聚会，享受美味的食物和饮料。
第 25 页 共 60 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·完形填空 20篇（解析版）
fruit水果；candy糖果；bread面包；drink饮料。由“nice food and…”可知，聚会会准备食物和饮料。
故选 D。
04
As we know, there are four seasons in a year. When spring 31 , it’s getting warmer and
warmer. Everything comes back to life. Trees turn 32 . There are beautiful flowers and grass
here and there. Children can 33 kites in the sky. 34 summer, the weather becomes
hot. 35 people can take part in more activities outside, such as running in the morning, taking a
walk in the evening, going camping, 36 in the river, travelling with family, and so on.
____37____ comes after summer. It’s a harvest season. We can taste 38 of fresh fruits. The
weather is neither too hot nor too cold. People feel comfortable. It usually snows in winter in my home
town. Snowing 39 us excited. Children are 40 in making snowmen outside. A
heavy snow will predict a good year. The four seasons bring us happiness and pleasure. We should love
and treasure (珍惜) them.
31．A．goes B．comes C．moves D．changes
32．A．green B．yellow C．red D．white
33．A．do B．buy C．fly D．make
34．A．On B．In C．At D．With
35．A．But B．Because C．Or D．So
36．A．climbing B．sleeping C．swimming D．reading
37．A．Spring B．Autumn C．Winter D．Season
38．A．few B．much C．lots D．lot
39．A．makes B．takes C．does D．goes
40．A．bored B．interested C．surprising D．interesting
【答案】31．B 32．A 33．C 34．B 35．D 36．C 37．B 38．C 39．A 40．B
【导语】本文主要介绍了一年四季。
31．句意：当春天来临时，天气变得越来越暖和。
goes去；comes来；moves移动；changes改变。根据“When spring”可知是春天来临时。故选 B。
32．句意：树木变成绿色。
green绿色；yellow黄色；red红色；white白色。根据“Everything comes back to life. Trees turn”可知
在春天，树木变成绿色。故选 A。
33．句意：孩子们可以在天空中放飞风筝。
do做；buy买；fly飞；make制造。根据“kites in the sky”可知是放风筝。故选 C。
第 26 页 共 60 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·完形填空 20篇（解析版）
34．句意：在夏天，天气变得炎热。
On在某一天；In 在某年某月某季节；At在某时刻；With用。in summer“在夏天”。故选 B。
35．句意：所以人们可以参加更多的户外活动。
But但是；Because 因为；Or或者；So所以。前后是因果关系，此处表示结果，用 so连接。故选
D。
36．句意：所以人们可以参加更多的户外活动，比如早晨跑步，晚上散步，去露营，在河里游泳，
和家人一起旅行等等。
climbing攀爬；sleeping睡觉；swimming游泳；reading阅读。根据“in the river”可知是在河里游泳。
故选 C。
37．句意：秋天在夏天之后来临。
Spring春天；Autumn秋天；Winter冬天；Season季节。根据“comes after summer”可知夏天之后是
秋天。故选 B。
38．句意：我们可以品尝到许多新鲜水果。
few几乎没有；much很多；lots许多；lot许多。根据“of fresh fruits.”可知秋天有很多水果，lots of“很
多”。故选 C。
39．句意：下雪使我们兴奋。
makes使；takes拿走；does做；goes去。根据“us excited”可知是让我们兴奋。故选 A。
40．句意：孩子们对在外面堆雪人感兴趣。
bored无聊的；interested感兴趣的；surprising惊讶的；interesting有趣的。根据“in making snowmen
outside”可知是对堆雪人感兴趣，be interested in“对……感兴趣”。故选 B。
05
It is Sunday morning. Grace is not happy 41 she can’t find her 42 . Today is
____43____. She wants to be with them. Then she gets a phone call from her 44 . “Good
morning, Grace!” her dad says. “Now go to your 45 . There is a gift (礼物) for you.”
There is a red box in her room and there is a red and white skirt 46 it. Grace loves it. She
comes out in the nice 47 . “Happy birthday!” her parents say.
“It’s a big day today,” her mom says. “Let’s take a one-day 48 . Where do you want to
____49____, Grace ”
“Oh, I want to go to the library. I love 50 ,” says Grace.
41．A．so B．or C．but D．because
42．A．parents B．teachers C．children D．friends
43．A．Children’s Day B．her birthday C．English Day D．Women’s Day
第 27 页 共 60 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·完形填空 20篇（解析版）
44．A．sister B．mother C．father D．teacher
45．A．family B．lesson C．class D．room
46．A．in B．from C．of D．between
47．A．shirt B．jacket C．skirt D．sweater
48．A．party B．trip C．sleep D．movie
49．A．go B．eat C．come D．take
50．A．dogs B．apples C．books D．carrots
【答案】41．D 42．A 43．B 44．C 45．D 46．A 47．C 48．B 49．A 50．C
【导语】本文讲述了 Grace的生日是如何度过的。
41．句意：Grace不高兴，因为她找不到她的父母。
so因此；or或者，否则；but但是；because因为。空格前后是因果关系，属于“前果后因”的结构，
此处应用 because引导原因状语从句，故选 D。
42．句意：Grace不高兴，因为她找不到父母。
parents父母；teachers老师；children儿童；friends朋友。根据下文“Then she gets a phone call from her.
‘Good morning, Grace!’ her dad says.”可知，她找不到的是父母。故选 A。
43．句意：今天是她的生日。
Children’s Day儿童节；her birthday她的生日；English Day英语节；Women’s Day妇女节。根据下
文“Happy birthday”可知，是她的生日，故选 B。
44．句意：然后她接到父亲的电话。
sister姐妹；mother妈妈；father爸爸；teacher老师。根据“her dad says”可知，是爸爸打来的电话，
故选 C。
45．句意：现在去你的房间。
family家庭；lesson课程；class班级；room房间。根据“There is a red box in her room”可知，是去
房间拿礼物，故选 D。
46．句意：她的房间里有一个红盒子，里面有一条红白相间的裙子。
in在……里面；from来自；of……的；between在两者之间。根据“there is a red and white skirt...”可
知，礼物是装在盒子里面的，此处应用介词 in，故选 A。
47．句意：她穿着漂亮的裙子走了出来。
shirt衬衫；jacket夹克；skirt裙子；sweater毛衣。根据上文“a red and white skirt”可知，是穿着裙
子走了出来，故选 C。
48．句意：让我们来一次一日游。
第 28 页 共 60 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·完形填空 20篇（解析版）
party聚会；trip旅行；sleep睡觉；movie电影。根据“Where do you want to... ”可知，询问了想去哪
里，故空处指“旅行”。故选 B。
49．句意：你想去哪里，Grace？
go去；eat吃；come来；take拿。根据“Oh, I want to go to the library.”可知，告诉了想去的地方，
故此处是问她想去哪里，故选 A。
50．句意：我喜欢书。
dogs狗；apples苹果；books书；carrots胡萝卜。根据“I want to go to the library.”可知，要去图书馆
说明喜欢的是书，故选 C。
06
Look! This is Class 2, Grade 7. The students are ready 51 their class party. They are all
wearing nice 52 . This is Kate. 53 is wearing a beautiful pink skirt. Her purple
blouse 54 well with her skirt. She looks very 55 . And that is Tom. He’s wearing
black pants and a white T-shirt. He is very cool! Oh, 56 is the boy over there He’s Danny. He
is wearing a pair of blue 57 and a red shirt. He is wearing a cowboy hat, too. He looks very
funny. There teacher Mr. Liu is in 58 classroom, too. He is tall 59 thin. He looks
good in his black jacket. They will 60 today.
51．A．with B．in C．from D．for
52．A．clothes B．books C．colours D．pens
53．A．I B．she C．he D．you
54．A．get B．gets C．go D．goes
55．A．colourful B．new C．pretty D．old
56．A．Who B．Whose C．What D．How
57．A．scarves B．shorts C．coats D．shirts
58．A．a B．an C．the D．/
59．A．and B．but C．or D．so
60．A．play sports B．go back C．have lessons D．have fun
【答案】51．D 52．A 53．B 54．D 55．C 56．A 57．B 58．C 59．A 60．D
【导语】本文介绍了七年级二班的几位同学和老师在班级聚会前的穿着打扮。
51．句意：学生们为班级聚会做好了准备。
with与……一起；in在……里面；from从……来；for 为了。be ready for“为……做好准备”，固定
搭配。故选 D。
52．句意：他们都穿着漂亮的衣服。
第 29 页 共 60 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·完形填空 20篇（解析版）
clothes衣服；books书；colours颜色；pens钢笔。根据 wear及选项可知此处指穿着漂亮的衣服。
故选 A。
53．句意：她穿着一条漂亮的粉红色裙子。
I我；she她；he他；you你。根据“This is Kate”可知，此处指代 Kate，女孩子。故选 B。
54．句意：她的紫色衬衫与裙子很搭配。
get得到；gets得到（第三人称单数）；go去；goes 去（第三人称单数）。go well with“和……搭
配”，固定搭配，根据“blouse”可知，主语是第三人称单数，动词用单三。故选 D。
55．句意：她看起来很漂亮。
colourful多彩的；new新的；pretty漂亮的；old旧的。根据“Her purple blouse goes well with her skirt”
可知，她的紫色衬衫与裙子很搭配，可推知她看起来很漂亮。故选 C。
56．句意：那边那个男孩是谁？
Who谁；Whose谁的；What什么；How如何。根据“He’s Danny”可知，此处提问身份。故选 A。
57．句意：他穿着一条蓝色的短裤和红色的衬衫。
scarves围巾；shorts短裤；coats外套；shirts衬衫。根据“…and a red shirt”可知，此处描述丹尼的
穿着是短裤搭配衬衣。故选 B。
58．句意：他们的老师刘老师也在教室里。
a表泛指，用于辅音音素前；an表泛指，用于元音音素前；the表特指；/不填。根据“in…classroom”
可知，老师也在教室里，此处的教室指七年级二班的教室，特指。故选 C。
59．句意：他又高又瘦。
and和；but 但是；or或者；so 因此。根据“tall…thin”可知，此处描述老师的外形，高和瘦是并列
关系。故选 A。
60．句意：他们今天会玩得很开心。
play sports做运动；go back回去；have lessons上课；have fun玩得开心。根据文章开头“their class party”
可知，他们要进行班级聚会，故应该是玩得开心。故选 D。
07
Hi, I’m Peter. There are two buildings in our school. The 61 one is the classroom building.
The small one is the office building.
In the classroom building, there are sixteen 62 . Our classroom is on the first floor. There are
____63____students in our class, 27 boys and 23 girls. We 64 our seats every month. This month,
I sit at the back of the classroom. There is a big 65 in the front of our classroom. Teachers write
down the important information on it in class.
第 30 页 共 60 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·完形填空 20篇（解析版）
The office building is behind the classroom building. There are many offices. Teachers ____66____
a lot of time in their offices. Our library rooms are in the 67 building. We like to read there
____68____ these rooms are clean and quiet.
There is a sports field in our school. It is 69 the middle of our school. All the students go to
the sports field to do exercise 70 in the morning.
My school is not big or modern, but I love it.
61．A．large B．small C．little D．right
62．A．classrooms B．offices C．libraries D．gyms
63．A．thirty B．forty C．fifty D．sixty
64．A．put B．raise C．change D．find
65．A．map B．notice C．blackboard D．clock
66．A．see B．get C．make D．spend
67．A．special B．same C．different D．full
68．A．or B．because C．but D．so
69．A．at B．for C．in D．on
70．A．together B．even C．really D．else
【答案】61．A 62．A 63．C 64．C 65．C 66．D 67．B 68．B 69．C 70．A
【导语】本文主要介绍了作者的学校。
61．句意：大的那栋是教学楼。
large大的；small小的；little少的；right正确的。根据“The small one is the office building.”可知，
此处应指大的那个。故选 A。
62．句意：在教学楼里，有十六间教室。
classrooms教室；offices办公室；libraries图书馆；gyms健身房。根据“In the classroom building,”
可知，教学楼里应该是有教室。故选 A。
63．句意：我们班有五十名学生，27名男生和 23名女生。
thirty三十；forty四十；fifty五十；sixty六十。根据“27 boys and 23 girls”可知，是五十名学生。故
选 C。
64．句意：我们每个月都换座位。
put放；raise升起；change 换；find发现。根据“This month, I sit at the back of the classroom.”可知，
是每个月都换座位。故选 C。
65．句意：我们教室前面有一块大黑板。
第 31 页 共 60 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·完形填空 20篇（解析版）
map地图；notice通知；blackboard黑板；clock钟表。根据“Teachers write down the important
information on it in class.”可知，是在黑板上写东西。故选 C。
66．句意：老师们花了很多时间在办公室里。
see看见；get得到；make制作；spend花费。根据“a lot of time in their offices”可知，是花费时间。
故选 D。
67．句意：我们的图书室在同一栋楼里。
special特别的；same同样的；different不同的；full满的。根据“Our library rooms are in the...building.”
可知，应表达在同一栋楼里。故选 B。
68．句意：我们喜欢在那里读书，因为这些房间干净安静。
or或者；because因为；but但是；so因此。根据“We like to read there...these rooms are clean and quiet.”
可知，前后是因果关系，后面是原因，用 because连接。故选 B。
69．句意：它在我们学校的中间。
at在；for为了；in在；on在……上面。in the middle of“在……中间”，固定搭配。故选 C。
70．句意：所有的学生早上一起去运动场锻炼身体。
together一起；even甚至；really真地；else其它的。根据“All the students”可知，应该是一起去锻
炼身体。故选 A。
08
Hello! 71 name is Li Ming. I’m twelve. I’m from Zhenjiang. Now I’m in No. 4 Middle
School. I’m 72 Class 5, Grade 7. Miss Gao 73 my English teacher. She is 74 , so
we love her.
This is our classroom. It’s big and tidy. There are lots of 75 and chairs in it. Liu Ping is in
Grade 7, too. 76 is from Nanjing. She is my good 77 . She loves music a lot. She plays
the guitar in our school 78 . Her English is good. She often 79 me with my English. I
think she is a good girl. Look! 80 is that girl She is Liu Ping.
71．A．Her B．My C．Your D．His
72．A．to B．for C．in D．of
73．A．is B．are C．am D．be
74．A．tall B．full C．small D．nice
75．A．desks B．grades C．schools D．classes
76．A．I B．You C．She D．He
77．A．friend B．teacher C．doctor D．brother
78．A．house B．classroom C．band (乐队) D．yard
第 32 页 共 60 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·完形填空 20篇（解析版）
79．A．asks B．helps C．thanks D．tells
80．A．Who B．How C．Where D．What
【答案】71．B 72．C 73．A 74．D 75．A 76．C 77．A 78．C 79．B 80．A
【导语】本文作者介绍了自己所在的学校、班级、老师及朋友。
71．句意：我的名字是李明。
Her她的；My我的；Your你的；His他的。根据“I’m twelve.”可知，此处是指“我的”名字。故选 B。
72．句意：我在七年级五班。
to到；for为了；in在里面；of……的。表示在几年级几班，用介词 in。故选 C。
73．句意：高老师是我的英语老师。
is是，主语是第三人称单数；are主语是复数或第二人称；am主语是 I；be原形。此处主语是第三
人称单数Miss Gao，be动词用 is。故选 A。
74．句意：她很友好，所以我们喜欢她。
tall高的；full满的；small小的；nice友好的。根据“so we love her.”可知，她很友好，所以喜欢她。
故选 D。
75．句意：里面有很多桌子和椅子。
desks桌子；grades年级；schools学校；classes课程。根据“and chairs”可知，是指教室里有很多桌
子和椅子。故选 A。
76．句意：她来自南京。
I我；You你；She她；He他。此处指代刘萍，为女性，用 she指代。故选 C。
77．句意：她是我的好朋友。
friend朋友；teacher老师；doctor医生；brother兄弟。根据“Liu Ping is in Grade 7, too ... is from Nanjing.”
可知，刘萍应该是我的好朋友。故选 A。
78．句意：她在我们学校的乐队里弹吉他。
house房子；classroom教室；band乐队；yard院子。根据“She plays the guitar”可知，应是在学校乐
队弹吉他。故选 C。
79．句意：她经常帮我学英语。
asks问；helps帮助；thanks感谢；tells告诉。固定短语 help sb with sth“帮助某人某事”。故选 B。
80．句意：那个女孩是谁？
Who谁；How怎样；Where哪里；What什么。根据“She is Liu Ping.”可知，是问那个女孩是谁。故
选 A。
09
第 33 页 共 60 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·完形填空 20篇（解析版）
Hello! My name is Jane Green. You can 81 me Jane. I’m a student in No. 2 Middle
School. This is a map of my 82 . Let me introduce (介绍) some places in my school to you.
The first place is the library. There are many 83 in the library. Students can sit there
____84____ read books in their free (空闲的) time. The next place is the art building. The music there
always 85 good. Students can enjoy watching the 86 pictures there. I usually go to
the sports field to play ping-pong with my classmates. We often 87 there. The ____88____
place is the classroom building. In front of it, there is an open space (空间 ). My friend Zoe always
____89____ the flag on Mondays with us there.
After the morning classes, we have lunch at our school dining all. The food there is 90 delicious.
I’m happy to study at such a beautiful school.
81．A．say B．call C．talk D．tell
82．A．garden B．library C．school D．classroom
83．A．keys B．cards C．watches D．seats
84．A．but B．because C．or D．and
85．A．plays B．sounds C．greets D．gets
86．A．amazing B．similar C．important D．smart
87．A．put up B．look at C．have fun D．make friends
88．A．other B．another C．last D．full
89．A．circles B．raises C．starts D．spends
90．A．else B．much C．really D．even
【答案】81．B 82．C 83．D 84．D 85．B 86．A 87．C 88．C 89．B 90．C
【导语】本文介绍了作者的学校建筑的一些情况。
81．句意：你可以叫我简。
say说；call叫；talk谈论；tell告诉。根据“me Jane”可知，此处指的是“叫”，故选 B。
82．句意：这是我学校的分布图。
garden花园；library图书馆；school学校；classroom教室。根据“Let me introduce (介绍) some places
in my school to you.”可知，是学校的分布图，故选 C。
83．句意：图书馆里有很多座位。
keys钥匙；cards卡片；watches手表；seats座位。根据“Students can sit there”可知，有很多座位，
故选 D。
84．句意：学生可以在空闲时间坐在那里看书。
第 34 页 共 60 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·完形填空 20篇（解析版）
but但是；because因为；or或者；and和。空处是并列“sit there...read books”部分，应用 and连接，
故选 D。
85．句意：那里的音乐听起来总是很好。
plays演奏；sounds听起来；greets问候；gets得到。根据“The music there always...good”可知，音乐
听起来很好，故选 B。
86．句意：学生们可以在那里欣赏令人惊叹的图片。
amazing令人惊叹的；similar相似的；important重要的；smart聪明的。空处修饰“pictures”，结合“The
next place is the art building.”可知，艺术楼里的艺术作品应该是令人惊叹的，故选 A。
87．句意：我们经常在那里玩得很开心。
put up张贴；look at看；have fun玩得开心；make friends交朋友。根据“...I usually go to the sports field
to play ping-pong with my classmates.”可知，在体育场玩应该是开心的，故选 C。
88．句意：最后一个地方是教学楼。
other其他的；another另一个；last最后的；full满的。根据后文的介绍可知，教学楼是最后介绍的，
故选 C。
89．句意：我的朋友佐伊总是周一和我们一起在那里升旗。
circles盘旋，环绕；raises升起；starts开始；spends花费。根据“the flag”可知，此处指的是“升旗”，
故选 B。
90．句意：那里的食物真的很好吃。
else别的；much很多；really真地；even甚至。空处修饰形容词“delicious”，此处应用 really修饰，
故选 C。
10
Hello! My name is Frank. I am twelve 91 old. I am a middle school 92 . I have
a beautiful schoolbag. What color is it It’s black. I like the 93 . My telephone number is
211-8945. I have 94 good friend. Her first name is Jill, and her 95 is Miller. She
likes yellow 96 she has a yellow T-shirt.
I have 97 new friends, too. They are Dave, Eric, and Alan. Dave likes 98 , so
he buys a blue bike. Eric likes white and he has a white jacket. Alan likes green and he has a green coat.
I like my 99 very much. I often play football with 100 after school. Do you
have many friends Please let me know.
91．A．months B．years C．weeks D．days
92．A．teacher B．student C．worker D．player
93．A．book B．football C．phone D．color
第 35 页 共 60 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·完形填空 20篇（解析版）
94．A．a B．an C．the D．/
95．A．first name B．given name C．last name D．full name
96．A．but B．or C．if D．and
97．A．no B．three C．four D．five
98．A．blue B．white C．black D．green
99．A．classmates B．parents C．friends D．brothers
100．A．us B．him C．them D．her
【答案】91．B 92．B 93．D 94．A 95．C 96．D 97．B 98．A 99．C 100．C
【导语】本文介绍了 Frank的好朋友和三个新朋友，还介绍了他们喜爱的颜色。
91．句意：我 12岁。
months月；years年；weeks周；days天。根据“I am twelve…old.”可知，此处说的是年龄，应该用
years表达。故选 B。
92．句意：我是一名中学生。
teacher教师；student学生；worker 工人；player运动员。根据“I am a middle school…”以及“I have a
beautiful schoolbag.”可知，作者是一名中学生。故选 B。
93．句意：我喜欢这个颜色。
book书；football足球；phone手机；color颜色。根据“It’s black.”可知，此处说的是颜色。故选 D。
94．句意：我有一个好朋友。
a一个，表泛指，用于辅音音素开头的词之前；an一个，表泛指，用于元音音素开头的词之前；the
表特指；/不填。此处泛指一个好朋友，good是辅音音素开头的词的词，应该用冠词 a。故选 A。
95．句意：她的名是吉尔，她的姓是米勒。
first name名字；given name名字；last name姓；full name全名。根据“Her first name is Jill, and her…is
Miller.”可知，Miller是她的姓。故选 C。
96．句意：她喜欢黄色，她有一件黄色的 T恤衫。
but但是；or或者；if如果；and和。根据“She likes yellow…she has a yellow T-shirt.”可知，前后句
子是顺承关系，应该用 and连接。故选 D。
97．句意：我也有三个新朋友。
no没有；three三个；four四个；five五个。根据“They are Dave, Eric, and Alan.”可知，此处说的是
三个朋友。故选 B。
98．句意：戴夫喜欢蓝色，所以他买了一辆蓝色的自行车。
blue蓝色；white白色；black黑色；green绿色。根据“so he buys a blue bike.”可推知，此处说的是
戴夫喜欢蓝色。故选 A。
第 36 页 共 60 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·完形填空 20篇（解析版）
99．句意：我非常喜欢我的朋友。
classmates同学；parents父母；friends朋友；brothers弟弟。根据上文“I have…new friends, too. They
are Dave, Eric, and Alan.”可知，此处说的是作者的朋友。故选 C。
100．句意：放学后我经常和他们一起踢足球。
us我们；him他；them他们；her她。根据“I often play football with…after school.”可知，此处说的
是经常和朋友一起踢足球，因此用 them代指他的朋友。故选 C。
11
Helen is a student. Monday and Wednesday are her 101 days. This is because she can
have geography 102 on these days. Helen likes geography very much.
103 uncle Paul loves taking photos of different countries ( 不 同 的 国 家 ). He
____104____ shares (分享) the photos with Helen. Then Helen 105 these countries on the
map. She thinks geography is interesting and 106 . She wants to go to these countries, too.
Helen’s uncle is 107 China these days. He calls Helen on the phone, “China is a great
country. Chinese are friendly and kind (善良的). The food here is delicious, too. So you need to study (学
习) Chinese now and 108 here one day.”
It is 109 . Helen has a geography class. In class, the teacher talks about 110 .
Helen is happy to know more about it.
101．A．healthy B．tidy C．cool D．favorite
102．A．lessons B．lunches C．books D．photos
103．A．Your B．Her C．His D．Their
104．A．very B．here C．too D．always
105．A．finds B．goes C．buys D．sells
106．A．busy B．boring C．useful D．difficult
107．A．on B．in C．at D．of
108．A．come B．finish C．watch D．take
109．A．Tuesday B．Monday C．Friday D．Saturday
110．A．NBA B．BBC C．China D．English
【答案】101．D 102．A 103．B 104．D 105．A 106．C 107．B 108．A
109．B 110．C
【导语】本文主要讲述了海伦由于受叔叔的影响喜欢地理学科的事情。
101．句意：星期一和星期三是她最喜欢的日子。
第 37 页 共 60 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·完形填空 20篇（解析版）
healthy健康的；tidy整洁的；cool凉爽的；favorite最喜爱的。根据“This is because she can have
geography...on these days. Helen likes geography very much.”可知，这两天有她很喜欢的地理课，所
以星期一和星期三是她最喜欢的日子。故选 D。
102．句意：这是因为这些天她可以上地理课。
lessons课；lunches午餐；books书；photos照片。根据“geography...”可知，此处指地理课程。故选
A。
103．句意：她的叔叔保罗喜欢拍摄不同国家的照片。
Your你的；Her她的；His他的；Their他们的。根据“she can...”可知，Helen为女性；此处指代“Helen
的”叔叔，即“她的”。故选 B。
104．句意：他总是和海伦分享照片。
very很，非常；here这里；too也；always总是。根据“He...shares the photos with Helen”并结合选项
可知，只有 D选项符合句意，表示他们分享照片的频度。故选 D。
105．句意：然后海伦在地图上找到这些国家。
finds找到；goes去；buys 买；sells卖。根据“...these countries on the map”可知，在地图上可以找到
这些国家。故选 A。
106．句意：她认为地理是有趣和有用的。
busy忙碌的；boring无聊的；useful有用的；difficult困难的。根据“Helen likes geography very much.”
可知，海伦对地理的评价是正面积极的。故选 C。
107．句意：海伦的叔叔最近在中国。
on在……上；in在……里；at在；of……的。设空处位于大地点 China之前，所以应填写地点介词
in。故选 B。
108．句意：所以你现在需要学习中文，有一天到这里来。
come来；finish完成；watch观看；take拿走。固定短语 come here“来这里”。故选 A。
109．句意：今天是星期一。
Tuesday星期二；Monday星期一；Friday星期五；Saturday星期六。根据“Monday and Wednesday...she
can have geography...”和“Helen has a geography class.”可知，海伦在星期一和星期三会有地理课。故
选 B。
110．句意：课堂上，老师谈到了中国。
NBA美国篮球职业联盟；BBC英国广播电台；China中国；English英语。根据“Helen is happy to know
more about it.”并结合前文海伦的叔叔提到了中国的事情，所以此处老师课堂上谈论的话题也是中
国。故选 C。
12
第 38 页 共 60 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·完形填空 20篇（解析版）
Some people like doing sports in their life. Many of them have their 111 sports and players.
112 do people like sports Because sports help people to keep young, happy and healthy.
Many people like to watch 113 people play games. They feel it interesting to 114 about
their favourite games or players. They also have fun 115 the games on TV or on the Internet. It is
____116____ for them to know “their” players or team win.
Where are games and sports from They are often from people’s work and 117 . For
example, people in some countries and places use 118 to help them work in their life, so they use
horses in their sports, too. Some sports are 119 , and people like to play them. For example, more
and more people 120 playing ping-pong in their free time.
Some sports, like jumping or 121 , can be traced back to (追溯到) many thousands years
ago. 122 basketball and volleyball are very new. Both of them are only about 200 years old.
People are inventing (发明) new sports or games all the time. Water-skiing (滑水) is 123 of
the new members in the sports family. People 124 different places in the world may not know
each other very well, but they can become good 125 after a game together.
111．A．like B．favourite C．love D．sweet
112．A．When B．What C．Why D．Who
113．A．other B．another C．the other D．others
114．A．say B．speak C．talk D．tell
115．A．looking B．reading C．seeing D．watching
116．A．exciting B．excited C．tiring D．tired
117．A．wish B．life C．dream D．holiday
118．A．cars B．cows C．dogs D．horses
119．A．sad B．interesting C．busy D．different
120．A．show B．teach C．care D．enjoy
121．A．shopping B．reading C．drawing D．running
122．A．But B．And C．Because D．So
123．A．two B．some C．one D．any
124．A．on B．out C．with D．from
125．A．friends B．teachers C．brothers D．sisters
【答案】111．B 112．C 113．A 114．C 115．D 116．A 117．B 118．D
119．B 120．D 121．D 122．A 123．C 124．D 125．A
【导语】本文主要介绍了人们喜欢体育运动的原因、体育运动的来源以及人们喜欢体育运动的好处。
第 39 页 共 60 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·完形填空 20篇（解析版）
111．句意：他们中的许多人都有自己最喜欢的运动和运动员。
like喜欢；favourite最喜欢的；love爱；sweet甜的。由“sports and players”可知，此处指“最喜欢的”，
have one’s favourite…表示“有某人最喜欢的……”。故选 B。
112．句意：为什么人们喜欢运动？
When什么时候；What什么；Why为什么；Who谁。由下文“Because sports help people to keep young,
happy and healthy.”可知，此处是询问原因，用Why提问。故选 C。
113．句意：许多人喜欢看其他人比赛。
other其他的，后面常接复数名词；another另一个，三者及三者以上的另一个；the other两者中的
另一个；others其他的人或物，后面不能接名词。根据“people play games”可知，此处指“其他人”，
且 people是复数，所以用 other修饰。故选 A。
114．句意：他们觉得谈论他们最喜欢的比赛或运动员很有趣。
say说，强调说的内容；speak说，强调说的动作或能力，后面常接语言；talk谈论，不及物动词，
后面接宾语时，常与介词 to/with/about等连用；tell告诉，后面常接双宾语。由“about their favourite
games or players”可知，此处指“谈论”比赛或运动员，talk about表示“谈论”。故选 C。
115．句意：他们也喜欢在电视或网上看比赛。
looking看，强调看的动作；reading阅读；seeing看见，强调看的结果；watching观看。由“the games
on TV or on the Internet”可知，此处指“观看”电视或网上的比赛，watch TV或watch sth. on the Internet
表示“看电视或网上看……”。故选 D。
116．句意：对他们来说，知道“他们”的球员或球队获胜是令人兴奋的。
exci微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·阅读表达 20篇（学生版）
01
Going on a picnic is a good way to have fun. Here are some tips for you to do it.
Where to go. You can go to a nature park, a hill or a farm. They are all good places for a picnic.
But don’t go to a place which is full of people like a zoo.
Who to go with. You can ask your family or your friends to go with you. On the one hand, they can
bring you more fun. On the other hand, they can help you when you need help.
What to take with you. You can take some food, drinks and anything you need. But it may be
heavy to take too many things. You can ask your friends to take different things to make everyone’s bag
less (没那么) heavy.
What to do. You can cook food and go fishing. You can fly a kite, too. Just enjoy your time.
What NOT to do. Don’t play with water or fire. Remember safety (安全) always comes first. Don’t
litter (扔垃圾) here and there. We should keep the place clean.
1．Where does the author (作者) advise us to go for a picnic
___________________________________________________________________________________
2．Why should we go on a picnic with our friends or family
___________________________________________________________________________________
3．What can you do to make every friend’s bag less heavy
___________________________________________________________________________________
4．How many tips are there in the text
___________________________________________________________________________________
5．Do you like going on a picnic Why or why not
___________________________________________________________________________________
第 1 页 共 39 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·阅读表达 20篇（学生版）
02
Dear Mario,
I am in China now. I will stay here for six months. Everything goes well with me. I hope you and
Ellen are very well, too. Today is Christmas Day. I think you must get many presents from your parents
and friends. Now I am in Beijing. Things are very different. I’m very happy to see the “White Christmas”.
There is snow everywhere, and the snow is very thick (厚的) on the ground. I often go out to play
with the snow with my friends. We make big snowmen and have snowball fights. We always have fun.
Now it’s very hot in Australia. Do you often go swimming I can’t swim here, but I’m learning to
ski. It’s really interesting.
Please write to me soon.
Yours,
Daniel
6．Who writes the letter
___________________________________________________________________________________
7．How long does Daniel plan to stay in China
___________________________________________________________________________________
8．What season is it in Australia now
___________________________________________________________________________________
9．What is Daniel learning in Beijing now
___________________________________________________________________________________
10．How do you feel if you have a hot Spring Festival
___________________________________________________________________________________
第 2 页 共 39 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·阅读表达 20篇（学生版）
03
Hello, everyone! My name is Betty. I’m thirteen years old. I’m in Class 3, Grade 7. Let me tell you
something about my school.
There are some trees and flowers in our school. When the spring comes, they are very beautiful.
There are 2,500 students in my school. We have fifty-two classrooms. There is a big library in our school.
It’s across from our classrooms. There are many books in it. When I finish my class, I often read them
and learn a lot from them. The labs are on the right of the library. Between the library and the labs, there
is a big dining hall. At noon, we have lunch there. The food is nice. There is a big playground next to the
dining hall. I don’t like playing sports, but I like watching my classmates playing sports on the
playground after school. Some of them like playing table tennis and basketball. Some of them love
running on the playground.
根据短文内容简略回答问题。
11．How old is Betty
________________________________________________
12．Where is the dining hall
________________________________________________
13．What does the underlined word “it” refer to (指的是)
________________________________________________
14．How many classrooms are there in Betty’s school
________________________________________________
15．What do you think of Betty’s school
________________________________________________
第 3 页 共 39 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·阅读表达 20篇（学生版）
04
Hello, everyone! Here is a photo of me. Am I a dog No, I am a schoolbag and I am yellow. What
can you find in me A computer and a book.
Nick is my master. He is a middle school student. This morning, Nick lost (遗失) me in the library.
Luckily, he has a good friend. Her name is Lisa and she is a nice and helpful girl. She wants to help Nick
find me.
Lisa’ s brother works in the Lost and Found (失物招领处) at the school. Lisa calls him and asks if I
am in the Lost and Found. Her brother says yes. Then Nick goes there with Lisa. He finds me there and
says thanks to Lisa and her brother.
16．What is in the schoolbag
___________________________________________________________________________________
17．Who is the master of the schoolbag
___________________________________________________________________________________
18．Where does Lisa’s brother work
___________________________________________________________________________________
19．Is the schoolbag in the Lost and Found
___________________________________________________________________________________
20．What do you think of Lisa
___________________________________________________________________________________
第 4 页 共 39 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·阅读表达 20篇（学生版）
05
Chinese paper-cutting, or jianzhi, is a kind of folk art. People usually use scissors (剪刀) or knives
to cut paper. It has a long history of about 1,500 years. Let’s learn something about paper-cutting.
Wonderful meanings
Paper-cutting has some wonderful meanings—happiness and good luck. People paste (粘贴 )
paper-cuttings on doors or windows. For example, at the Spring Festival, people paste “Fu”. At a wedding,
people paste “Xi”.
Why is it red
In China, people always love red. In our ideas, red is hope and life, so red is our favourite. We can
see red everywhere in China. The walls of old palaces are red. Lanterns (灯笼 ) are red. Weddings are
always full of red things, too. So most of the paper-cuttings are red.
Black paper-cutting in Shanzhou
Many of the paper-cuttings are red, but paper-cuttings in Shanzhou, Henan Province are black.
Black is the best color there. Shanzhou is a dry place. People make black paper-cuttings to wish for rain.
Now, paper-cutting gets into many schools. Students can learn how to make paper-cutting at school.
Li Jie, a middle school student, says, “It’s really wonderful to change paper into different kinds of
pictures, such as flowers and animals. We enjoy it.”
21．How long is the history of Chinese paper-cutting
________________________________________________
22．Where do people usually paste paper-cuttings
________________________________________________
23．Why do Chinese people love red
________________________________________________
24．What do people in Shanzhou use black paper-cuttings to do
________________________________________________
25．What do you think of paper-cutting
________________________________________________
第 5 页 共 39 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·阅读表达 20篇（学生版）
06
Abel Baxley is a student in Grade One at a school in the US. He has lessons and plays with his
friends at school like other children.
The boy also does something unusual every school day. He cleans the road and the road is from the
classroom to the school playground. Why does Abel do it It’s because of a girl named Natalia Petosa.
She is Abel’s classmate. They are also good friends at school. Natalia can’t walk, so she always sits in a
wheelchair (轮椅) . When she goes to the playground between classes, the gravel (石子) on the road often
makes her wheelchair a little difficult to move. Seeing this, Abel starts to clean the road for Natalia every
day. He just hopes Natalia can get to and from the playground easily and safely.
April Catherman is Natalia’s mother. She says, “No one asks him to do that, but he is always ready
to clean the road for Natalia. It makes my girl feel very happy and warm.”
回答下面 5个问题，每题答案不超过 6个词。
26．Where is Abel Baxley from
________________________________________________
27．What special does Abel Baxley do every school day
________________________________________________
28．What’s wrong with Natalia Petosa
________________________________________________
29．Who is April Catherman
________________________________________________
30．What do you think of Abel Baxley
________________________________________________
第 6 页 共 39 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·阅读表达 20篇（学生版）
07
There are four seasons in a year. Quite a lot of people like spring or autumn, because they think the
weather is fine in these two seasons. But my favourite season is winter. I think it is beautiful and fun. In
my city, it often snows in winter. After snowing, everything is white and the world looks beautiful. I like
to go out, but it’s very cold outside. Of course, I’ll wear warm clothes, shoes and hats.
What can I do on snowy days I enjoy playing in the snow with my friends. There are also many
other things for us to do. We can ski on the snow and go skating on the ice. We can also make snowmen
and fight with snow (打雪仗). Look! Liu Xin is making a snowman. A snowball hit (击中) his leg. “Oh!
Don’t throw (扔) snowballs at me! ” he says. It’s so exciting and we all fight with each other. How fun it
is!
This is why I love winter so much. What about you What’s your favourite season
31．What does the writer think of winter
________________________________________________
32．How is the weather in winter in the writer’s city
________________________________________________
33．What does the writer like doing on snowy days
________________________________________________
34．What are they doing
________________________________________________
35．What’s your favourite season What do you like to do during your favourite season
________________________________________________
第 7 页 共 39 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·阅读表达 20篇（学生版）
08
Dear Mike,
How are you I’m your new pen pal. My name is Peter. I’m a student in a middle school. I want to
tell you about my school life.
My school is very big and beautiful. I have classes from Monday to Friday. I have six classes a day.
I like some subjects, such as math, English and science. I think they are very interesting. I don’t like
history. It’s a little boring. I have a lot of homework to do every day. But I also have a lot of free time. I
often play basketball with my friends after school. I like basketball very much. It makes me feel relaxed. I
also like reading books. I have a lot of books at home. I often read books in my free time.
What about you Do you like your school life What subjects do you like What do you do in your
free time Please write to me and tell me about it.
Best wishes!
Peter
36．How many classes does Peter have a day
________________________________________________
37．What subjects does Peter like
________________________________________________
38．Why doesn’t Peter like history
________________________________________________
39．What does Peter often do after school
________________________________________________
40．What does Peter want Mike to do
________________________________________________
第 8 页 共 39 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·阅读表达 20篇（学生版）
09
Jenny is a 13-year-old student. She knows it’s important to stay healthy and she finds some easy
ways to keep healthy every day.
Every morning before school, Jenny starts her day with some exercise. She does easy exercise like
jumping. Her home is not far from her school, so she always walks there, even on cold winter days. To
stay active, she enjoys taking short walks around the school at school breaks. When she gets home, she
spends some time outdoors, playing with her friends and running in the park near her house. She doesn’t
like to stay indoors soon after she gets home. In the evening, Jenny also practices yoga before she goes to
bed. It helps her to sleep better.
On weekends, Jenny loves going for bike rides with her family or taking walks in the park. Staying
active not only helps her stay healthy but also gives her a break from schoolwork and cleans her mind for
the coming week.
41．What easy exercise does Jenny do before school
________________________________________________
42．How does Jenny go to school
________________________________________________
43．When does Jenny take a walk around the school
________________________________________________
44．Why does Jenny practice yoga before she goes to bed
________________________________________________
45．Where does Jenny go for a ride on weekends
________________________________________________
第 9 页 共 39 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·阅读表达 20篇（学生版）
10
My name is Julia. I am a girl from Canada. Now I am in Beijing with my parents. My father is a
cook. He works in a restaurant. My mother is a doctor. She works in a big hospital.
Yang Han is my pen pal. Yang Han lives in Anhui. Look! This is a letter from her. In it, she says
she has a nice family. Her father and mother are farmers. And they work on the farm every day. They
plant (种植) rice and vegetables. On their farm, they have a big apple tree. They have many chickens, two
dogs and two cats, too. Yang Han is good at English. She likes to read different English books with nice
pictures (图片). She often helps her classmates with their English at school. They like her a lot. Yang Han
has a brother. His name is Yang Chen. He is very cute. He likes to play with the dogs.
Yang Han says she wants me to visit her. She will ask her father to cook nice food for me.
46．What does Julia’s father do
______________________________________________________________
47．Where does yang Han live
______________________________________________________________
48．What kind of books does Yang Han like to read
______________________________________________________________
49．What is Yang Chen like
______________________________________________________________
50．How many people are in Yang Han’s family
______________________________________________________________
第 10 页 共 39 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·阅读表达 20篇（学生版）
11
It is spring now. The weather is cool. There is a lot of work to do on the farm. There are some holes
in the fence. Mr Chen got up early this morning to fix the fence.
The Chens have a few pigs and some chickens. Mrs Chen feeds the pigs and gives them water to
drink. Meimei helps too. She feeds the chickens. Mr Chen is cutting some old branches (树枝) off the
apple trees with a saw. Meimei is gathering the branches and Mrs Chen is carrying them away. Later, the
Chens use the branches to make new fences for the animals. The apple trees look bare now. Meimei
climbs up a tree to look at the branches. Green leaves and red apples will grow on them. Meimei dreams
about the sweet apples in autumn.
51．What animals do the Chens have
________________________________________________
52．Why did Mr Chen get up early this morning
________________________________________________
53．Who feed the chickens
________________________________________________
54．How is Mr Chen cutting the old branches off the trees
________________________________________________
55．What do you think of the Chens
________________________________________________
第 11 页 共 39 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·阅读表达 20篇（学生版）
12
Hello! My name is Anna. I’m from England. I have a big family. This is my mother Laura and that
is my father Peter. My parents are very nice. Their room is tidy. This is my father’s jacket. It’s black.
What are those Oh, they are my father’s baseballs. They are in the bookcase. My mother’s hat is on the
table. It’s purple.
My father has a sister. Her name is Grace and she is my aunt. My mother has two brothers. Their
names are Mike and Eric, and they are my uncles. Those are my cousins Frank and Alan.
I love my family. What about you
56．What’s the name of Anna’s mother
________________________________________________
57．What color is Peter’s jacket
________________________________________________
58．Where is Laura’s hat
________________________________________________
59．Who is Grace
________________________________________________
60．Do you love your family Why
________________________________________________
第 12 页 共 39 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·阅读表达 20篇（学生版）
13
Hi, there, I’m Fangfang. I’m so happy to talk to you about my new American friend Daisy. She is
fifteen. She has long straight hair. She often exercises a lot, so she keeps a good build. We like music.
Daisy is good at playing the guitar, and I play erhu very well. We usually talk about Chinese and
American music on the computer. Sometimes we also write e-mails to each other. Daisy has a sister Amy.
She is nineteen and studying in Canada. She has short blonde hair. Daisy says her family has a trip to
China this summer vacation. I wish to see her.
注：每题答案不超过 5个单词。
61．Where does Daisy come from
________________________________________________
62．How does Daisy keep a good build
________________________________________________
63．What is Daisy good at
________________________________________________
64．What do Daisy and the writer talk about online
________________________________________________
65．When will Daisy’s family take a trip to China
________________________________________________
第 13 页 共 39 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·阅读表达 20篇（学生版）
14
John is 12. He is in China with his parents now. He is in Wenhua Middle School. What class is he
in He is in Class 3. John’s father is a teacher in his school.
John is always in a blue jacket. He likes blue. It’s his favorite color. John likes sports. His favorite
sport is ping-pong. After school, he plays ping-pong with his classmates for an hour. He thinks it’s easy
and interesting. In the evening, he always watches ping-pong games on TV. His favorite ping-pong star is
Ma Long.
John has good eating habits. He wants to be healthy. For breakfast, he likes some eggs and bread.
For lunch and dinner, John likes rice and vegetables. He loves fruit, too. His favorite fruit is bananas. He
always eats bananas after dinner.
John thinks sports and healthy food are good for him. He wants to be a ping-pong star one day.
66．How old is John
________________________________________________
67．How long does John play ping-pong after school
________________________________________________
68．What does John think of ping-pong
________________________________________________
69．What does John always eat after dinner
________________________________________________
70．Do you have good eating habits Why or why not
________________________________________________
第 14 页 共 39 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·阅读表达 20篇（学生版）
15
Hi, I’m Ann. I’m 12 years old. I’m a middle school student. I’m in Beijing, China now. My
telephone number is 010-3585658. My parents both work in school. They like their students very much
and their students love them, too.
Gina Miller is my good friend. She is 13 years old. Her favourite colour is green. Mary is my good
friend, too. She is 12 years old, too. We are in the same class. She is a nice girl. We often go to school
together (一起) and play basketball after school. Ms. Dong is my Chinese teacher. She’s a good teacher.
We all like her.
根据短文内容回答下面的问题。
71．How old is Ann
________________________________________________________________
72．Where do Ann’s parents work
________________________________________________________________
73．What colour does Gina like
________________________________________________________________
74．What does Ann often do with Mary after school
________________________________________________________________
75．Who is Ms. Dong
________________________________________________________________
第 15 页 共 39 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·阅读表达 20篇（学生版）
16
Today we’ll learn about three astronauts (宇航员 ) from China. Their names are Ye Guangfu, Li
Cong and Li Guangsu.
Ye Guangfu is 44 years old and he is from Sichuan. Li Cong is 35 years old and he is from Hebei.
Li Guangsu comes from Jiangsu. Both Li Cong and Li Guangsu are fourth-grade astronauts. Ye Guangfu
is a first-grade astronaut and he is also the commander (指令长) of the Shenzhou-18 manned spacecraft
(神舟十八号载人飞船).
Ye loves reading and studying. He is also good at sport. At a young age, flying to space was his
dream. Then he trained (训练) long hours every day. Hard work always pays off (得到回报). Now, his
dream comes true. “We need to have dreams and work hard,” says Ye.
阅读短文，回答问题，每题答案不超过 8个词。
76．How old is Li Cong
________________________________________________________________
77．Where does Li Guangsu come from
________________________________________________________________
78．Is Ye Guangfu good at sport
________________________________________________________________
79．What was Ye Guangfu’s dream at a young age
________________________________________________________________
80．What can you learn from Ye Guangfu
________________________________________________________________
第 16 页 共 39 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·阅读表达 20篇（学生版）
17
I’m Kangkang and I study at a middle school in Beijing. Our school life is fun and colorful. On the
morning of every Monday, we raise the national flag. We start the first class at 8:00 a. m. every day. We
study Chinese, English, math, science and many other subjects. My favorite class is PE. Every afternoon,
we have one PE class on the playground.
There are many student clubs in our school. We can make friends with other students there. We
have different activities in the clubs after school. I enjoy singing and playing the guitar in the music club.
I really love going to school.
81．How is Kangkang’s school life
________________________________________________________________
82．What time does the first class begin
________________________________________________________________
83．Where does Kangkang have PE classes
________________________________________________________________
84．What does Kangkang do in the music club
________________________________________________________________
85．Do you like your school life Why
________________________________________________________________
第 17 页 共 39 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·阅读表达 20篇（学生版）
18
Dear Mary,
How are you I’m your new pen pal. My name is John. I’m from America. I’m twelve years old.
I’m a student. I like my school very much. I have many friends here. They are all very nice.
I like sports very much. I like playing football, basketball and tennis. My favorite sport is football. I
often play football with my friends after school. I also like reading books. I have a lot of books at home. I
like to read books about animals and nature.
What about you Do you like sports What’s your favorite sport Do you like reading books What kind
of books do you like Please write to me and tell me about it. Best wishes!
John
86．Where is John from
________________________________________________________________
87．How old is John
________________________________________________________________
88．What are John’s favorite sports
________________________________________________________________
89．What kind of books does John like to read
________________________________________________________________
90．What does John want Mary to do
________________________________________________________________
第 18 页 共 39 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·阅读表达 20篇（学生版）
19
Dear Tom,
How are you I’m your new pen pal. My name is Peter. I’m from America. I’m twelve years old. I
have a big family. There are six people in my family. They are my grandparents, my parents, my sister
and I. My grandfather is a doctor. He likes reading books. My grandmother is a housewife. She likes
cooking. My father is a lawyer. He is very busy. My mother is a teacher. She teaches music. My sister is a
student. She likes dancing. I like playing football. I often play football with my friends after school. I love
my family very much.
What about you Do you have a big family What do your family members do What are your
hobbies Please write to me and tell me about it.
Best wishes!
Peter
91．Where is Peter from
________________________________________________________________
92．How old is Peter
________________________________________________________________
93．What does Peter’s father do
________________________________________________________________
94．What does Peter’s sister like
________________________________________________________________
95．What does Peter want Tom to do
________________________________________________________________
第 19 页 共 39 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·阅读表达 20篇（学生版）
20
The Spring Festival is Chinese people’s festival. There are twelve different names for Chinese years.
We call it the Year of the Rooster, the Year of Dog…And this year is the Year of Rabbit.
Before the festival, people are busy shopping and cleaning their houses. On the eve, there is a big
family dinner. After dinner, all the family stay up late to welcome the New Year.
At the Spring Festival, people put on their new clothes and go to visit their relatives and friends.
They say “Happy New Year” and some other greetings to each other. People always have a good time
during the festival.
阅读短文，根据短文内容回答问题。
96．How many different names are there for Chinese years
________________________________________________________________
97．What do Chinese people usually do before the Spring Festival
________________________________________________________________
98．Is there a family dinner on the eve
________________________________________________________________
99．What do they say at the Spring Festival
________________________________________________________________
100．Do they always have a good time during the festival _____________________________________
第 20 页 共 39 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·阅读表达 20篇（解析版）
01
Going on a picnic is a good way to have fun. Here are some tips for you to do it.
Where to go. You can go to a nature park, a hill or a farm. They are all good places for a picnic.
But don’t go to a place which is full of people like a zoo.
Who to go with. You can ask your family or your friends to go with you. On the one hand, they can
bring you more fun. On the other hand, they can help you when you need help.
What to take with you. You can take some food, drinks and anything you need. But it may be
heavy to take too many things. You can ask your friends to take different things to make everyone’s bag
less (没那么) heavy.
What to do. You can cook food and go fishing. You can fly a kite, too. Just enjoy your time.
What NOT to do. Don’t play with water or fire. Remember safety (安全) always comes first. Don’t
litter (扔垃圾) here and there. We should keep the place clean.
1．Where does the author (作者) advise us to go for a picnic
2．Why should we go on a picnic with our friends or family
3．What can you do to make every friend’s bag less heavy
4．How many tips are there in the text
5．Do you like going on a picnic Why or why not
【答案】1．The author advises us to go to a nature park, a hill or a farm for a picnic. 2．Because they
can bring us more fun and they can help us when we need help. 3．We can ask our friends to take
different things. 4．Five./5. 5．Yes, I do. Because I can enjoy the beautiful nature and have a great
time with my family and friends.（答案不唯一，合理即可）
【导语】本文主要介绍了一些关于去野餐的小贴士。
1．根据“Where to go. You can go to a nature park, a hill or a farm”可知，作者建议我们去自然公园、
小山或农场野餐。故填 The author advises us to go to a nature park, a hill or a farm for a picnic.
2．根据“Who to go with. You can ask your family or your friends to go with you. On the one hand, they
can bring you more fun. On the other hand, they can help you when you need help.”可知，我们应该和家
人或朋友一起去野餐，因为他们能带来更多乐趣，并且在我们需要帮助时，他们能提供帮助。故填
Because they can bring us more fun and they can help us when we need help.
3．根据“You can ask your friends to take different things to make everyone’s bag less (没那么) heavy.”
可知，但为避免背包过重，我们可让朋友们分担携带不同物品。故填We can ask our friends to take
different things.
第 21 页 共 39 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·阅读表达 20篇（解析版）
4．根据“Where to go”、“Who to go with”、“What to take with you”、“What to do”和“What NOT to do”
可知，文章中提到了 5条小贴士。故填 Five./5.
5．本题为开放性试题，答案不唯一，合理即可。例如：是的，我喜欢。因为我可以享受美丽的大
自然，并与我的家人和朋友度过一段愉快的时光。故填 Yes, I do. Because I can enjoy the beautiful
nature and have a great time with my family and friends.
02
Dear Mario,
I am in China now. I will stay here for six months. Everything goes well with me. I hope you and
Ellen are very well, too. Today is Christmas Day. I think you must get many presents from your parents
and friends. Now I am in Beijing. Things are very different. I’m very happy to see the “White Christmas”.
There is snow everywhere, and the snow is very thick (厚的) on the ground. I often go out to play
with the snow with my friends. We make big snowmen and have snowball fights. We always have fun.
Now it’s very hot in Australia. Do you often go swimming I can’t swim here, but I’m learning to
ski. It’s really interesting.
Please write to me soon.
Yours,
Daniel
6．Who writes the letter
7．How long does Daniel plan to stay in China
8．What season is it in Australia now
9．What is Daniel learning in Beijing now
10．How do you feel if you have a hot Spring Festival
【答案】6．Daniel does./Daniel writes the letter. 7．For six months./Six months. 8．It’s summer.
9．Daniel is learning to ski. 10．I will feel happy and excited. (合理即可)
【导语】本文是丹尼尔写给马里奥的信。介绍了北京与澳大利亚有很多不同，他很高兴过一个白色
的圣诞节，和朋友在外面玩雪等情况。
6．根据“Yours, Daniel”可知，信是丹尼尔写的。故填 Daniel does./Daniel writes the letter.
7．根据“I am in China now. I will stay here for six months.”可知，丹尼尔计划在中国待 6个月。故填
For six months./Six months.
8．根据“Now it’s very hot in Australia.”可知，澳大利亚是夏天。故填 It’s summer.
9．根据“I can’t swim here, but I’m learning to ski.”可知，丹尼尔正在学习滑雪。故填 Daniel is learning
to ski.
第 22 页 共 39 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·阅读表达 20篇（解析版）
10．开放性试题，结合实际，言之有理即可。参考答案为 I will feel happy and excited.
03
Hello, everyone! My name is Betty. I’m thirteen years old. I’m in Class 3, Grade 7. Let me tell you
something about my school.
There are some trees and flowers in our school. When the spring comes, they are very beautiful.
There are 2,500 students in my school. We have fifty-two classrooms. There is a big library in our school.
It’s across from our classrooms. There are many books in it. When I finish my class, I often read them
and learn a lot from them. The labs are on the right of the library. Between the library and the labs, there
is a big dining hall. At noon, we have lunch there. The food is nice. There is a big playground next to the
dining hall. I don’t like playing sports, but I like watching my classmates playing sports on the
playground after school. Some of them like playing table tennis and basketball. Some of them love
running on the playground.
根据短文内容简略回答问题。
11．How old is Betty
12．Where is the dining hall
13．What does the underlined word “it” refer to (指的是)
14．How many classrooms are there in Betty’s school
15．What do you think of Betty’s school
【答案】11．She is 13 years old. 12．It’s between the library and the labs. 13．(It refers to )the
library. 14．Fifty-two./52 15．It’s beautiful and big.(答案不唯一，言之有理即可得分)
【导语】本文是一篇记叙文。本文主要介绍了 Betty的学校。
11．根据“My name is Betty. I’m thirteen years old.”可知，她 13岁了，故填 She is 13 years old.
12．根据“Between the library and the labs, there is a big dining hall.”可知，图书馆和实验室之间有一
个大餐厅。故填 It’s between the library and the labs.
13．根据“It’s across from our classrooms. There are many books in it.”可知，我们学校有一个很大的图
书馆。就在我们教室对面，因此 it指代“the library”，故填(It refers to) the library.
14．根据“We have fifty-two classrooms.”可知，我们有五十二间教室。故填 Fifty-two./52.
15．主观题，合理即可，故填 It’s beautiful and big.
04
Hello, everyone! Here is a photo of me. Am I a dog No, I am a schoolbag and I am yellow. What
can you find in me A computer and a book.
第 23 页 共 39 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·阅读表达 20篇（解析版）
Nick is my master. He is a middle school student. This morning, Nick lost (遗失) me in the library.
Luckily, he has a good friend. Her name is Lisa and she is a nice and helpful girl. She wants to help Nick
find me.
Lisa’ s brother works in the Lost and Found (失物招领处) at the school. Lisa calls him and asks if I
am in the Lost and Found. Her brother says yes. Then Nick goes there with Lisa. He finds me there and
says thanks to Lisa and her brother.
16．What is in the schoolbag
17．Who is the master of the schoolbag
18．Where does Lisa’s brother work
19．Is the schoolbag in the Lost and Found
20．What do you think of Lisa
【答案】16．A computer and a book. 17．Nick. 18．In the Lost and Found at the school.
19．Yes, it is. 20．She is nice and helpful.
【导语】本文主要以书包的口吻讲述了自己被丢失，以及主人和他朋友找到它的故事。
16．根据“No, I am a schoolbag and I am yellow. What can you find in me A computer and a book.”可知，
书包里有一台电脑和一本书。故填 A computer and a book.
17．根据“Nick is my master.”可知，尼克是书包的主人。故填 Nick.
18．根据“Lisa’ s brother works in the Lost and Found (失物招领处) at the school.”可知，丽莎的哥哥在
学校的失物招领处工作。故填 In the Lost and Found at the school.
19．根据“Lisa calls him and asks if I am in the Lost and Found. Her brother says yes.”可知，书包在失
物招领处，故填 Yes, it is.
20．根据“Her name is Lisa and she is a nice and helpful girl.”可知，丽莎是一个很好的和乐于助人的
女孩，故填 She is nice and helpful.
05
Chinese paper-cutting, or jianzhi, is a kind of folk art. People usually use scissors (剪刀) or knives
to cut paper. It has a long history of about 1,500 years. Let’s learn something about paper-cutting.
Wonderful meanings
Paper-cutting has some wonderful meanings—happiness and good luck. People paste (粘贴 )
paper-cuttings on doors or windows. For example, at the Spring Festival, people paste “Fu”. At a wedding,
people paste “Xi”.
Why is it red
第 24 页 共 39 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·阅读表达 20篇（解析版）
In China, people always love red. In our ideas, red is hope and life, so red is our favourite. We can
see red everywhere in China. The walls of old palaces are red. Lanterns (灯笼 ) are red. Weddings are
always full of red things, too. So most of the paper-cuttings are red.
Black paper-cutting in Shanzhou
Many of the paper-cuttings are red, but paper-cuttings in Shanzhou, Henan Province are black.
Black is the best color there. Shanzhou is a dry place. People make black paper-cuttings to wish for rain.
Now, paper-cutting gets into many schools. Students can learn how to make paper-cutting at school.
Li Jie, a middle school student, says, “It’s really wonderful to change paper into different kinds of
pictures, such as flowers and animals. We enjoy it.”
21．How long is the history of Chinese paper-cutting
22．Where do people usually paste paper-cuttings
23．Why do Chinese people love red
24．What do people in Shanzhou use black paper-cuttings to do
25．What do you think of paper-cutting
【答案】21．About 1,500 years./It has a long history of about 1,500 years./It is about 1,500 years.
22．On doors or windows./People paste them/paper-cuttings on doors or windows. 23．Because (in
our ideas) red is hope and life. 24．To wish for rain./People make black paper-cuttings to wish for
rain. 25．It’s really wonderful to change paper into different kinds of pictures./Wonderful./Great.
【导语】本文介绍了中国剪纸艺术这一民间艺术。
21．根据“It has a long history of about 1,500 years.”可知，中国剪纸已经有大约 1500年历史了。故填
About 1,500 years./It has a long history of about 1,500 years./It is about 1,500 years.
22．根据“People paste (粘贴) paper-cuttings on doors or windows.”可知，人们在门窗上贴剪纸。故填
On doors or windows./People paste them/paper-cuttings on doors or windows.
23．根据“In our ideas, red is hope and life, so red is our favourite.”可知，红色是希望和生命。故填
Because (in our ideas) red is hope and life.
24．根据“People make black paper-cuttings to wish for rain.”可知，陕州的人们用黑色剪纸祈雨。故
填 To wish for rain./People make black paper-cuttings to wish for rain.
25．开放性问题，言之有理即可。参考答案为：It’s really wonderful to change paper into different kinds
of pictures./Wonderful./Great.
06
Abel Baxley is a student in Grade One at a school in the US. He has lessons and plays with his
friends at school like other children.
第 25 页 共 39 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·阅读表达 20篇（解析版）
The boy also does something unusual every school day. He cleans the road and the road is from the
classroom to the school playground. Why does Abel do it It’s because of a girl named Natalia Petosa.
She is Abel’s classmate. They are also good friends at school. Natalia can’t walk, so she always sits in a
wheelchair (轮椅) . When she goes to the playground between classes, the gravel (石子) on the road often
makes her wheelchair a little difficult to move. Seeing this, Abel starts to clean the road for Natalia every
day. He just hopes Natalia can get to and from the playground easily and safely.
April Catherman is Natalia’s mother. She says, “No one asks him to do that, but he is always ready
to clean the road for Natalia. It makes my girl feel very happy and warm.”
回答下面 5个问题，每题答案不超过 6个词。
26．Where is Abel Baxley from
27．What special does Abel Baxley do every school day
28．What’s wrong with Natalia Petosa
29．Who is April Catherman
30．What do you think of Abel Baxley
【答案】26．He is/comes from the US/ America./ The US/America. 27．He cleans the road with
gravel/He cleans the road for Natalia. 28． She can’t walk./She always sits in a wheelchair.
29．She is Natalia’s mother./Natalia’s mother. 30．He is kind and helpful.
【导语】本文介绍了阿贝尔·巴克斯利每天清扫从教室到操场的路，因为他的同班同学不能走路，
需要坐轮椅，而路上的石子会使她的轮椅通行困难。没有人要求阿贝尔·巴克斯利那么做，他自愿
帮助同学。
26．根据“Abel Baxley is a student in Grade One at a school in the US.”可知，阿贝尔·巴克斯利来自美
国，故填 He is/comes from the US/ America./The US/ America.
27．根据“The boy also does something unusual every school day. He cleans the road and the road is from
the classroom to the school playground...Seeing this, Abel starts to clean the road for Natalia every day”
阿贝尔·巴克斯利每天做的特殊的事情是为纳塔莉亚打扫路上的石子，故填 He cleans the road with
gravel/He cleans the road for Natalia.
28．根据“Natalia can’t walk, so she always sits in a wheelchair”可知纳塔莉亚不能走路，总是坐轮椅，
故填 She can’t walk./ She always sits in a wheelchair.
29．根据“April Catherman is Natalia’s mother”可知艾普丽尔·凯瑟曼是纳塔莉亚的妈妈，故填 She is
Natalia’s mother./Natalia’s mother.
30．开放性题目，答案合理即可，参考答案为 He is kind and helpful.
07
第 26 页 共 39 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·阅读表达 20篇（解析版）
There are four seasons in a year. Quite a lot of people like spring or autumn, because they think the
weather is fine in these two seasons. But my favourite season is winter. I think it is beautiful and fun. In
my city, it often snows in winter. After snowing, everything is white and the world looks beautiful. I like
to go out, but it’s very cold outside. Of course, I’ll wear warm clothes, shoes and hats.
What can I do on snowy days I enjoy playing in the snow with my friends. There are also many
other things for us to do. We can ski on the snow and go skating on the ice. We can also make snowmen
and fight with snow (打雪仗). Look! Liu Xin is making a snowman. A snowball hit (击中) his leg. “Oh!
Don’t throw (扔) snowballs at me! ” he says. It’s so exciting and we all fight with each other. How fun it
is!
This is why I love winter so much. What about you What’s your favourite season
31．What does the writer think of winter
32．How is the weather in winter in the writer’s city
33．What does the writer like doing on snowy days
34．What are they doing
35．What’s your favourite season What do you like to do during your favourite season
【答案】31．Beautiful and fun. 32．Snowy and cold. 33．He enjoys playing in the snow with his
friends. 34．They are having snowball fights and making snowmen. 35．My favourite season is
spring. I like to fly kites during spring. (答案不唯一，合理即可)
【导语】本文主要写了作者喜欢冬天的原因。
31．根据“But my favourite season is winter. I think it is beautiful and fun.”可知，作者认为冬天是美丽
和有趣的。故填 Beautiful and fun.
32．根据“In my city, it often snows in winter. After snowing, everything is white and the world looks
beautiful. I like to go out, but it’s very cold outside.”可知，作者所在城市冬天是寒冷的，多雪的。故
填 Snowy and cold.
33．根据“What can I do on snowy days I enjoy playing in the snow with my friends.”可知，作者喜欢
和朋友们在雪地里玩。故填 He enjoys playing in the snow with his friends.
34．根据“Look! Liu Xin is making a snowman. A snowball hit (击中) his leg. ‘Oh! Don’t throw (扔)
snowballs at me!’ he says.”可知，他们在打雪仗，堆雪人。故填 They are having snowball fights and
making snowmen.
35．开放性题目，答案合理即可。参考答案为 My favourite season is spring. I like to fly kites during
spring.
08
第 27 页 共 39 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·阅读表达 20篇（解析版）
Dear Mike,
How are you I’m your new pen pal. My name is Peter. I’m a student in a middle school. I want to
tell you about my school life.
My school is very big and beautiful. I have classes from Monday to Friday. I have six classes a day.
I like some subjects, such as math, English and science. I think they are very interesting. I don’t like
history. It’s a little boring. I have a lot of homework to do every day. But I also have a lot of free time. I
often play basketball with my friends after school. I like basketball very much. It makes me feel relaxed. I
also like reading books. I have a lot of books at home. I often read books in my free time.
What about you Do you like your school life What subjects do you like What do you do in your
free time Please write to me and tell me about it.
Best wishes!
Peter
36．How many classes does Peter have a day
37．What subjects does Peter like
38．Why doesn’t Peter like history
39．What does Peter often do after school
40．What does Peter want Mike to do
【答案】36．Six./6. 37．He likes math, English and science. 38．Because it’s a little boring.
39．He often plays basketball with his friends after school. 40．He wants Mike to write to him and tell
him about his school life, the subjects he likes and what he does in his free time.
【导语】本文主要介绍了 Peter的学校生活。
36．根据“I have six classes a day”可知，Peter一天有 6节课。故填 Six./6.
37．根据“I like some subjects, such as math, English and science”可知，Peter喜欢数学、英语和科学。
故填 He likes math, English and science.
38．根据“I don’t like history. It’s a little boring”可知，Peter 不喜欢历史，因为历史有点无聊。故填
Because it’s a little boring.
39．根据“I often play basketball with my friends after school”可知，Peter放学后经常和朋友们打篮球。
故填 He often plays basketball with his friends after school.
40．根据“What about you Do you like your school life What subjects do you like What do you do in
your free time Please write to me and tell me about it.”可知，Peter希望Mike给他写信，并且告知他
关于Mike自己的学校生活、喜欢的科目以及空闲时间所做之事的情况。故填 He wants Mike to write
to him and tell him about his school life, the subjects he likes and what he does in his free time.
第 28 页 共 39 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·阅读表达 20篇（解析版）
09
Jenny is a 13-year-old student. She knows it’s important to stay healthy and she finds some easy
ways to keep healthy every day.
Every morning before school, Jenny starts her day with some exercise. She does easy exercise like
jumping. Her home is not far from her school, so she always walks there, even on cold winter days. To
stay active, she enjoys taking short walks around the school at school breaks. When she gets home, she
spends some time outdoors, playing with her friends and running in the park near her house. She doesn’t
like to stay indoors soon after she gets home. In the evening, Jenny also practices yoga before she goes to
bed. It helps her to sleep better.
On weekends, Jenny loves going for bike rides with her family or taking walks in the park. Staying
active not only helps her stay healthy but also gives her a break from schoolwork and cleans her mind for
the coming week.
41．What easy exercise does Jenny do before school
42．How does Jenny go to school
43．When does Jenny take a walk around the school
44．Why does Jenny practice yoga before she goes to bed
45．Where does Jenny go for a ride on weekends
【答案】41．She does easy exercises like jumping before school. 42．She goes to school on foot.
43．She takes a walk around the school at school breaks. 44．Jenny practices yoga before she goes to
bed because it helps her sleep better. 45．Jenny goes for a ride in the park on weekends.
【导语】本文介绍了一名 13岁的学生 Jenny为了保持健康所做的一些日常活动。
41．根据第二段“She does easy exercise like jumping.”可知，Jenny 在上学前，她做像跳跃这样简单
的运动。故填 She does easy exercises like jumping before school.
42．根据第二段“Her home is not far from her school, so she always walks there, even on cold winter
days.”可知，她家离学校不远，所以她总是步行上学。故填 She goes to school on foot.
43．根据第二段“To stay active, she enjoys taking short walks around the school at school breaks.”可知，
为了保持活跃，她喜欢在放学期间在学校周围散步。故填 She takes a walk around the school at school
breaks.
44．根据第二段“In the evening, Jenny also practices yoga before she goes to bed. It helps her to sleep
better.”可知，Jenny在睡觉前练习瑜伽，因为这有助于她睡得更好。故填 Jenny practices yoga before
she goes to bed because it helps her sleep better.
第 29 页 共 39 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·阅读表达 20篇（解析版）
45．根据最后一段“On weekends, Jenny loves going for bike rides with her family or taking walks in the
park.”可知，Jenny在周末去公园里骑车。故填 Jenny goes for a ride in the park on weekends.
10
My name is Julia. I am a girl from Canada. Now I am in Beijing with my parents. My father is a
cook. He works in a restaurant. My mother is a doctor. She works in a big hospital.
Yang Han is my pen pal. Yang Han lives in Anhui. Look! This is a letter from her. In it, she says
she has a nice family. Her father and mother are farmers. And they work on the farm every day. They
plant (种植) rice and vegetables. On their farm, they have a big apple tree. They have many chickens, two
dogs and two cats, too. Yang Han is good at English. She likes to read different English books with nice
pictures (图片). She often helps her classmates with their English at school. They like her a lot. Yang Han
has a brother. His name is Yang Chen. He is very cute. He likes to play with the dogs.
Yang Han says she wants me to visit her. She will ask her father to cook nice food for me.
46．What does Julia’s father do
47．Where does yang Han live
48．What kind of books does Yang Han like to read
49．What is Yang Chen like
50．How many people are in Yang Han’s family
【答案】46．A cook./He is a cook./Julia’s father is a cook. 47． In Anhui./She lives in Anhui.
48． English books with nice pictures./She likes to read different English books with nice pictures.
49．Cute./He is cute. 50．4./Four./There are 4 people.
【导语】本文是一篇记叙文。主要介绍了朱莉娅和她的家人，以及她的笔友杨涵及其家庭情况。
46．根据“My father is a cook.”可知，她的父亲是一名厨师。故填 A cook./He is a cook./Julia’s father is
a cook.
47．根据“Yang Han lives in Anhui.”可知，杨涵住在安徽。故填 In Anhui./She lives in Anhui.
48．根据“She likes to read different English books with nice pictures (图片).”可知她喜欢读上面有漂亮
图片的英语书。故填 English books with nice pictures./She likes to read different English books with nice
pictures.
49．根据“Yang Han has a brother. His name is Yang Chen. He is very cute.”可知，杨涵有一个兄弟。
他的名字叫杨晨。他很可爱。故填 Cute./He is cute.
50．根据“Yang Han is my pen pal…Her father and mother are farmers.”及“Yang Han has a brother. His
name is Yang Chen.”可知，杨涵家里有四口人。故填 4./Four./There are 4 people.
11
第 30 页 共 39 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·阅读表达 20篇（解析版）
It is spring now. The weather is cool. There is a lot of work to do on the farm. There are some holes
in the fence. Mr Chen got up early this morning to fix the fence.
The Chens have a few pigs and some chickens. Mrs Chen feeds the pigs and gives them water to
drink. Meimei helps too. She feeds the chickens. Mr Chen is cutting some old branches (树枝) off the
apple trees with a saw. Meimei is gathering the branches and Mrs Chen is carrying them away. Later, the
Chens use the branches to make new fences for the animals. The apple trees look bare now. Meimei
climbs up a tree to look at the branches. Green leaves and red apples will grow on them. Meimei dreams
about the sweet apples in autumn.
51．What animals do the Chens have
52．Why did Mr Chen get up early this morning
53．Who feed the chickens
54．How is Mr Chen cutting the old branches off the trees
55．What do you think of the Chens
【答案】 51． Pigs and chickens. 52． There are some holes in the fence./To fix the fence.
53．Meimei. 54．With a saw./By using a saw. 55．They are busy./They are hard-working.
【导语】本文主要描述了陈氏一家在春天农场上忙碌的工作和生活。
51．根据“The Chens have a few pigs and some chickens. ”可知，他们家有猪和一些鸡。故填 Pigs and
chickens.
52．根据“There are some holes in the fence. Mr Chen got up early this morning to fix the fence.”可知，
篱笆上有一些洞需要修理。故填 There are some holes in the fence./To fix the fence.
53．根据“Meimei helps too. She feeds the chickens.”可知，梅梅喂鸡。故填Meimei.
54．根据“Mr Chen is cutting some old branches (树枝) off the apple trees with a saw.”可知，陈先生用
锯子把苹果树上的一些老树枝锯掉。故填With a saw./By using a saw.
55．开放性试题，合理即可。根据第二段介绍陈氏一家人忙碌的身影可知，他们一家人很勤劳。故
填 They are busy./They are hard-working.
12
Hello! My name is Anna. I’m from England. I have a big family. This is my mother Laura and that
is my father Peter. My parents are very nice. Their room is tidy. This is my father’s jacket. It’s black.
What are those Oh, they are my father’s baseballs. They are in the bookcase. My mother’s hat is on the
table. It’s purple.
My father has a sister. Her name is Grace and she is my aunt. My mother has two brothers. Their
names are Mike and Eric, and they are my uncles. Those are my cousins Frank and Alan.
第 31 页 共 39 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·阅读表达 20篇（解析版）
I love my family. What about you
56．What’s the name of Anna’s mother
57．What color is Peter’s jacket
58．Where is Laura’s hat
59．Who is Grace
60．Do you love your family Why
【答案】56．Laura. 57．It is black. 58．It is on the table. 59．She is Anna’s aunt. 60．Yes,
I do. Because they provide me with support, care and a sense of belonging.
【导语】本文作者安娜主要介绍了自己的家人。
56．根据“My name is Anna.”以及“This is my mother Laura…”可知，安娜的妈妈叫劳拉。故填 Laura.
57．根据“This is my father’s jacket. It’s black.”以及“This is my mother Laura and that is my father Peter.”
可知，彼得夹克衫的颜色是黑色的。故填 It is black.
58．根据“My mother’s hat is on the table.”以及“This is my mother Laura…”可知，劳拉的帽子在桌子
上。故填 It is on the table.
59．根据“Her name is Grace and she is my aunt.”可知，格蕾丝是安娜的姑姑。故填 She is Anna’s aunt.
60．开放性习题，答案不唯一，参考答案为：Yes, I do. Because they provide me with support, care and
a sense of belonging.
13
Hi, there, I’m Fangfang. I’m so happy to talk to you about my new American friend Daisy. She is
fifteen. She has long straight hair. She often exercises a lot, so she keeps a good build. We like music.
Daisy is good at playing the guitar, and I play erhu very well. We usually talk about Chinese and
American music on the computer. Sometimes we also write e-mails to each other. Daisy has a sister Amy.
She is nineteen and studying in Canada. She has short blonde hair. Daisy says her family has a trip to
China this summer vacation. I wish to see her.
注：每题答案不超过 5个单词。
61．Where does Daisy come from
62．How does Daisy keep a good build
63．What is Daisy good at
64．What do Daisy and the writer talk about online
65．When will Daisy’s family take a trip to China
【答案】61．America. 62．By exercising. 63．Playing the guitar. 64．Chinese and American
music. 65．This summer vacation.
第 32 页 共 39 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·阅读表达 20篇（解析版）
【导语】本文作者介绍了自己的美国好友。
61．根据“my new American friend Daisy”可知 Daisy来自美国。故填 America.
62．根据“She often exercises a lot, so she keeps a good build.”可知 Daisy经常锻炼，所以身体很好。
故填 By exercising.
63．根据“Daisy is good at playing the guitar”可知 Daisy擅长弹吉他。故填 Playing the guitar.
64．根据“We usually talk about Chinese and American music on the computer.”可知她们通常在网上谈
论中美音乐。故填 Chinese and American music.
65．根据“Daisy says her family has a trip to China this summer vacation.”可知 Daisy 今年暑假会去中
国旅行。故填 This summer vacation.
14
John is 12. He is in China with his parents now. He is in Wenhua Middle School. What class is he
in He is in Class 3. John’s father is a teacher in his school.
John is always in a blue jacket. He likes blue. It’s his favorite color. John likes sports. His favorite
sport is ping-pong. After school, he plays ping-pong with his classmates for an hour. He thinks it’s easy
and interesting. In the evening, he always watches ping-pong games on TV. His favorite ping-pong star is
Ma Long.
John has good eating habits. He wants to be healthy. For breakfast, he likes some eggs and bread.
For lunch and dinner, John likes rice and vegetables. He loves fruit, too. His favorite fruit is bananas. He
always eats bananas after dinner.
John thinks sports and healthy food are good for him. He wants to be a ping-pong star one day.
66．How old is John
67．How long does John play ping-pong after school
68．What does John think of ping-pong
69．What does John always eat after dinner
70．Do you have good eating habits Why or why not
【答案】66．12. /Twelve./He is twelve (years old). 67．For an hour./He plays ping-pong (with his
classmates) for an hour. 68 ． Easy and interesting./He thinks it’s easy and interesting.
69．Bananas./He always eats bananas after dinner. 70．Yes, I do. Because I want to be healthy. (答案
不唯一，合理即可)
【导语】本文主要介绍了约翰的基本情况，包括个人基本信息、喜欢的颜色、运动、饮食习惯及梦
想等。
66．根据“John is 12.”可知，约翰 12岁。故填 12./Twelve./He is twelve (years old).
第 33 页 共 39 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·阅读表达 20篇（解析版）
67．根据“After school, he plays ping-pong with his classmates for an hour”可知，放学后，约翰和同学
打一个小时的乒乓球。故填 For an hour./He plays ping-pong (with his classmates) for an hour.
68．根据 “After school, he plays ping-pong with his classmates for an hour. He thinks it’s easy and
interesting.”可知，约翰认为乒乓球很容易，并且有趣。故填 Easy and interesting./He thinks it’s easy and
interesting.
69．根据“He always eats bananas after dinner.”可知，约翰总是在晚饭后吃香蕉。故填 Bananas./He
always eats bananas after dinner.
70．开放性试题，答案不唯一，合理即可。例如：是的，我有。因为我想变健康。故填 Yes, I do. Because
I want to be healthy.
15
Hi, I’m Ann. I’m 12 years old. I’m a middle school student. I’m in Beijing, China now. My
telephone number is 010-3585658. My parents both work in school. They like their students very much
and their students love them, too.
Gina Miller is my good friend. She is 13 years old. Her favourite colour is green. Mary is my good
friend, too. She is 12 years old, too. We are in the same class. She is a nice girl. We often go to school
together (一起) and play basketball after school. Ms. Dong is my Chinese teacher. She’s a good teacher.
We all like her.
根据短文内容回答下面的问题。
71．How old is Ann
72．Where do Ann’s parents work
73．What colour does Gina like
74．What does Ann often do with Mary after school
75．Who is Ms. Dong
【答案】71．She is 12 years old. 72．They both work in school. 73．Green. 74．They often
play basketball after school. 75．She is Ann’s Chinese teacher.（符合题意和答题要求即可）
【导语】本文围绕 Ann展开，介绍了她的基本信息。
71．根据“I’m Ann. I’m 12 years old.”，可知安的年龄信息。故填 She is 12 years old.
72．根据“My parents both work in school.”可知安的父母工作的地点是在学校。故填 They both work in
school.
73．根据“Her favourite colour is green.”，可知吉娜最喜欢的颜色是绿色。故填 Green.
74．根据“We often go to school together and play basketball after school.”，可知她们经常放学后一起
打篮球。故填 They often play basketball after school.
第 34 页 共 39 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·阅读表达 20篇（解析版）
75．根据“Ms. Dong is my Chinese teacher.”，可知董女士的身份是安的语文老师。故填 She is Ann’s
Chinese teacher.
16
Today we’ll learn about three astronauts (宇航员 ) from China. Their names are Ye Guangfu, Li
Cong and Li Guangsu.
Ye Guangfu is 44 years old and he is from Sichuan. Li Cong is 35 years old and he is from Hebei.
Li Guangsu comes from Jiangsu. Both Li Cong and Li Guangsu are fourth-grade astronauts. Ye Guangfu
is a first-grade astronaut and he is also the commander (指令长) of the Shenzhou-18 manned spacecraft
(神舟十八号载人飞船).
Ye loves reading and studying. He is also good at sport. At a young age, flying to space was his
dream. Then he trained (训练) long hours every day. Hard work always pays off (得到回报). Now, his
dream comes true. “We need to have dreams and work hard,” says Ye.
阅读短文，回答问题，每题答案不超过 8个词。
76．How old is Li Cong
77．Where does Li Guangsu come from
78．Is Ye Guangfu good at sport
79．What was Ye Guangfu’s dream at a young age
80．What can you learn from Ye Guangfu
【答案】76．He is 35 years old. 77．Jiangsu. 78．Yes, he is. 79．Flying to space. 80．We
need to have dreams and work hard.
【导语】本文主要讲述了三位宇航员叶光富、李聪和李广绪的故事。
76．根据第二段“Li Cong is 35 years old and he is from Hebei.”可知，李聪 35岁了。故填 He is 35 years
old.
77．根据第二段“Li Guangsu comes from Jiangsu.”可知，李广绪来自江苏。故填 Jiangsu.
78．根据第三段“Ye loves reading and studying. He is also good at sport.”可知，叶光富擅长运动。故
填 Yes, he is.
79．根据第三段“At a young age, flying to space was his dream.”可知，叶光富小时候的梦想是遨游太
空。故填 Flying to space.
80．根据第三段“‘We need to have dreams and work hard,’ says Ye.”可知，我们需要有理想和努力工
作。故填We need to have dreams and work hard.
17
第 35 页 共 39 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·阅读表达 20篇（解析版）
I’m Kangkang and I study at a middle school in Beijing. Our school life is fun and colorful. On the
morning of every Monday, we raise the national flag. We start the first class at 8:00 a. m. every day. We
study Chinese, English, math, science and many other subjects. My favorite class is PE. Every afternoon,
we have one PE class on the playground.
There are many student clubs in our school. We can make friends with other students there. We
have different activities in the clubs after school. I enjoy singing and playing the guitar in the music club.
I really love going to school.
81．How is Kangkang’s school life
82．What time does the first class begin
83．Where does Kangkang have PE classes
84．What does Kangkang do in the music club
85．Do you like your school life Why
【答案】81．Kangkang’s school life is fun and colorful. 82．The first class begins at 8:00 a.m. every
day. 83．Kangkang has PE classes on the playground. 84．Kangkang enjoys singing and playing
the guitar in the music club. 85．Yes, I do. Because I can make many friends and learn a lot of
knowledge at school. (开放题，合理即可。)
【导语】本文主要介绍了康康在北京一所中学的学校生活情况。
81．根据“Our school life is fun and colorful.”。可知康康学校生活的特点，有趣而丰富多彩。故填
Kangkang’s school life is fun and colorful.
82．根据“We start the first class at 8:00 a. m. every day.”可知第一节课上课时间。故填 The first class
begins at 8:00 a.m. every day.
83．根据“Every afternoon, we have one PE class on the playground.”，可知上体育课的地点是操场。
故填 Kangkang has PE classes on the playground.
84．根据“I enjoy singing and playing the guitar in the music club.”，可知康康在音乐俱乐部里进行的
活动。故填 Kangkang enjoys singing and playing the guitar in the music club.
85．开放题，合理即可。参考答案为：Yes, I do. Because I can make many friends and learn a lot of
knowledge at school.
18
Dear Mary,
How are you I’m your new pen pal. My name is John. I’m from America. I’m twelve years old.
I’m a student. I like my school very much. I have many friends here. They are all very nice.
第 36 页 共 39 页
微信公众号：瑾言教育资料库
【仁爱】七上英语·期末·阅读表达 20篇（解析版）
I like sports very much. I like playing football, basketball and tennis. My favorite sport is football. I
often play football with my friends after school. I also like reading books. I have a lot of books at home. I
like to read books about animals and nature.
What about you Do you like sports What’s your favorite sport Do you like reading books What kind
of books do you like Please write to me and tell me about it. Best wishes!
John
86．Where is John from
87．How old is John
88．What are John’s favorite sports
89．What kind of books does John like to read
90．What does John want Mary to do
【答案】86．He is from America. 87．He is twelve years old. 88．His favorite sports are football,
basketball and tennis. 89．He likes to read books about animals and nature. 90．He wants Mary to
write to him and tell him about her sports and favorite books.
【导语】本文是一篇应用文。文章是约翰写给笔友玛丽的一封信，信中约翰进行自我介绍，并询问
了玛丽一些问题，希望其能够写信回复。
86．根据第一段中的“My name is John. I’m from America.”可知，约翰来自美国。故填 He is from
America.
87．根据第一段中的“I’m twelve years old.”可知，约翰十二岁了。故填 He is twelve years old.
88．根据第二段中的“I like playing football, basketball and tennis.”可知，约翰喜欢足球、篮球和网球。
故填 His favorite sports are football, basketball and tennis.
89．根据第二段中的“I like to read books about animals and nature.”可知，他喜欢读关于动物和自然
的书。故填 He likes to read books about animals and nature.
90．根据第三段“What about you Do you like sports What’s your favorite sport Do you like reading
books What kind of books do you like Please write to me and tell me about it.”可知，他想让玛丽给他
写信，告诉他，她的运动情况和最喜欢的书。故填 He wants Mary to write to him and tell him about her
sports and favorite books.
19
Dear Tom,
How are you I’m your new pen pal. My name is Peter. I’m from America. I’m twelve years old. I
ha

展开更多......

收起↑